SEARCH GARTON TRACTOR

Kubota Excavator

Kubota Excavator

Kubota Excavator

Kubota Excavator

Kubota Excavator

Kubota Excavator

Kubota Backhoe

(Click Cover to Open PDF Document) Kubota KX080-4 Operators Manual listed below as plain text: U.S.A. : KUBOTA TRACTOR CORPORATION 3401 Del Amo Blvd., Torrance, CA 90503, U.S.A. Telephone : (310)370-3370 Western Division : 1175 S. Guild Avc., Lodi, CA 95240 Telephone : (209)334-9910 Central Division : 14855 FAA Blvd., Fort Worth, TX 76155 Telephone : (817)571-0900 Northern Division : 6300 at One Kubota Way, Groveport, OH 43125 Telephone : (614)835-1100 Southeast Division : 1025 Northbrook Parkway, Suwanee, GA 30024 Telephone : (770)995-8855 Canada : KUBOTA CANADA LTD. 590014th Avenue, Markham, Ontario, L3S 4K4, Canada Telephone : (905)294-7477 France : KUBOTA EUROPE S.A.S 19-25, Rue Jules Vercruysse, Z.I. BP88, 95101 Ar.enteuil Cedex, France Telephone : (33)1-3426-3434 Italy : KUBOTA EUROPE S.A.S Italy BranchVia Grandi, 2920068 Peschiera Borrome (MI) ItalyTelephone : (39)02-51650377 Germany : KUBOTA BAUMASCHINEN GmbH Steinhauser str, 100, 66482 Zweibrucken Rheinlandpfalz GermanyTelephone : (49)6332-4870100 U.K. : KUBOTA (U.K.) LTD.Dormer Road, Thame, Oxfordshire, OX93UN, U.K. Telephone : (44)1844-214500 Australia : KUBOTA TRACTOR AUSTRALIA PTY LTD. 25-29 Permas Way, Tru.anina, VIC 3029, Australia Telephone : (61)-3-9394-4400 Malaysia : SIME KUBOTA SDN. BHD. No.3 Jalan Sepadu 25/123 Taman Perindustrian Axis, Seksyen 25, 40400 Shah Alam, Selan.or Darul Ehsan MalaysiaTelephone : (60)3-736-1388 Philippines: KUBOTA PHILIPPINES, INC. 232 Quirino Hi.hway, Baesa, Quezon City 1106, PhilippinesTelephone : (63)2-422-3500 Taiwan : SHIN TAIWAN AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY CO., LTD. 16, Fen.pin.2nd Rd, Taliao Shian. Kaohsiun.83107, Taiwan R.O.C. Telephone : (886)7-702-2333 Thailand : SIAM KUBOTA CORPORATION CO., LTD. 101/19-24 Moo 20, Navanakorn Industrial Estate, Tambon Khlon.nuen., Amphur Khlon.luan., Pathumthani 12120, THAILAND Telephone : (66)2-909-0300 Japan : KUBOTA CorporationFarm & Industrial Machinery International Operations Headquarters2-47, Shikitsuhi.ashi 1-chome, Naniwa-ku, Osaka, Japan 556-8601 ABBREVIATION LIST Abbreviations Definitions of Germany d dozer KX080-4 English (U.S.A.) AU. B. 11-15. 1. K The instruments and operation elements have been marked with a series of symbols in order to simplify the operation of excavator. These symbols are listed below with the respective descriptions. Safety alert Symbol Warning lamp ''Fuel level too low'' System lamp Warning lamp ''Engine Oil pressure'' Warning lamp ''Battery charge'' Warning lamp ''Auto Idle (AI) Lamp'' Indicator lamp ''Glow'' Working light switch Horn Wiper/Washer switch Diesel Hydraulic fluid Gear oil Grease Fast Slow Excavator - Overhead movement toward the front Excavator - Overhead movement toward the rear Boom up Boom down Arm up Arm crowd Bucket crowd Bucket dump Boom swing (left) Boom swing (Right) Dozer raise Dozer lower Operation direction of control lever Operation direction of control lever Read operator's manual Engine stop control lamp DPF Standby / Regeneration Engine Rev up Inhibit DPF Regeneration Eco mode (Energy saving mode) FOREWORD SAFETY FIRST This symbol, the industry's "Safety Alert Symbol", is used throughout this manual and on labels on the machine itself to warn of the possibility of personal injury. Read these instructions carefully. It is essential that you read the instructions and safety regulations before you attempt to assemble or use this unit. DANGER : Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. WARNING :Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. CAUTION : Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. IMPORTANT : Indicates that equipment or property damage could result if instructions are not followed. NOTE : Gives helpful information. CONTENTS SAFE OPERATION ............................................................................................. DEALER SERVICE...................................................................................................... 1 TECHNICAL DATA...................................................................................................... 2 DESCRIPTION OF MACHINE PARTS........................................................................ 3 INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROL ELEMENTS................................................. 4 CHECKS BEFORE START ......................................................................................... 6 DAILY CHECKS....................................................................................................... 6 CHECKING THE DEVICES ..................................................................................... 6 Starter Switch ...................................................................................................................6 Display Selector Switch....................................................................................................7 LCD Display for Normal Operation...................................................................................7 Warning Lamp ..................................................................................................................9 LCD Display for Warning................................................................................................10 Setting the Clock.............................................................................................................11 Reordering the year/month/day and Changing the AM/PM System to the 24-hour One 13 Log Record .....................................................................................................................13 Periodic Check................................................................................................................14 If All the Check Points are not Displayed at a Glance on a Single Screen.....................15 When the Check-up is Completed..................................................................................17 Horn Switch ....................................................................................................................17 Light Switch ....................................................................................................................17 AUX Port Flow Rate Limit Switch ...................................................................................17 Auto Idle Switch..............................................................................................................18 Throttle Potentiometer....................................................................................................18 Travel Speed Switch.......................................................................................................18 Inhibit Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration Switch ...........................................19 Beacon Light Switch.......................................................................................................19 ECO MODE............................................................................................................ 20 CAB TYPE MACHINES ......................................................................................... 20 Wiper/Washer Switch .....................................................................................................20 Interior Lamp...................................................................................................................20 Heater Switch .................................................................................................................21 Opening/Closing of CAB Door........................................................................................21 Opening/Closing of Front CAB Window..........................................................................22 Opening/Closing of Side CAB Window...........................................................................22 Emergency Hammer.......................................................................................................22 AIR CONDITIONER............................................................................................... 23 Air Flow...........................................................................................................................23 Air Control Vent ..............................................................................................................23 Control Panel..................................................................................................................24 Operation........................................................................................................................24 HANDLING THE SAFETY DEVICES..................................................................... 24 Pilot Control Lock Lever..................................................................................................24 OPERATION OF THE ENGINE................................................................................. 25 CONTENTS STARTING THE ENGINE ...................................................................................... 25 STARTING THE ENGINE UNDER COLD CONDITIONS...................................... 27 STARTING WITH AN AUXILIARY BATTERY ....................................................... 27 Observe Following Guidelines when Starting with an Auxiliary Battery..........................27 CHECK POINTS AFTER STARTING THE ENGINE ............................................. 28 STOPPING THE ENGINE...................................................................................... 29 Engine Stop Button.........................................................................................................29 Precautions in case of Overheat.....................................................................................29 DPF Regeneration..........................................................................................................29 EXCAVATOR OPERATION ...................................................................................... 30 RUNNING-IN OF THE NEW EXCAVATOR........................................................... 30 Do not Work with Full Engine Rpm's or Full Loads during the First 50 Working Hours..30 Oil Change in the Run-in Stage......................................................................................30 Adjusting the Operator's Seat.........................................................................................30 Seat Belt.........................................................................................................................31 STARTING............................................................................................................. 31 Pilot Control Lock Lever..................................................................................................31 DRIVING ................................................................................................................ 32 Drive Levers(Right,Left)..................................................................................................33 TURNS................................................................................................................... 33 Pivot Turn .......................................................................................................................33 Spin Turn........................................................................................................................34 UP AND DOWNHILL DRIVING.............................................................................. 35 PARKING ON A SLOPE ........................................................................................ 35 OPERATION OF THE DOZER .............................................................................. 35 TWO PATTERN SELECTION SYSTEM(TPSS) .................................................... 36 Pattern Change...............................................................................................................36 OPERATION OF THE BOOM................................................................................ 37 OPERATION OF THE ARM................................................................................... 37 OPERATION OF THE BUCKET ............................................................................ 38 UNIT SWING AND BOOM SWING OPERATION.................................................. 38 Unit Swing Operation......................................................................................................38 Boom Swing Operation...................................................................................................38 AUXILIARY PORT OPERATION ........................................................................... 39 Selecting the Action Modes............................................................................................39 AUX Port Handling Procedure........................................................................................40 Setting the Maximum Flow Volume................................................................................42 How to Resume the AUX Setting While Processing the DPF Regeneration..................47 HOW TO RELEASE PRESSURE TRAPPED IN THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM...... 47 ANGLE BLADE OPERATION................................................................................ 48 1-way or 2-way CIRCUIT SELECTION VALVE OPERATION............................... 49 BOOM LOWERING VALVE................................................................................... 50 AUTO IDLE (AI) OPERATION ............................................................................... 50 ANTI-THEFT DEVICE (for KCL only)..................................................................... 51 Anti-Theft Device............................................................................................................51 IMPORTANT INFORMATION ON EXCAVATOR OPERATION ............................ 54 TRANSPORTING THE EXCAVATOR ON A VEHICLE............................................. 55 LIFTING OF THE EXCAVATOR................................................................................ 57 CONTENTS MAINTENANCE......................................................................................................... 59 MAINTENANCE INTERVALS................................................................................ 59 OPENING AND CLOSING OF COVERS............................................................... 64 Opening/Closing of the Fuel Tank Cover........................................................................64 Opening/Closing of the Engine Hood .............................................................................64 Opening/Closing of the Side Cover ................................................................................64 Where to store the Tool..................................................................................................65 Cup Holder......................................................................................................................65 Where to store the Grease Gun......................................................................................65 Where to keep Operator's Manual..................................................................................65 Utility Box........................................................................................................................66 Where to Store the Fire Extinguisher..............................................................................66 DAILY CHECKS..................................................................................................... 66 Checking Coolant Level..................................................................................................66 Checking Fuel Level.......................................................................................................67 Checking Engine Oil Level..............................................................................................67 Checking Hydraulic Oil Level..........................................................................................68 Checking V-belt ..............................................................................................................68 Checking Radiator and Oil Cooler..................................................................................69 Checking Washer Liquid.................................................................................................69 Checking and Cleaning Engine and Electrical Wiring.....................................................69 Washing Whole Machine................................................................................................69 Greasing Bucket Pin and Bucket Link Pin/ Angle Pin and Angle Cylinder Boss ............70 Cleaning Evacuator Valve ..............................................................................................70 Checking Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Muffler............................................................70 REGULAR CHECKS AND MAINTENANCE WORK ................................................. 71 EVERY 50 SERVICE HOURS ............................................................................... 71 Draining the Water from the Fuel Tank...........................................................................71 Draining Water Separator...............................................................................................71 Battery ............................................................................................................................72 Battery Charging.............................................................................................................73 Greasing Swing Bearing Teeth.......................................................................................73 EVERY 100 SERVICE HOURS ............................................................................. 74 Greasing Boom Swing Fulcrum......................................................................................74 EVERY 200 SERVICE HOURS ............................................................................. 74 Adjusting V-belt Tension.................................................................................................74 Checking Radiator Hoses and Clamps...........................................................................76 Grease Swing Ball Bearing.............................................................................................76 Inspection and Cleaning Air Filter Element.....................................................................76 Air Filter Maintenance.....................................................................................................77 Checking Fuel Line and Intake Air Line..........................................................................77 AIR CONDITIONER............................................................................................... 78 Cleaning Air Filter...........................................................................................................78 Checking Air-Conditioner Condenser.............................................................................78 EVERY 250 SERVICE HOURS ............................................................................. 79 Greasing Front Attachments (without Bucket Pin and Boom Swing Fulcrum)................79 EVERY 500 SERVICE HOURS ............................................................................. 80 Changing Engine Oil(Change the engine oil every 500 hours,or every 1 year in the case that service hour is less than 500 hours)........................................................................80 Replacing Engine Oil Filter Cartridge (Replace the engine oil filter cartridge every 500 hours,or every 1 year in the case that service hour is less than 500 hours)...................80 CONTENTS Drive unit Oil Change(First Oil Change of the 50 hours)................................................81 Replacing Fuel Filter Cartridge.......................................................................................81 EVERY 1000 SERVICE HOURS ........................................................................... 81 Replacing the Hydraulic Pilot Filter Element...................................................................81 Replacing Hydraulic Return Filter Cartridge...................................................................82 Hydraulic Oil Change (Including Replacing of the Suction Filter in the Hydraulic Tank) 83 Hydraulic Oil Check with Hydraulic Hammers................................................................84 EVERY 1000 SERVICE HOURS OR ONCE A YEAR ........................................... 84 Replacing Air Filter Element...........................................................................................84 EVERY 1500 SERVICE HOURS ........................................................................... 85 Checking Injector Tip......................................................................................................85 Replacing Oil Separator Element ...................................................................................85 Checking EGR Cooler ....................................................................................................85 EVERY 2000 SERVICE HOURS ........................................................................... 85 Changing Front Idler and Track Roller Oil ...................................................................... 85 Checking the Alternator and Starter Motor.....................................................................85 EVERY 3000 SERVICE HOURS ........................................................................... 85 Checking EGR System...................................................................................................85 Checking Turbocharger..................................................................................................85 Cleaning Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF).........................................................................85 ANNUAL SERVICING............................................................................................ 86 Electrical Wiring and Fuses............................................................................................86 Checking the Electrical Circuit........................................................................................86 Checking Air-Conditioner Pipes and Hoses....................................................................86 Checking Boost Sensor and AFS (Air Flow Sensor) ......................................................86 Checking Condition of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Muffler........................................86 Checking Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Differential Pressure Sensor and Piping for Gas Leak................................................................................................................................86 Checking Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor.................86 Checking EGR Piping for Gas Leak ...............................................................................86 BIENNIAL SERVICING.......................................................................................... 86 Replacing Air-Conditioner Pipes and Hoses...................................................................86 Replacement of Radiator Hoses and Hose Clamps.......................................................86 Changing Radiator Coolant ............................................................................................87 Replacing Fuel Hoses and Hose Clamps.......................................................................88 Replacing Intake Air line.................................................................................................88 Replacement of Oil Separator Rubber Hose..................................................................88 Replacement of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Differential Pressure Sensor Rubber Piping (Front and Back)..................................................................................................88 Replacement of Suction pipe downstream the AFS (Air Flow Sensor) ..........................88 Replacement of Boost Sensor Pressure Rubber Piping.................................................88 Replacement of EGR Cooler Hose.................................................................................88 SERVICING AS REQUIRED.................................................................................. 89 Checking Amount of Refrigerant (gas) ...........................................................................89 Draining the fuel filter......................................................................................................89 OTHER ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS.................................................... 90 PURGING OF THE FUEL SYSTEM ...................................................................... 90 ADJUSTMENT OF TRACKS ................................................................................. 90 Special Information when Using Rubber Tracks.............................................................91 CHANGING THE BUCKET.................................................................................... 92 FUSES ................................................................................................................... 92 CONTENTS Replacing Fuses.............................................................................................................92 Fuse Capacities and Circuits..........................................................................................92 Auxiliary Electric .............................................................................................................93 Slow Blow Fuse..............................................................................................................93 Electric Fan Fuse............................................................................................................93 TROUBLESHOOTING............................................................................................... 94 OPERATION UNDER COLD WEATHER CONDITIONS .......................................... 96 PREPARATION FOR OPERATION IN COLD WEATHER.................................... 96 PROCEDURE AFTER DONE WORK.................................................................... 96 LONG STORAGE...................................................................................................... 97 RECOMMENDED OILS............................................................................................. 99 APPENDICES.......................................................................................................... 101 MAIN DIMENSIONS ............................................................................................ 101 LIFTING CAPACITY................................................................................................ 102 LIST OF SCREENS................................................................................................. 104 LIST OF NORMAL SCREENS............................................................................. 104 NAVIGATION LIST OF SCREENS...................................................................... 105 AUTOMATIC DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF) REGENERATION........... 112 LOCKING AND RELEASING THE DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF) REGENERATION ................................................................................................ 113 SAFE OPERATION SAFE OPERATION Careful operation is your best insurance against an accident. Read and understand this manual carefully, before operating the excavator. Every user, however experienced, should carefully read and understand this manual and those of the attachments and accessories before operating the excavator. The owner is obliged to inform all operators of these instructions in detail. Keep this manual in the storage location. (See "Where to keep Operator's Manual" in "MAINTENANCE" section.) 1. BEFORE OPERATION 1. Know your equipment and its limitations. Read and understand this entire manual before attempting to start and operate the excavator. 2. Obey the danger, warning and caution labels on the machine. 3. For your safety, a ROPS/OPG (Top Guard Level I) with a seat belt is installed by KUBOTA. A ROPS: Roll-Over Protective Structure A OPG (Top Guard Level I): Operator Protective Guards of Top Guard Level I Always use the seat belt when the machine is equipped with a ROPS/OPG (Top Guard Level I) as this combination will reduce the risk of serious injury or death, should the excavator be upset or falling objects occur. Do not modify any structural members of the ROPS/ OPG (Top Guard Level I) by welding, drilling, bending, grinding or cutting, as this may weaken the structure. If any component is damaged, replace it. Do not attempt repairs. If the ROPS/OPG (Top Guard Level I) is loosened or removed for any reason, make sure all parts are reinstalled correctly. Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque. 4. ROPS meets requirements of ISO 12117-2. OPG (Top Guard Level I) meets requirements of OSHA 1926 1003/ISO 10262. 5. The seat belt must be inspected regularly and replaced if frayed or damaged. 6. Always sit in the operator's seat when starting engine or operating levers or controls. 7. Study control lever pattern A and pattern B. Then choose the one which is most familiar. Familiarize yourself with the pattern selected by operating the unit slowly and at low engine speed. (1) Pattern selector lever (A) "Pattern A" (Two Pattern Selection System:TPSS) (B) "Pattern B" 8. Do not operate the excavator while under the influence of alcohol, medication, controlled substances or while fatigued. 9. Check the surroundings carefully before using the excavator or when attachments are being attached. A Pay attention to the overhead clearance with electric wires. A Do not allow any persons within the working range of the excavator during operation. A Check local regulations before digging and call diggers hotline before working, www.diggershotline.com or 811 (WI) and www.ne­diggers.com or 1-800-331-5666 (NE). 10.Do not allow anyone to use the excavator until they have been advised of the work to be performed and they have indicated that they have read and understood the operator's manual. 11.Do not wear baggy, torn or oversized clothing when working with the excavator as such clothing can get caught in rotating parts or control elements which can cause accidents or injuries. Wear adequate safety clothing, e.g. safety helmet, safety shoes, eye protection, ear protection, working gloves, etc., as necessary and as prescribed by law or statutes. (1) Helmet (7) Straw hat (2) Clothing fit for work (8) Towel (3) Tight seams (9) Baggy trousers (4) Good grip footwear (10) Loose cuffs of the shirt (5) Well fitting cuffs (11) Baggy shirt (6) Working gloves (12) Rubber sandals 12.Do not allow passengers to ride on any part of the excavator at anytime. The operator must remain in the excavator seat during operation. 13.Check levers, pedals and all mechanical parts for correct adjustment and wear. Replace worn or damaged parts immediately. Check nuts and bolts regularly for correct torque. 14.Keep your excavator clean. Heavy soiling, grease, dust and grass can cause fires, accidents or injuries. 15.Use only KUBOTA authorized attachments. 16.Before starting the excavator, be absolutely sure that the excavator has been filled with fuel, lubricated, greased and undergone all necessary maintenance. 17.Do not modify the excavator, as such it could lead to unforeseen safety problems. 18.Do not operate a hydraulic hammer on anything that is above the operator's seat level as objects may fall into the operator station. 19.Make sure attachments, particularly those utilizing quick attach systems, are securely mounted. 20.Install protective guards on the excavator when working in areas where objects may fall or be thrown. SAFE OPERATION 2. OPERATING THE EXCAVATOR 1. Mount and dismount the machine safely. Always face the machine. Always use handrails and available steps and keep yourself well balanced. Do not grab or hold any of the control levers and switches. Do not jump on or off the machine, whether stationary or in motion. 2. Start and control the excavator only from the operator's seat. The driver should not lean out of his seat when the engine is running. 3. Before starting the engine, make sure that the lock levers are in the "Lock" position and all control levers and pedals are in their neutral positions and the seat belt is fastened correctly. Before starting the engine, make sure that the control levers, travel lever, pedals and other control elements are not stuck and can be moved smoothly. If stuck, for example, a lever may fail to return, possibly putting you in danger. If anything wrong is found, immediately pinpoint the cause and correct it. 4. Before operating the excavator, make sure that the dozer blade is in front of you. If the levers are activated with the dozer blade at the rear, the tracks will move in the opposite direction of the drive levers. 5. Do not operate or idle engine in a non-ventilated area. Carbon monoxide gas is colorless, odorless, and deadly. 6. Keep all safety equipment and covers in place. Replace damaged or missing safety devices. 7. When operating, keep hands and body inside of the ROPS / OPG (Top Guard Level I) protective envelope. Do not touch or depress the control levers or the pedals from outside the cab while the engine is running. 8. Take precautions against tipping over. Stay away from steep slopes and embankments. Do not swing the bucket downhill. Lower the dozer blade when digging. Keep the bucket as low as possible while driving uphill. Turn slowly on slopes (at reduced speed). Do not place the excavator near the edges of trenches and banks, as the earth can give away due to the weight of the excavator. ALLOWABLE CLIMBING ANGLE : 36 % (20 deg.) ALLOWABLE ANGLE CROSS : 27 % (15 deg.) 9. Watch where you are going at all times. Watch for and avoid obstacles. Remain alert for trees, wires and other obstructions. C Safety for children Tragedy can occur if the operator is not alert to the presence of children. Children generally are attracted to machines and the work they do. 1. Never assume that children will remain where you last saw them. 2. Keep children out of the work area and under the watchful eye of another responsible adult. 3. Be alert and shut your machine down if children enter the work area. 4. Never carry children on your machine. There is not a safe place for them to ride. They may fall off and be run over or interfere with your control of the machine. 5. Never allow children to operate the machine even under adult supervision. 6. Never allow children to play on the machine or on the attachments. 7. Use extra caution when backing up. Look behind and down to make sure the area clear before moving. 8. When parking your machine, if at all possible, park on a firm, flat and level surface; if not, park across a slope. Lower the bucket and dozer to the ground, stop the engine, release pressure in the hydraulic system, place the pilot control lock lever in the locked position, remove the key and lock the cab door (if equipped), before you leave. 3. AFTER OPERATION Before leaving the machine, A Park the excavator on a firm, flat and level surface. If this is not possible, park across the slope. A Lower the attachments and the dozer blade to the ground. A Stop the engine. A Release pressure in the hydraulic system. A Lock all control levers. A Remove the key. A Lock the cab door (if equipped) (1)Pilot control lock lever (A) "Unlock" (B) "Locked" SAFE OPERATION 4. SAFE LOADING AND TRANSPORT OF THE EXCAVATOR 1. Observe all regulations concerning the transport of excavators on public roads. 2. Use adequately long and robust ramps when loading on the machine. (for details see "TRANSPORTING THE EXCAVATOR ON A VEHICLE") 3. Do not change the running direction and to avoid tipping over, do not try to swing the attachment crosswise to the loading ramps. 4. Lower the attachment on the loading bed and release the pressure from the hydraulic system. After loading the excavator on the truck, block the tracks with blocks and tie down the excavator at the appropriate locations. 5. Avoid abrupt braking of the vehicle with the excavator loaded. Sudden braking cause the excavator to move and may cause a serious accident. 6. When towing the excavator or pulling a load, the load must be less than the strength of the towing line attached to excavator. The towing eye should not be used for tie down or lifting of the machine. Max. drawbar pull at 116.9 kN (26280 lbf, 11920 kgf) coupling hook Max. vertical load at 12.1 kN (2720 lbf, 1234 kgf) coupling hook 7. Do not use the hooks on the roof of CAB for lifting the excavator. 5. MAINTENANCE Before doing maintenance work on the excavator, place the machine on a firm, flat and level surface, lower the attachments to the ground, stop the engine, release pressure trapped in the hydraulic system, lock all control levers and remove the key. When dismantling hydraulic parts, make sure that the hydraulic oil has cooled down sufficiently to avoid burns. Start maintenance work carefully, e.g. loosen plug slowly so that oil will not squirt out. 1. Before doing work on the engine, the exhaust system, the radiator and the hydraulics, let the excavator cool down sufficiently. 2. Always turn off the engine when filling the fuel tank. Avoid spilling and over-filling of fuel. 3. Smoking is prohibited while refueling or handling the battery. Keep sparks and fire away from the fuel tank and battery. Flammable gases escape from the battery, especially during charging. 4. Do not use or charge a refillable type battery if the fluid level is below the LOWER (lower limit level) mark. Otherwise, the battery component parts may prematurely deteriorate, which may shorten the battery's service life or cause an explosion. Check the fluid level regularly and add distilled water as required so that the fluid level is between the UPPER and LOWER levels. 5. Read and follow the directions "STARTING WITH AN AUXILIARY BATTERY" in "OPERATION OF THE ENGINE", when starting with an auxiliary battery. 6. Keep a first-aid box and a fire extinguisher at hand at all times. 7. Do not open the radiator cap before the radiator has cooled down sufficiently First loosen the cap to the first stop and allow the system enough time to release the remaining pressure. Then loosen the cap completely. 8. To avoid short-circuiting the battery, always remove the ground cable first and attach the positive cable first. 9. Oil under high pressure can penetrate the skin and may be harmful to your health if not treated immediately. 10.Leaking hydraulic fluid has enough pressure to penetrate the skin and cause serious injuries. Leakages from pin holes can be totally invisible. Do not use hands for checking for leaks. Always use a piece of wood or cardboard. It is strongly recommended that you use a face mask or eye protection. Should injuries occur with leaking hydraulic fluid, contact a doctor immediately. This fluid can cause gangrene or serious allergic reactions. 13.To avoid fire, do not heat the hydraulic components (tanks, pipes, hoses, cylinders) before they have been drained and washed. 14.Use eye protection or a face mask to protect the eyes and respiratory system against dust and other foreign particles. 16.Do not dismantle the spring of the track tensioner. If dismantling is necessary, contact your KUBOTA dealer where the machine was purchased, or competent service shop. The assembly must be done according to the KUBOTA work shop manual (W.S.M.) for the product involved. 17.When lifting the machine itself with an attachment, place a safety block or safety post to prevent the machine from rolling over. Keep the lock lever for attachment control in the "LOCK" position. 18.Inspect ROPS / OPG (Top Guard Level I) for damage and if damage is found contact your KUBOTA dealer for repair. SAFE OPERATION 19.KUBOTA does not use asbestos containing components and recommends against the use of such components. Components containing asbestos should be handled in accordance with applicable regulations and industry practice. 20.Do not open high-pressure fuel system. High-pressure fluid remaining in fuel lines can cause serious injury. Do not disconnect nor attempt to repair fuel lines, sensors, or any other components between the high-pressure fuel pump and injectors on engines with high-pressure common rail fuel system. 21.To avoid hazardous high voltage, turn the key switch to the OFF position if it is necessary to check to repair the computer, harness or connectors. 22.For proceeding to regenerate the DPF, a warning indicator appears on the LCD display to tell you to increase the engine rpm to its specified level. Follow that instruction. 23.When the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) is in the regenerating cycle, the exhaust gas and the DPF muffler become hot. During regeneration, take into account that the muffler will be very hot and keep the machine away from other people, animals, plants, and flammable material. Also keep the area near the DPF muffler clean and away from flammable material. 24.The DPF-regeneration-caused exhaust gas may adversely affect people, animals and plants. Before this action, look around the machine for added safety. 25.During DPF regeneration keep the surrounding environment in mind. Do not allow the ambient temperature to rise excessively due to heat from the regeneration. If such occurs activate the inhibit switch. 26.Fire prevention Excavator and some attachments have components that are at high temperatures under normal operating conditions. The primary source of high temperatures is the engine and exhaust system. The electrical system, if damaged or incorrectly maintained, can be a source of arcing or sparks. The following fire prevention guidelines will help to keep your equipment up and running efficiently and keep the risk of fire to a minimum. A Blow off all accumulated debris near hot engine exhaust components such as turbocharger and exhaust manifold as well as exhaust pipes and muffler more frequently when working in severe conditions. A Clean out all accumulated flammable debris such as leaves, straw, pine needles, branches, bark, small wood chips and any other combustible materials from inside the machine belly pans or lower unit structures as well as from area in proximity to the engine. A Inspect all fuel lines and hydraulic hoses for wear or for deterioration. Replace them immediately if they begin to leak. A Examine electrical wiring and connectors frequently for damage. Repair any wires that are loose or frayed before operating the machine. Clean all electrical connections and tighten all electrical connections as necessary. A Inspect the exhaust system daily for any signs of leakage. Check for broken pipes and muffler and also for loose or missing bolts, nuts and clamps. If any exhaust leaks or fractured parts are found, repairs must be completed prior to operation. A Always keep a multipurpose fire extinguisher on or near the machine. Be familiar with the operation of the fire extinguisher. SAFE OPERATION 7. CARE OF DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION LABELS 1. Keep danger, warning and caution labels, clean and free from obstructing material. 2. Clean danger, warning and caution labels with soap and water, dry with a soft cloth. 3. Replace damaged or missing danger, warning and caution labels with new labels from your KUBOTA dealer. 4. If a component with danger, warning and caution label(s) affixed is replaced with new part, make sure new label(s) is (are) attached in the same location(s) as the replaced component. 5. Mount new danger, warning and caution labels by applying on a clean dry surface and pressing any bubbles to outside edge. DEALER SERVICE DEALER SERVICE Your KUBOTA dealer is always ready to help so that your excavator offers the best performance. After having carefully read these instructions, you will realize that much of the routine maintenance can be done by yourself. Your KUBOTA dealer is responsible for servicing and the delivery of spare parts. When ordering spare parts from your KUBOTA dealer, always mention the serial number of the excavator and the engine. Note these numbers right away in the supplied lines. Model Serial No. Excavator Engine Dealer's name (To be filled in through the owner) C Warranty policy The Product(s) described in this Operator’s Manual are designed and manufactured only for the country in which they are initially wholesaled by Kubota or one of its affiliated companies. Neither Kubota Corporation nor its affiliated companies provide warranty for any Product which is re-sold or retailed in any country other than the country for which the Product(s) were designed or manufactured. [For KCL only] This product is equipped with an electronic key (see "ANTI-THEFT DEVICE" section) as a theft-prevention measure. This device restrains a theft, but does not guarantee that the machine will not be stolen. (1) Serial No. TECHNICAL DATA TECHNICAL DATA KUBOTA EXCAVATOR Model name KX080-4 Type Cabin Angle Blade Type Cabin Operating weight (including operator's weight) kg(lbs.) Rubber tracks Steel tracks (450 width) Steel tracks (600 width) Rubber tracks Steel tracks (450 width) 8290 (18280) 8340 (18390) 8470 (18670) 8680 (19140) 8730 (19250) Engine Type Water cooled 4 cycle diesel engine with 4 cylinder Model name KUBOTA V3307-CR-TE4 Total displacement cc(cu.in) 3331 (203.3) Engine power SAE gross kW(Hp) 49.7 (66.6) SAE net kW(Hp) 46.5 (62.3) Rated speed rpm 2000 Low idling speed rpm 1000 Performance Unit swing speed rpm 9.5 Travel speed Fast km/h(mph) 4.9 (3.1) Slow km/h(mph) 2.7 (1.7) Ground kPa pressure (kgf/ ) (With operator) [psi] 36.0 (0.367) [5.23] 36.9 (0.376) [5.35] 28.1 (0.287) [4.08] 37.7 (0.385) [5.47] 38.6 (0.394) [5.60] Climbing angle %(deg) *36 (20) Angle in case of crossing slope %(deg) *27 (15) Dozer Width x Height mm(in.) 2200 x 500 (86.6 x 19.7) 2200 x 510 (86.6 x 20.1) Max swing Left rad(deg) - 0.44 (25) Right rad(deg) - 0.44 (25) Boom swing angle Left rad(deg) 1.22 (70) Right rad(deg) 1.05 (60) Pressure connection for attachments Max.displacement (Theoretical) L(US gal)/ min 100 (26.4) Max. pressure Mpa (kgf/ ) [psi] 20.6 (210) [2987] Fuel tank capacity L(US gal) 115 (30.4) A Above dimensions are based on the machine with KUBOTA original bucket and 2100 arm. A Specifications subject to change without notice. D With unloaded digging bucket. D Firm compacted soil. D Operators must exercise extra caution and follow instructions in the operator's manual. D Worse condition or heavier attachment to the above will decrease climbing angle. DESCRIPTION OF MACHINE PARTS DESCRIPTION OF MACHINE PARTS DEPICTED CONTENTS (1) Arm (2) Bucket cylinder (3) Bucket link 2 and 3 (4) Bucket link 1 (5) Bucket (6) Boom cylinder (7) Dozer cylinder (8) Dozer blade (9) Arm cylinder (10) Boom (11) Working light (12) Cabin (13) Operator's seat (14) Swing bracket (15) Track (16) Drive sprocket (17) Front idler (18) Angle blade INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROL ELEMENTS B Instrument Panel, Switch (1) LCD display (4) Starter switch (2) Horn switch (5) Throttle potentiometer (3) Travel speed switch (6) Light switch (12) User setting switch (Switch 1) (13) - (Switch 2) (14) AUX port enable switch (Switch 3) (15) Information switch (Switch 4) (16) Display selector switch (Switch 5) (7) Auto idle control switch (9) Eco mode switch (8) Angle blade control switch (10) DPF inhibit switch *Angle blade type only (11) Beacon light switch Ref. page Starter switch............................................................. 6 LCD display................................................................ 7 Fuel gauge Water temperature gauge Hour meter Engine tachometer Glow lamp User setting switch AUX port enable switch Information switch Display selector switch............................................... 7 Warning lamp............................................................. 10 Horn switch................................................................ 17 Light switch................................................................ 17 Auto idle control switch............................................... 18 Throttle potentiometer................................................ 18 Travel speed switch................................................... 18 B Control Pedals and Levers (1) Drive lever (left) (2) Attachment control lever (left) (3) Boom swing pedal (4) Drive lever (right) (5) Attachment control lever (right) (7) Drive pedal (left) (6) Dozer control lever (8) Drive pedal (right) Ref. page Drive lever (left) ............................................... 33 Attachment control lever (left) .......................... 37, 38 Boom swing pedal ........................................... 38 Drive lever (right) ............................................. 33 Attachment control lever (right) ....................... 37, 38 Dozer control lever .......................................... 35 CHECKS BEFORE START CHECKS BEFORE START DAILY CHECKS In order to avoid damage, it is important to check the condition of the excavator before starting. To avoid personal injury: A Do maintenance work on the excavator only on level ground with the engine off and the lock lever in the "Lock" position. Checks Go around the excavator and check for visual damage and wear. Check coolant level. (See "DAILY CHECKS" in "MAINTENANCE" section.) Check fuel level. Check engine oil level. Check hydraulic fluid level. Check air filter for clogging. Check all grease points. Check all control lamps, indicators, tachometer and hour meter. Check the light system. Check the seat belt and the ROPS / OPG (Top Guard Level I) safety device. Check the condition of the safety and warning labels. (See "DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION LABELS" in "SAFE OPERATION" section.) Inspect ROPS / OPG (Top Guard Level I) for damage and if damage is found, contact your KUBOTA dealer for repair. CHECKING THE DEVICES BStarter Switch A [STOP] The key can be inserted at the "STOP" position. A [RUN] Turn the key one click from the "STOP" position to the "RUN" position. All the circuitry gets energized to start preheating. The glow indicator is displayed. To check for any lamp breakage, however, the lamp lights up and stays on for about 1 second. A [START] Move the pilot control lock lever to the "LOCKED" position. Turn the key from the "RUN" position another click to the "START" position. The starter motor is then activated to get the engine started. Release your hand from the key, and the key returns itself to the "RUN" position. In other words, once the engine has started, be sure to free the key. A If the key is repositioned from "RUN" to "STOP" but not pulled out, the message "pull out key" appears onscreen. A With the key off and pulled out, nothing appears onscreen. [Status with the key off but not pulled out] CHECKS BEFORE START BDisplay Selector Switch BLCD Display for Normal Operation Press the display selector switch while the engine is C Fuel gauge running. The LCD meter display will change from one indication mode to the other. Change the two-mode display according to your jobs. To avoid personal injury: C AUX port in use A Even with the starter key not yet inserted, press the electronic meter's user setting switch or the display selector switch, and the LCD display shows the hour meter, fuel gauge, water temperature gauge and clock for 10 seconds. A Before adding fuel, be sure to stop the engine. A Be sure to keep open flame away from the machine. Otherwise a fire may result. With the starter key at the "RUN" position, the fuel remaining in the fuel tank is indicated in the block. If the fuel runs short, open the cap and refuel the tank. A If the fuel gauge indicator is near the "E" or the "FUEL" message appears, add fuel as soon as possible. If the indicator is near "E" and the machine is operated on a slope, the engine may run out of fuel. CHECKS BEFORE START C Coolant Temperature Gauge C Overheat warning 1. If the coolant temperature becomes too high, the message "Water temp. is Rising" appears onscreen for a certain period of time. The LCD display then gets To avoid personal injury: back to normal, but the coolant temperature sensor " starts blinking at 1-second intervals. A Do not open the radiator cap during or just after marker " operation. Hot coolant may gush out and scald you. Wait for the coolant to cool down before opening the cap. With the starter key at the "RUN" position, the coolant temperature is indicated. (1)Coolant temperature sensor marker If the coolant temperature indicator is near "H", take the steps below. Depending on the coolant temperature, the warning message "Water temp. is rising" or "Overheat Engine to idle for cooling" appears. In either case too, follow the same procedure below. 1. Discontinue the job. 2. Reduce engine rpm's to idle and keep it at idle for 5 minutes. 3. Stop the engine and check the following points (1)-(4). (1) Low coolant level or leak (2) Fan belt tension (3) Mud or dust deposits on radiator (4) Hydraulic oil leak A If this message is displayed, the EGR valve will begin to close and EGR system will not function. Interrupt the work and lower the engine rpm, which will reduce the coolant temperature. 2. The overheat warning appears onscreen. Also the following message shows up on the LCD display, and the engine automatically starts idling. (Acceleration is not operative.) If the above message appears, take corrective measures, referring to the "Precautions in case of Overheat" section. A When the coolant temperature has dropped, acceleration can be automatically enabled. CHECKS BEFORE START C Hour-meter Indicates the total operating hours of the machine. How the indicator works A The meter advances one hour after an hour of operation regardless of the engine rpm. C Engine tachometer Indicates the current rpm of the engine. C Glow indicator The indicator is displayed when the starter key is turned to the "RUN" position but the engine requires preheating. Wait until the indicator goes out, and then start the engine. BWarning Lamp The warning lamp is used to indicate broken wire, short-circuit, fuel shortage and other problems. The warning lamp starts flashing in red if any problem occurs. If the system senses a in warning signal, the warning lamp starts flashing in yellow. A If the warning illuminates, do not just look at the meter; carry out the appropriate inspection and correction accordingly. (See "REGULAR CHECKS AND MAINTENANCE WORK" section) A If any warnings and problems are displayed, an alarm buzzer will beep. (See "LIST OF SCREENS" section for detail.) A See your KUBOTA dealer from details concerning care and maintenance. C Engine oil pressure low warning BLCD Display for Warning When the engine oil pressure drops too low, the lamp C Remaining fuel warning (red) starts flashing and the following message appears in the display. When the fuel level is very low, the lamp (yellow) starts Immediately stop the engine and check the engine oil flashing and the following message appears in the level. display. A After a short period of time, the display comes back to normal. A After a short period of time, the message shows up again. A Even while in the normal display mode, the warning lamp keeps on blinking. A To see what warning is being given out, press the display selector switch. The current warning can then be identified. C Battery charge warning If the starter key is turned to the "RUN" position without starting the engine, and the charging lamp stays off, the charging system has failed. If such occurs, immediately contact your local dealer for repair. A If the starter key is turned to the "RUN" position without running the engine and the oil lamp stays off, then the hydraulic system may have failed. If such occurs, immediately contact your local dealer for repair. C Various error warnings If any components are detected to be in trouble, the following message appears onscreen. (See "LIST OF SCREENS" section) Information A " mark" may appear together with a warning message. If such occurs, the details can be checked by pressing the information switch. When contacting your local dealer for repair, notify them of the information provided. Example; Press the information switch, and a detail such as shown below appears. A Press the information switch again, and the display goes back to the previous screen. User settings A If you have any question, consult your KUBOTA Dealer. BSetting the Clock 1. Turn the starter key to the "RUN" position. 2. Press the switch 1 to make the log record/periodic check/clock set screen appear. (1) Switch 1 (4) Switch 2 and 3 (2) Switch 5 (5) Switch 4 (3) Cursor 3. Press the switch 2 twice to move the cursor into position. Then press the save switch 5 to make the following screen appear. By pressing the switch 4, the year, month, day, hour and minute will be selected in this order. Select an item to readjust. (1) Switch 5 (3) Switch 3 (2) Switch 2 (4) Switch 4 Press the switch (Switch 2) and the numeric setting will be smaller. Press the switch (Switch 3) and the numeric setting will be larger. Hold down the or switch, and the numeric setting will change quickly. Press the switch (Switch 2), and the year, month, day, hour and minute will be selected in this order. 4. Save the new setting with the switch (Switch 5). Press this switch 5 again to set the clock. [Status after setting the clock] A Be careful not to accidentally press the switch 5 on the clock setting screen. Otherwise the seconds will be set to "00" and the clock will show the wrong time. A When the user setting switch (Switch 1) is pressed on the clock setting screen, the clock is not readjusted and returns to the previous menu screen. A If the clock is interrupted, for example when the battery is disconnected, the following message appears onscreen. Press the switch 5 to set the clock again. BReordering the year/month/day and Changing the AM/PM System to the 24­hour One 1. On the user setting screen, select "Various Settings". 2. Select "Calendar/Clock Set" menu screen. 3. Press the switch 5 and the following detailed screen shows up. (1) Switch 2 and 3 (A) Year/month/day display (2) Switch 4 (B) Clock display (3) Switch 5 (1) Using the switch 2 and 3, move up and down the items. The year/month/day on Side (A) will be reordered. (2) Using the switch 4, move the cursor to Side (B). Select the "AM/PM" system or the "24-hour" system. (3) Press the switch 5, and the new settings will be made. If the switch 1 is pressed, the previous settings will remain. BLog Record The log record helps you check the last 3-month operating record of the machine. Take the following steps. 1. Set the starter key to the "RUN" position. 2. Press the switch 1 to make the menu appear onscreen. 3. Press the switch 2 and 3 to select the log record. Fix this choice with the switch (Switch 5). (1) Switch 1 (4) Switch 2 and 3 (2) Switch 5 (5) Switch 4 (3) Cursor 4. Press the switch 5 to make the calendar appear onscreen. Press the switch 2, and the log records (machine's operating days) for the last month and the month before last (90 days ago) can be reviewed. The highlighted days indicate when the machine was operated. A Some days may appear marked with [-] when the log record is unknown because of a new setting of the clock, a disconnection of the battery or other factors. BPeriodic Check The following message appears on the LCD display 10 hours before a periodic check. Press the switch 4 to see the check results. Do the following servicing listed below. A When the servicing has been completed, turn the key switch ON and OFF 10 times or more and the check screen automatically disappears. A When the periodic check interval has passed, the message "Periodic Check Passed" shows up. Immediately perform the specified servicing. A The periodic check screen can also be preset to be made to disappear manually only. To do this, it is necessary to select "Periodic Check" on the user setting menu. For make this setting, contact your local dealer. BIf All the Check Points are not Displayed at a Glance on a Single Screen 1. Press the switch 4. 2. Each time the switch 2 or 3 is pressed, the check points scrolled up or down. (1) Switch 4 (3) Switch 3 (2) Switch 2 C Service hour meter When the hour meter reaches the hours circled in the maintenance list below, a message appears. The message shows up as follows. No. Check points Measures Hour meter indicator Intervals 50 100 250 500 600 750 1000 2000 3000 1 Engine oil (CJ-4) change every 500 hrs 2 Hydraulic oil every 1000 hrs 3 Air filter element Outer element replace every 1000 hrs Inner element every 1000 hrs 4 Fuel filter every 500 hrs 5 Engine oil filter every 500 hrs 6 Drive unit oil change every 500 hrs 7 Hydraulic return filter cartridge replace every 1000 hrs 8 Hydraulic suction filter element every 1000 hrs 9 Pilot filter replace every 1000 hrs 10 Idler, Track roller, grease - every 2000 hrs 11 DPF clean every 3000 hrs First operation BWhen the Check-up is Completed When the check-up is completed, perform the following procedure to make the Periodic Check disappear from the screen. 1. The message below appears onscreen to prompt the completion of the check-up. 2. To take a look at the check points, press the information switch. The check points appear onscreen. 3. When the check-up has been completed, press the switch 5. If not, press the switch 1 to go back to the previous screen. BHorn Switch BLight Switch When the starter switch is in position "RUN", the working light(s) and CAB light(s) will be switched on by pressing the switch. C Night operation To avoid personal injury: A When the working light and CAB light alone do not provide sufficient visibility, prepare additional stationary artificial lighting and observe safety rules for night work. BAUX Port Flow Rate Limit Switch It is possible to freely readjust the actuator's maximum flow rate in the AUX operating mode. (See "AUX PORT OPERATION" section for detail.) BAuto Idle Switch The switch is used to enable and disable the Auto Idle control. A Enable: Press the Auto Idle switch. When the Auto Idle control is on, the Auto Idle lamp stays on. A Disable: Press the Auto Idle switch once again. Now the Auto Idle control is deactivated (The Auto Idle lamp goes out.) BThrottle Potentiometer 1. Sit down on the operator's seat and turn the throttle potentiometer clockwise (toward the high speed), and the engine revs up. 2. To stop the engine, turn the throttle potentiometer fully toward the low speed and keep the engine at the idling speed. Then set the starter key to the "STOP" position. BTravel Speed Switch Travel speed will increase when this switch is pushed down. Switching the dual travel speed: 1. Press the travel speed switch. The buzzer beeps twice and the travel speed changes from low to high. The symbol lights up. 2. Press the travel speed switch again, and the buzzer beeps once and the travel speed changes from high speed to low. The symbol goes out. (1) Travel speed switch (2) Speed indicator light A When activating the travel speed switch, it must be pushed down completely. A Each time the travel speed switch is pressed, the travel speed is switched between low and high. A The travel speed automatically changes into first speed (low speed) when the drive resistance increases while traveling second speed (high speed). Thereafter, when the resistance decreases, it returns to second speed. A If the tracks are clogged with sand or gravel while working on soft ground, lift up the track with the help of the boom, arm and bucket and dozer blade, and let the track rotate to remove the sand and gravel. (A)"Rotate to remove sand and gravel" BInhibit Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration Switch Inhibit Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regeneration switch (hereinafter called inhibit switch) disables the Auto DPF regeneration cycle. Activate this switch to turn "off" Auto DPF Regeneration when working around people, animals, plants, and flammable materials. Certain work conditions may require the Auto DPF regeneration cycle to be disabled. Depress the switch once to turn off Automatic mode. Depress the switch once again to return from disable to Automatic mode. (1) Inhibit Switch A Do not push the dozer control lever into the float BBeacon Light Switch position as this will cause the machine to suddenly drop. To avoid serious injury or death: A Do not work under the machine in this condition. It is equipped only with the switch (including the coupler for connecting in a rear left speaker). Since it isn't equipped with the beacon main part, please install when required. ECO MODE In the ECO mode, the jobs can be carried on with better fuel efficiency than in the standard mode. Press the ECO mode switch, and the implement panel lamp lights up and the machine comes in the ECO mode. Press this switch again, and the above lamp goes out and the machine comes back in the standard mode. CAB TYPE MACHINES BWiper/Washer Switch To engage the wiper, turn on the switch for the wiper when the starter key is in the "RUN" position. A further push on the switch will activate the washer system. Even when the wiper switch is in the "OFF" position, the washer switch functions if it is pressed. When the machine operates in the ECO mode, the ECO mode mark appears on the LCD screen as shown in the following figure. A Do not activate the washer switch if the tank for the cleaning fluid is empty; the pump can be damaged. A Do not activate the wiper switch if the window is dry. In this case, make sure that cleaning fluid is applied to the pane before activating the wiper. A In frosty conditions, make sure that the wiper blade is not frozen to the glass before switching-on. The motor can be damaged if the wiper system is used under such conditions. BInterior Lamp To turn on the interior lamp, set the interior lamp switch to (1) Interior lamp (A) "ON" (2) Interior lamp switch (B) "OFF" BHeater Switch BOpening/Closing of CAB Door Turn the starter switch to the "RUN" position and turn the 1. Unlock the CAB door and pull the knob. Open the CAB heater switch clockwise, the heater fan will be activated door fully until fixed into place. and the cabin will start to warm up. The heater has three 2. To close the CAB door, push the release lever down and close the door. position. A During summer, turn the heater valve clockwise to close the valve. (1) Release lever (A) Push down (2) Door knob (inside) 3. When leaving the excavator, always lock the door. BOpening/Closing of Front CAB Window BOpening/Closing of Side CAB Window 1. Pull the grip to release the lock and pull side window open to the rear or to the front. 2. To close the side window, slide it forward or backward To avoid personal injury: until the lock snaps in at the window frame. A Keep hands and feet away from the area between front window and CAB frame. Otherwise the operator risks serious pinching or crushing injuries. A Other persons should stay clear when opening the window. To open and close the front window, take the steps below. 1. Push the lock levers beside grip. BEmergency Hammer To avoid personal injury: A When breaking the window pane, close your eyes and cover them with an arm. The emergency hammer is for breaking a window pane in 2. Hold the grips tightly with both hands. Pull the grip order to quick escape from the cab, should the window not slightly upward and toward yourself to let the open. windshield slide inward. 3. Pull the windshield all the way to the lock at the back of CAB. 4. To close the window, take the reverse steps 3, 2 and 1. AIR CONDITIONER BAir Flow Air in the CAB and fresh air introduced into the CAB flow as shown in the figure. Adjust the five air outlet ports to obtain the desired condition. A Do not allow water to enter the fresh air port while washing the excavator. BAir Control Vent C Front air outlet The front air outlets can be independently adjusted as required. To defrost the windshield, rotate the outlets toward the windshield. Position the inlet selector lever to the desired position. BControl Panel (1) Air conditioner switch (3) Temperature control dial (2) Indicator light (4) Blower switch C Air Conditioner Switch and Indicator Light Push this switch to activate the air conditioner. An indicator light will light up when the switch is set to "ON". Push switch again to turn air conditioner off, the indicator light will go off. C Temperature Control Dial Set this dial at the desired position to obtain the desired air temperature. Turn the dial to the right to obtain cooler air. Turn it to the left to obtain warmer air. C Blower Switch Air volume can be changed in three steps. At the "3" position, the largest air volume is obtained. BOperation C Heating 1. Adjust the blower (1/2/3) switch and the temperature control dial to achieve the desired temperature level. C Dehumidifying-heating 1. Press and turn on the air-conditioner switch. 2. Turn on the blower (1/2/3) switch. 3. Adjust the temperature control dial to the "COOL" or an intermediate position to achieve the desired temperature level. A Be sure to close the door while the air conditioner is ON otherwise, you may overload the compressor. C Cooling 1. Press and turn on the air-conditioner switch. 2. Turn on the blower (1/2/3) switch. 3. Adjust the temperature control dial to the "COOL" or an intermediate position to achieve the desired temperature level. C Defrosting or demisting To defrost or demist the windshield, take the following steps. 1. Open the front air outlet and direct it to the windshield. 2. Set the blower switch and the temperature control dial to the "3" and "WARM" (leftmost) positions, respectively. HANDLING THE SAFETY DEVICES BPilot Control Lock Lever A When the excavator is not used or left unattended, be sure to place the pilot control lock lever in position "Locked". The pilot control lock lever is located on the left side. OPERATION OF THE ENGINE A Read "SAFE OPERATION" at the beginning of this operator's manual. A Obey the danger, warning and caution labels on the excavator. A To avoid the danger of exhaust fume poisoning, do not operate the machine in a closed building without proper ventilation. A Always start the engine from the operator's seat. Do not start the engine while standing next to the excavator. Before starting the engine, sound the horn to get the attention of persons standing nearby. A In order not to overload the battery and starter, avoid engaging the starter for more than 10 sec. A If the engine does not start in 10 sec., please wait 20 sec. or more, before attempting to restart. STARTING THE ENGINE To avoid personal injury: A The operator should not depend solely on the warning lamps, but should always conduct the routine checks (see "MAINTENANCE"). Start the engine in the following manner: 1. Before starting the engine, make sure that all control levers are in the neutral positions. 2. Pull the lock lever all the way back. (lock position) 3. Put the throttle potentiometer in the middle between " " and " " symbols. The switch for Auto Idle control is in the OFF position. (See "AUTO IDLE (AI) OPERATION" in the Excavator operation.) 4. Set the starter key to the "RUN" position. Hold the key at this position until the " " mark on the display panel disappears. 5. Now make sure the " " and " " marks appear onscreen. If not, the system has malfunctioned. Contact your local dealer for repairs. 6. Turn the key to the position "START" and release after the engine has started. 7. Check if all warning lamps have gone out. Should a warning lamp still be lit up, stop the engine then remove the key and check for the cause. A The starter motor draws a large current. Avoid running it longer than 10 seconds continuously. If the engine fails to start within 10 seconds, set the key to the "STOP" position, wait for 20 seconds or longer, and repeat the above steps 5 thru 7. A If the battery is dead and must be connected to another battery with jumper cable, be sure to use a 12V battery. Never use a 24V batteries. A If you keep the pilot control lock lever at "UNLOCK" and try to start the engine, "Up Lever Lock" appears on the meter panel and the engine cannot be started. Before staring the engine, make sure the pilot control lock lever is set at the "LOCK" position. A When the engine starts, the meter may momentarily turn off and a beep may sound. This is not a problem. [For KCL only] A This machine is equipped with an anti-theft device. If you try to get the engine started with the wrong key, "Wrong key""Unable to start" appears on the meter panel and the engine cannot be started. Use the specified key. A Even the correct key, if attached to something metallic (key ring, for example), may fail to start the engine. In such case, remove the metallic attachment and insert the key in the key switch. STARTING THE ENGINE UNDER COLD CONDITIONS To avoid personal injury: A Make sure that the lock lever is in the lock position during warm up. Start the engine in the following manner; 1. Make sure the auto idle switch is at the "OFF" position (lamp off). 2. Pull the lock lever all the way back. (Lock position) 3. Insert the starter key into the starter switch. 4. Turn the throttle potentiometer toward " " (high speed) position. 5. Set the starter key to the "RUN" position. Hold the key at this position until the " " mark on the display panel disappears. 6. Turn the starter key to the "START" position. 7. Once the engine starts, release your hand from the key. The key will return back to the "RUN" position. 8. If the engine fails to start, set the starter key to the "STOP" position, and repeat the above steps 5 thru 7. A Let the engine warm up after start-up for approx. 10 minutes under no load conditions. If the hydraulic fluid temperature is too low, the operation will be affected. Do not operate the excavator under full load until the engine has sufficiently warmed up. STARTING WITH AN AUXILIARY BATTERY To avoid personal injury: A Battery gases can explode. Do not smoke and keep sparks and flames away. A Do not start the engine with an auxiliary battery if excavator battery is frozen. A Do not connect the black jumper cable to the negative (-) terminal of the excavator battery. BObserve Following Guidelines when Starting with an Auxiliary Battery 1. Bring the helping machine with the same battery voltage as near as possible to the excavator. THE MACHINES MUST NOT COME IN CONTACT WITH EACH OTHER. 2. Bring the levers and pedal of both vehicles in the neutral position and put the lock lever in the "Lock" position. 3. Wear eye protection and rubber gloves. 4. Open the side cover. (See "Opening / closing of the Side Cover" in "MAINTENANCE" section.) 5. Ensure the vent caps are securely in place (if equipped). 6. Cover the battery opening with a cloth. Make sure that the cloth does not touch the battery terminals. 7. Connect the terminal of the red jumper cable with the plus (+) terminal of the low battery and connect the other end of the cable to the plus (+) terminal of the auxiliary battery. 8. Connect the black negative cable to the minus (-) terminal of the auxiliary battery. 9. Connect the other end of the black cable (coming from the auxiliary battery) to the excavator frame as far away as possible from the low battery. 10.Start the engine of the helping machine and let it run for a while. Start the excavator with the low battery. 11.Disconnect the jumper cables in the reverse sequence (Steps 8, 7, 6). 12.Remove the cloth and replace the vent caps. A This excavator has a negative (-) ground 12 Volt starting system. A Use only the same voltage when using an auxiliary battery. A Using a higher voltage will cause serious damage to the electrical system. When using an auxiliary battery, only the compatible (same) voltage is permissible. CHECK POINTS AFTER STARTING THE ENGINE After starting the engine, but before starting operation, check the following points: 1. Put the throttle potentiometer in the middle between " " and " " symbols and let the engine idle for approx. five minutes. This allows the engine lubricant to warm up and penetrate every part of the engine. 2. Once the engine has warmed up, check: A the warning lamp "Engine oil pressure" has gone out. A the warning lamp "Battery charge" goes out when engine speed is increased. A the color of the exhaust is normal and no abnormal noises or vibrations are heard or felt. A no fluid is leaking from pipes or hoses. C Should any following conditions occur, stop the engine immediately. A The engine rpm's increases or decreases suddenly. A Sudden abnormal noises are heard. A Exhaust is black. A Warning lamp for engine oil lights up during operation. A In these cases, the excavator must be checked and serviced by your local the KUBOTA dealer. STOPPING THE ENGINE A Do not keep the bucket or dozer in an elevated position, as a person could accidentally touch the levers and cause serious accidents. 1. Place the bucket and dozer on the ground. 2. After slowing the engine to idle, turn the key to "STOP". 3. Remove the key. 4. Pull the lock lever to "LOCK" position. BEngine Stop Button To avoid personal injury: A Keep hands away from rotating parts. A Be sure to return the stop button to former position after the engine stops. The engine stops when the starter key is turned off. If the engine does not stop, pull the stop button to stop the engine. BPrecautions in case of Overheat To avoid personal injury: A Do not open the radiator cap during operation or just after shut-down. Otherwise, steam or very hot coolant may gush out, getting you scalded. Make sure the radiator has cooled down enough before opening its cap. If by any chance the coolant temperature rises close to or above the boiling point ("H" on the water temperature gauge) (overheat condition), take the following steps. 1. Stop operating the machine. (Relieve the engine of any load.) 2. Do not shut off the engine suddenly. Before shutting off the engine, keep it idling under no load for about 5 minutes. 3. Stay away from the engine or overflow for 10 minutes or until the steam overflow stops. 4. Be sure that there is no danger of getting scalded. Pinpoint and remove the cause of overheat, referring to the "TROUBLESHOOTING" section. Once the issue is resolved, the engine may be restarted. BDPF Regeneration This machine is equipped with a DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) muffler. DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER serves to trap particulate matters (PM) that are contained in exhaust gases and to automatically burn (DPF-regenerate) these matters. In the regeneration, buzzer sounds and warning light blink and display shows messages. Follow that instruction. (Refer to page 112) EXCAVATOR OPERATION RUNNING-IN OF THE NEW EXCAVATOR The operation and care of the new excavator influences its life span. Your new excavator has been carefully checked and tested before leaving the factory. In spite of this, all movable components must run-in during the first 50 work hours. Do not work with full rpm's and full loads during this period. It is very important to run-in your excavator properly in order to achieve its full performance and longevity. During the running-in, the following points should be adhered to in all cases. BDo not Work with Full Engine Rpm's or Full Loads during the First 50 Working Hours A Let the engine warm up sufficiently in the cold season. A Do not let the engine rev-up more than necessary except the DPF regeneration. BOil Change in the Run-in Stage The lubrication oil plays a specific and important role during the run-in phase of the excavator. The numerous movable parts are not yet run-in, so many fine metal particles are generated, which can cause damage and shorten the life of many components. Pay attention to the oil-change intervals and complete them sooner than later. See "REGULAR CHECKS AND MAINTENANCE WORK" section for more details on the oil-change intervals. BAdjusting the Operator's Seat To avoid personal injury: A Make sure that the seat is completely secured after each adjustment. (1) Backrest tilt adjust lever (A) "UNLOCK" (2) Travel adjust lever (B) "TO INCREASE TENSION" (3) Weight adjust lever (C) "TO DECREASE TENSION" (4) Weight indicator C Travel adjustment Pull the travel adjust lever in the direction of [A] and slide the seat backward or forward, as required. The seat will lock in position when the lever is released. C Weight adjustment Turn the weight adjust lever to achieve the optimum suspension setting. C Tilt adjustment Pull the backrest tilt adjust lever in the direction of [A] and move the backrest to the desired angle. C Height adjustment Lift the seat to the desired height of the three available positions. Adjust the seat to the desired position after lifting the seat to the highest position in the case of lowering the seat. BSeat Belt To avoid personal injury or death: A Always use the seat belt with a ROPS/OPG (Top Guard Level I) protection structure. Adjust the seat to the optimal position and buckle up. STARTING To avoid personal injury: A No persons, other than those who have read and understand this manual and who are familiar with the excavator, should be allowed to use the excavator. A Do not allow any person other than the operator to ride on the excavator. A When operating, keep hands and body inside of the ROPS/OPG (Top Guard Level I) protective. A Do not touch the control levers and the pedals from outside the cab while the engine running. BPilot Control Lock Lever To avoid personal injury: A To avoid injuries, check safety aspects all around the excavator. A If the pilot control lock lever is pulled down, the engine will fail to start. Don't attempt to start the machine with the Pilot Control Lock Lever in the down position (A), if attempt is made the following message appears on the LCD display. (1)Pilot control lock lever (A) "Unlock" (B) "Locked" A Always pull pilot control lock lever up to "Locked" position (B) when you stop the engine or leave the operating structure. A Recommended technique for working on a DRIVING slope. To avoid personal injury or death: A Before starting the engine, make sure that no one is near the excavator. A Before operating the excavator, check the track direction. (Front idler and dozer blade to the front of the excavator). A Use extra caution when traveling across a slope or working sideways on a slope. (A) 20 to 40 cm (8 to 16 in.) 3. Activate the dozer control lever to raise the dozer. TURNS (1) Dozer control lever (A) "Raise" (2) Dozer (B) "Lower" BDrive Levers(Right,Left) To avoid personal injury or death: A When driving the excavator keep the dozer blade in front. To move the excavator forward, move the drive levers to (A) and to move in reverse, move the drive levers to (B) with dozer blade in front. If the dozer blade is behind operator station, then the controls are reversed, moving the excavator forward will require (B) and moving the excavator backwards will require (A), but this is not recommended. Pushing the drive levers forward, moves the excavator forwards, and vice-versa. The front of the excavator is the side where the dozer is located; the drive sprocket is in the rear of the excavator. To avoid personal injury: A Do not change direction on steep slopes, or the excavator could tip over. A Before changing direction, beware of people in the work area. BPivot Turn A Movement as illustrated is done with the dozer blade in front of the operator. C Change of Direction while Travelling 1. While travelling forward, bring the left drive lever into the neutral position; the excavator will turn in the direction of the arrow of the illustration below. (1) Drive lever (left) (A) "Forward" (2) Drive lever (right) (B) "Backward" (C)"Straight" 2. While travelling backward, bring the left drive lever into 2. Pull the left drive lever backward; the neutral position; the excavator will turn in the direction of the arrow of the excavator will turn in the direction of the arrow of the illustration below. the illustration below. BSpin Turn When both drive levers are activated in the opposite C Change of Direction while Stationary directions, both tracks will rotate with the same speed but 1. Push the left drive lever forward; in opposite directions. The center of rotation is the center the excavator will turn in the direction of the arrow of of the excavator. the illustration below. (B) "Right spin turn" UP AND DOWNHILL DRIVING To avoid personal injury: A When travelling up or down a slope, use extra caution and follow the instructions below. While traveling uphill, keep the lower edge of the bucket approx. 20 to 40 cm (8 to 16 in.) above the ground. Although the KUBOTA excavator will not slip easily because of the tracks, it is safer to let the bucket slide over the ground while traveling downhill. Always choose slow speed for uphill and downhill traveling. [UPHILL TRAVELING] [DOWNHILL TRAVELING] PARKING ON A SLOPE To avoid personal injury or death: A When the excavator is parked or left unattended on a slope, be sure to put the bucket on the ground and place all control levers in neutral position, then brace the tracks with chocks. OPERATION OF THE DOZER 1. To raise the dozer, pull back the control lever. To lower the dozer, push the control lever forward. To float the dozer, push the control lever more forward to the locked position. (1) Dozer control lever (A) "Raise" (2) Dozer (B) "Lower" (C)"Float" (Locked position) 2. While undertaking earth moving work, control both drive levers with the left hand and the dozer control lever with the right hand. TWO PATTERN SELECTION SYSTEM(TPSS) To avoid personal injury: A Study control lever pattern A and pattern B. Then choose the one which is most familiar. A Familiarize yourself with the pattern selected by operating slowly. BPattern Change 1. Open the cover and position the pattern selector lever to the desired position. 2. Close the cover. Lever Position Pattern A Pattern B Attachment A Boom down Arm up Control Lever B Boom up Arm crowd (Left) C Swing left Swing left D Swing right Swing right Attachment Arm up Boom down Control Lever Arm crowd Boom up (Right) Bucket crowd Bucket crowd Bucket dump Bucket dump (1)Pattern selector lever(A) "Pattern A" (Two Pattern Selection System:TPSS) (B) "Pattern B" OPERATION OF THE BOOM To raise the boom, pull the attachment control lever back. The boom is equipped with a cushion cylinder which helps prevent excavated material in the bucket from falling out. At low hydraulic oil temperature, (e.g. after starting the engine in cold weather) the cushioning function will be effected for a short period of time (approx. 3 to 5 seconds). This condition results from the viscosity of the hydraulic oil and is not a sign of malfunction. The cushion cylinder will operate normally as the oil warms up. To lower the boom, push the attachment control lever forward. OPERATION OF THE ARM Pull back the attachment control lever and the arm will be pulled in. To move the arm out, push the control lever towards the front. A When pulling in the arm, the movement may stop for a short moment when the arm is in its vertical position. This is caused by the combined load of the arm and bucket moving the cylinder piston away from the hydraulic flow causing a delay in the cylinder action, until the flow catches up with cylinder piston. This is a characteristic of the hydraulic system and is not a sign of malfunction. A When lowering the boom, make sure that it does not hit the dozer and that the bucket teeth do not touch the dozer. OPERATION OF THE BUCKET To dig using the bucket, move the right attachment control BUnit Swing Operation lever from the neutral position, left. Moving the control 1. Move the control lever to the left and the upper lever right, moves the bucket outwards and empties its structure will turn to the left. 2. Move the control lever to the right and the upper contents. structure will turn to the right. UNIT SWING AND BOOM SWING OPERATION To avoid personal injury: A When working in groups, always let the others know what you are going to do before you do it. A Keep others away from the machine working area. A Be sure to lock the boom swing pedal when the boom swing function is not used. BBoom Swing Operation 1. Flip the pedal lock up to unlock the pedal. 2. Step on the left side of the pedal to swing the boom to the left. 3. Step on the right side of the pedal to swing the boom to the right. A Do not operate the left attachment control lever abruptly from right to left (or vice versa), because the inertia may cause high impact loads on the swing gear and the swing motor, shortening the life of the excavator. AUXILIARY PORT OPERATION The auxiliary port enable switch is used to operate hydraulic attachment such as hammers. BSelecting the Action Modes The AUX port has been factory-set to three action modes. You can select one of them. Up to five action modes can be preset. Each time the AUX port enable switch (switch 3) is pressed, the action modes change over one after another. And A When turning the starter key to the "RUN" position, the action mode will return to the last action mode used. A AUX1 or AUX2 functions are workable while automatic regeneration. Refer to page 47. C Checking the settings of each action mode When an action mode is selected and the " " mark BAUX Port Handling Procedure appears at the lower right of the icon, the flow volume 1. Turn the starter key to the "RUN" position. setting gets displayed by pressing the switch 4. Let the engine warm up after start-up for approx. 10 minutes under no load conditions. [Display in AUX 1 and 2 modes] 2. Lower the pilot control lock lever (UNLOCK). 3. Push the AUX port enable switch (switch 3). A If the pilot control lock lever is at the "LOCKED" position, the following message appears onscreen. Down this lever to the "UNLOCKED" position and then press the AUX port enable switch (switch 3). A AUX is cancelled when the pilot control lock lever raised up "LOCKED" position. Push the AUX port enable switch to set the AUX mode when necessary. 4. [AUX 1 and 2 modes] If the machine is equipped with the AUX 1 port, move the AUX port knob of the left attachment control lever to the right to send oil to the AUX port 3. Move the AUX port knob of the left attachment control lever to the left to send oil to the AUX port 4. (1) Attachment control lever (left) (A) "AUX port 1" (2) Attachment control lever (right) (B) "AUX port 2" (C) "AUX port 3" (D) "AUX port 4" A Proportional control of the AUX port knob allows for slow-to-fast movement of attachment. Example; If you move the AUX port knob halfway, the attachment will move at approximately one-half speed. C One way hold [AUX 1 and 2 modes] Press the one way hold switch of the left attachment control lever, and the oil continues to flow through the AUX port 2. Press this switch again or move the AUX port knob, and the oil flow is interrupted. (1) Attachment control lever (right) (B) "AUX port 2" (2) Attachment control lever (left) (3) One way hold switch (left) A Even if the one way hold switch of the right attachment control lever is pressed, no function is assigned. In this case, the following message appears onscreen. BSetting the Maximum Flow Volume The AUX port has been factory-set to three action modes 1, 2 and 3. The action modes 4 and 5 can also be preset. C How to make the settings 1. With the starter key at the "RUN" position, press the user setting switch (switch 1), and the following display appears onscreen. 2. Press the switch 2 or 3 to select "AUX Flow Ctrl Set", and then press the switch 5. 3. Each time the switch 5 is pressed, the mode number 5. Each time the switch 2 or 3 is pressed, the icon changes. Select your desired setting mode number. changes. Select your desired icons. 4. Take the following steps to set the icons. Each time the switch 4 is pressed, the setting cursor (arrow mark) shifts position. Move the cursor above the icon. C Types of AUX icons (1) AUX (Standard) (6) Clamshell (2) Brush cutter (7) Breaker (3) Rotary grapple (8) Tilt bucket (4) Grapple (9) Thumb (5) Auger (10) Blank (disable) 6. Set the maximum flow volume for each AUX port. A There is no relationship between the icons and the Press the switch 4 to move the setting cursor (arrow flow control settings. Select icons to suit the images of mark) to the port 2 position of Thumb port at the right. attachments to be connected. A In an action mode with the disable icon preset, such action mode is skipped even if selected. Take an example of the following settings: AUX (standard) icon for action mode 1, Breaker icon for action mode 2, Disable icon for actions modes 3, 4 and 5. Each time the AUX port enable switch (switch 3) is pressed, the display changes from action mode 1, action mode 2 to normal mode in this order. [Setting example] (1) AUX 1 (A) "AUX port 1" (2) AUX 2 (B) "AUX port 2" (C) "AUX port 3" (D) "AUX port 4" 7. Press the switch 2 or 3 to preset the maximum flow volume. Set the bar to the highest level, and the flow volume will be maximized. Set the bar to the lowest level (no bar displayed), and there will be no oil flow. Then press the switch 4 to go to the next port, and make the settings for all the other ports. (1) Switch 2 (Higher flow volume) (A) "MAX. flow volume" (2) Switch 3 (Lower flow volume) (B) "Output interrupted" (3) Switch 4 A Some attachments might not be activated even when the bar level is still somewhat above the lowest position. Or even when the bars of ports 1 and 2 (or of ports 3 and 4) are at the same level, the same speed might not be achieved. This does not indicate a machine problem, however. Readjust the bar to the optimum level according to your attachment manual. A Suppose that the same attachment is mounted on another machine. Even if the same flow control setting is made, the same speed cannot be achieved. Make an optimum setting on each machine. 8. Go back to Step 3 to make settings for the next action mode. When all the settings of all the action modes have been made, press the switch 1 to return to the normal screen. C AUX port MAX. Flow volume Thumb port 1 AUX 1 port MAX. flow volume (Theoretical L/min) 67 (17.7) 100 (26.4) MAX. pressure MPa (kgf/cm ) [psi] 20.6 (210) [2987] A When the AUX port is not used for a long period, dirt particles can settle in the lower part of the AUX port lines. When the plugs on the AUX port lines are removed to connect attachments, drain approx. 100 cc (3.4 oz) of oil before making connections. BHow to Resume the AUX Setting While Processing the DPF Regeneration When the automatic regeneration process of DPF gets started with the AUX port in use, the warning (A) is displayed on the LCD display. The indicator (B) turns off, however, the operator can keep to use the AUX port function. To resume the AUX port settings while the warning is displayed, follow the procedure. 1. The indicator turns off, and the warning appears on the LCD display. 2. Press the switch 5. 3. The warning disappears temporarily and the normal display shows up again. 4. Press the switch 3 to continue to set the AUX settings as usual. Even when the warning temporarily disappears according to the above procedure, however, the warning reappears in a certain period of time during the automatic regeneration. A While a warning message like as “Raise up engine speed.” is on the LCD display, operator is requested to take directive procedure and take above procedure if operator require to continue to set AUX setting. HOW TO RELEASE PRESSURE TRAPPED IN THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM To avoid personal injury: A To relieve the residual pressure, do it immediately after the engine has stopped. 1. Lower the attachments and the blade down to the ground. 2. Turn the key to "STOP" position and shut off the engine. 3. After stopping the engine, turn the key to "RUN" position. 4. Set the lock lever to "Unlock" position. (1) Lock lever for attachment control (A) "Unlock" (2) Attachment control lever (left) (B) "Lock" 5. Move the operating lever to release pressure in the hydraulic system. [How to release pressure trapped in the AUX port] 1. Perform the above operations of 1 to 4. 2. Turn "ON" the AUX port enable switch. 3. Make sure that the flow volume in all the AUX ports is ANGLE BLADE OPERATION not minimized. If the pressure is removed after minimizing the flow volume in the AUX port, release pressure is not removed completely and the hose coupler may be To avoid personal injury or death: unable to connect and disconnect. A Never jack up or lift the machine with the angle blade placed at an angle. (1) Flow volume in (A) Flow volume in AUX port AUX port display (B) Maximum (C)Minimum 4. Move the AUX port knob mounted to the operating lever to the right and left to release pressure in the AUX port. D There are two types of machine, one has the AUX port knobs mounted to the right and left operating levers, the other has the AUX port knob mounted to one operating lever. Make choice according to the type of machine. Stability of the machine is affected with blade at angle, keep at neutral position. Before starting the job, position and keep the angle blade at the standard 0 marking (Refer to Figure (1)). A Do not work under the machine. 1. Push the angle blade control switch to the right or left, and the angle dozer is placed at an angle. 2. For the right-hand angle setting, push the angle blade control switch in direction (A). The angle blade will be placed at an angle toward (A). 3. For the left-hand angle setting, push the angle blade control switch in direction (B). The angle blade will be placed at an angle toward (B). Figure (1) (1) Mark (red) (A) Turn the right (2) Mark (red) (B) Turn the left 1-way or 2-way CIRCUIT SELECTION VALVE OPERATION A selection valve which selects 1-way or 2-way circuit of service port has been installed on the hydraulic tank. 1. When equipment which needs a 1-way circuit will be used, position the arrow, by using the supplied lever, on the axis of the selection valve to the 1-way circuit position, to reduce the back pressure. 2. When equipment which needs a 2-way circuit will be used, position the arrow on the axis of the selection valve to the 2-way circuit position. A 1-way circuit..... HAMMER etc. A 2-way circuit..... THUMB, TILT BUCKET, AUGER, GRAPPLE etc. To avoid personal injury: A Stop the engine before removing/changing the equipment. A Release pressure in the hydraulic system before removing/changing the equipment. (See "HOW TO RELEASE PRESSURE TRAPPED IN THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM".) A Position the selection valve to the correct position (either 1-way or 2-way circuit selection) before mounting the equipment. A Always select the correct valve position before mounting the equipment (1-way or 2-way circuit selection) to avoid sudden movement of the equipment. A Leaving the selection valve to 1-way circuit selection and attaching 2-way circuit equipment may cause the equipment to move (drop) suddenly due to its own weight, as the tank line remains open, even with the engine off. BOOM LOWERING VALVE Use this valve if the engine fails to get started and the accumulator fails to operate and there is an urgent need to lower the boom. To avoid personal injury or death: A When the engine functions, move the control lever to lower the boom. Never use the boom lowering valve. A Before starting this job, make sure there is nobody below the boom. A Loosen the boom lowering valve plug slowly 45-degree turn at a time. Be careful not to loosen it a full turn or more at once because otherwise oil may squirt out accidentally. 1. Make sure that the engine has stopped. 2. Open the fuel tank cover. 3. Loosen the boom lowering valve plug. AUTO IDLE (AI) OPERATION 1. Throttle Potentiometer With this potentiometer the operator can adjust the engine speed when the Auto Idle control is activated. 2. Switch for Auto Idle (AI) Control With this switch the Auto Idle control is turned on or off. The Auto Idle control allows the engine speed to drop to idle speed when the control levers are left in neutral for longer than four seconds. If the control is activated, the engine speed rises immediately to the preset rpm. If the Auto Idle is not activated the throttle potentiometer can be utilized to control engine speed in a similar way to a conventional throttle control lever. (1) Throttle potentiometer (2) Switch for Auto Idle control (3) Lamp for Auto Idle control A It is possible that the Auto Idle may not function until hydraulic oil warms up in the cold weather. Therefore it is not recommended that the Auto Idle be activated until the machine is completely warmed up. A Before operating the control lever, check the Auto Idle Indicator Lamp. A When operating in confined spaces or when loading onto a vehicle, turn the Auto Idle switch off (Light off). This is to prevent unwanted engine speed increases when control levers are activated. A The Auto Idle control, when selected by a switch, provides the operator with a way to control engine speed without moving the Throttle Potentiometer, simply by not activating any control levers for about four seconds after stopping work, and then to simply restore a preset (by potentiometer) engine speed by activating any control lever to return to work. A The purpose of the system is to reduce fuel consumption, noise and operator fatigue. A When the dozer control lever is locked at the "Float" position on the angle blade type, the Auto Idle function is not activated even if any other control lever is set in the neutral position. ANTI-THEFT DEVICE (for KCL only) BAnti-Theft Device If the machine is equipped with an anti-theft device, it allows you to start the engine with the registered key alone. If a registered key is stolen, the stolen key can be unregistered. It prevents this key from starting the engine to protect the machine against theft. With the key at "STOP", the "anti-theft indicator" stays on to tell that the anti-theft function is enabled. Be sure that this indicator is on before leaving the machine. C The machine comes with two different types of keys. Black key (individual key) This key is used to start the engine. It is possible to start the engine as before by inserting the key and turning it to the [START] position. Registering a black key with the machine by using the red key will allow the black key to start the engine. A key not registered with the machine cannot be used to start the engine. Initially two keys including a spare key are supplied. The two accompanying keys have been already registered. Up to four keys can be registered. Red key (registrati on key) If a black key for starting the engine should be lost, the red key is used to register another black key with the machine. The engine cannot be started with this key. For the method of using the red key, refer to "How to register a black key with the machine". C How to register a black key (individual key) with the machine (When a black key is lost) To avoid personal injury or death: A Before programming an anti-theft key, be sure to sit on the operator’s seat and make sure all the control levers are in the “Neutral” position. If this is neglected, the machine may start moving as soon as the engine is started, which could lead to a dangerous situation. A The exhaust gas from the engine includes harmful substances such as carbon monoxide. Be careful not to make this setting in a room where the exhaust gases easily build up or in an ill-ventilated place. 1. Insert the red key into the key switch. (*Do not turn the inserted key. If the key is turned to the "RUN" position, return it to the "STOP" position.) 2. Press the display selector switch once and the message "Pull out key" appears on the LCD display. 3. Pull out the red key from the key switch, and then the 5. When all registration operation has been finished, message "Insert the key" appears on the LCD push the user setting switch. display. 4. Insert the black key into the key switch. (* Do not turn the inserted key. If the key is turned to the "RUN" position, return it to the "STOP" position and return to the step 1.) Then the message "Pull out black key" appears on the meter panel after a while. With this message displayed, the black key has been registered with the machine. (1) Black key (A) Insert A If a registered black key is stolen or lost, re-register the remaining black key. When re-registering is performed, the stolen or lost black key is unregistered and it becomes impossible to start the engine with that key. A If the red key is stolen or lost, it becomes impossible to register or re-register a black key (for starting the engine) and the peripheral devices should be replaced. Therefore store the red key with great care. If by any chance it gets lost, promptly contact your dealer or a Kubota-designated service factory. A Use the Kubota-specified key ring to hold the black key or the red key. Any unspecified key rings may interfere with the signal transfer between the key and the key switch, possibly failing to start the engine or to register a key properly. A Do not bundle two or more keys when using them. Doing so may cause electric wave interference, possibly failing to start the engine. A Cut and remove the ring that is used to bundle the keys at the time of delivery. (If the keys remain bundled, the engine may start with the red key or re-registering could not be performed properly.) A If an unregistered key is inserted and turned more than six times for one minute, the alarm sounds for 30 seconds. (The alarm keeps sounding even if the key is drawn out.) D Insert and turn on the registered key, and the alarm stops itself. A If something is wrong with the machine, immediately contact your dealer and have the machine inspected and repaired. For Canada (FCC / IC) FCC WARNING A Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. A This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS- Gen of the IC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions : (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. A If a black key is inserted that was previously registered, "Registered" is displayed on the LCD screen and registering will not be performed. A If you try to register the fifth black key, "STOP Register" is displayed on the LCD screen and registering cannot be performed. A In some cases, the engine may fail to get started. The following messages appear according to the situations. (1) Key is being authenticated (2) Starting with the red key (3) Starting with the non registered key (of other model) IMPORTANT INFORMATION ON EXCAVATOR OPERATION A Do not try to crush concrete or boulders using side swings with the bucket. Also avoid using side sweeps of the bucket to move earth piles. A Under all circumstances avoid the following operations: A Excavation using the gravitational impact of the machine. A Compacting of gravel or soil using the dropping action of the bucket. A Excavation using the traveling power of the machine. A Do not try to drop or shake off soil adhering to the bucket in the manner given in the points below. This can cause damage to the machine. Adhering soil can be shaken off when the bucket is being emptied by moving the bucket out to the maximum stroke of the cylinder. Should this not suffice, swing out the arm as far as possible and operate the bucket back and forth. A Do not hit the dozer with the boom cylinder! Make sure that the boom cylinder does not hit the dozer when doing deep excavation. If necessary swing around so that the dozer is in the back of the machine. A Pay attention when pulling in the bucket! When pulling in the bucket (for driving or transportation) avoid hitting the dozer. A Avoid collisions! When moving the excavator, pay attention that the dozer does not collide with obstructions such as boulders etc... Such collisions shorten the life of the dozer and the cylinder substantially. A Support the machine correctly! When stabilizing the machine with the dozer, lower the dozer to engage the full width on the ground. A If the water or mud level reaches higher than the top of the tracks, the swivel bearing, swivel motor gear and ring gear may be exposed to mud, water and other foreign objects. The excavator must be properly pressure washed after each use. A Thoroughly clean the area around the swivel bearing, swivel motor gear and ring gear to remove foreign objects. A Inspect the swivel motor oil sump (if equipped) for water contamination. If water is present, refer to operator's manual for lubricant replacement procedure. A Refer to operator's manual for proper swivel bearing, swivel motor gear and ring gear lubrication procedures. A Reinstall any protective covering if removed earlier. A Avoid applying excessive load with cylinders fully extended, or the machine easily gets damaged. A When relieving the residual pressure, do it immediately after the engine has stopped. TRANSPORTING THE EXCAVATOR ON A VEHICLE To avoid serious injury or death: A No directional changes should be made when the excavator is on the ramp. Should a change of direction be necessary, drive off the ramp completely and make the turn. A When driving forwards or backwards onto the vehicle, or when swinging the upper body, make sure that neither the CAB or the gates of the vehicle will be damaged. A When the excavator reaches the point between the ramps and the bed, halt and then move very slowly until the excavator reaches the horizontal position. A Move the excavator onto the vehicle only with the arm completely pulled in. A Do not jack up the machine using its boom to load or unload the excavator from the vehicle. Doing this is dangerous. Otherwise the CAB of the vehicle could be damaged when swinging around the upper body. A Make sure the ramps are of sufficient capacity and securely connected to the vehicle to safety support the machine throughout the loading / unloading operation. B Transporting on a Truck To avoid personal injury or death: A After loading the machine on the truck, lower the bucket and dozer onto the truck bed. Prepare a platform to load or unload the excavator. Take following steps when using ramps. 1. Apply the parking brakes of the vehicle, and block the drive wheels from both sides. 2. Use mounting brackets to secure the ramp properly. Connect the ramps directly with the bed. 3. For additional safety, use blocks or supports under the ramps and the bed. 4. Completely align the ramps and the tracks and then drive the excavator slowly up the ramps. After ensuring that the tracks are completely on the bed, swing the upper body around to the back of the vehicle. 5. Lower the dozer onto the bed. 6. Pull in the bucket and arm completely. Then lower the boom. 7. Stop the engine, release pressure trapped in the hydraulic system and remove the key. 8. Raise the lock lever. 9. Block the tracks with blocks and tie down the excavator. B Towing the machine To avoid personal injury: A When towing the excavator or pulling a load must be less than the strength of the towing line attached to excavator. Not to be used for tie-down or lifting the machine. A Towing is only allowed over a short distance and at walking speed. 1. Attach the tow bar or towing rope to the hook on the excavator and to the pulling vehicle. The tow bar should be mounted at a right angle to the vehicles. 2. The operator must be seated during the recovery procedure. 3. Drive slowly with the tractive vehicle to avoid abrupt loads. LIFTING OF THE EXCAVATOR A The correct instructions for safe handling are described here. Read these instructions carefully before moving the machine. Make sure that the operating personnel read the operator's manual carefully. B Basics when Lifting with Cables or Straps 1. The lifting and crane operation is to be undertaken according to the safe operation guidelines described. 2. The equipment used for lifting mentioned in these instructions are only given as reference, the standards concerning strength, control and other details are based on the respective applicable guidelines. B Safety Aspects when Lifting with Cables or Straps Abide by following steps when lifting: 1. Do not lift loads that exceed the maximum load capacity of the crane. 2. Choose correct equipment suitable to the weight, size and form of the load. 3. First assess the center of gravity of the load, position the hook directly over the load and lift the load so that the center of gravity of the load is as low as possible. 4. The steel cables or straps must be fixed in the middle of the hook. 5. The load must be lifted vertically from the ground. 6. Do not enter the working area under suspended loads and do not move the load over people. The load must only be moved in an area where the balance can be easily maintained. B Lifting Procedure for the Excavator A Do not use the hooks on the roof of canopy and CAB for lifting the excavator. A Never lift the machine with the angle blade placed at an angle. C General guidelines for lifting 1. Lifting position. (see illustration below) (1) Pull in the boom completely towards rear. (2) Pull in the arm completely. (3) Pull in the bucket completely. (4) Adjust the swing angle to the center. (to bring the boom in a position parallel to the machine frame) (5) Swing frame so that dozer blade is to the rear and frame is parallel with tracks. (6) Raise the dozer blade fully. 2. Attaching the steel cables or straps. (1) Always hook the excavator at three points. (one on the boom and left and right of the dozer) (2) Always use a shackle on each lifting hole when attaching the cables or straps. (3) Using protective material at all places where the cables or straps contact the machine. (4) Keep the angle between the front and rear cables or straps within 55 (0.96 rad.). (1) Cable or strap (A) 55 orless (2) Protective material A While lifting, carefully keep the machine well balanced with its center of gravity in mind. A Do not lift the machine with the boom swinging or the upper structure swiveling. 3. Tackle The weights of the excavators and the recommended tackle for lifting these loads are mentioned in the following table. Choose components having enough strength. Excavator Weight* 8680 kg (19136 lbs) Load / Cable 32.0 kN (7194 lbf) Minimum Wire Diameter (Safety factor=6) 22.4 mm (0.88 in.) or more *Excavator Weight: With CAB, steel tracks. Steel wire: 6X24 4. Lifting (1) Lift slowly and safely (2) Do not enter the excavator area when lifting. (3) Lift the excavator horizontally. (Modify cable or strap connections according to needs) Maximum strength for example: (JIS G 35 25) - "6X24" Diameter zinc-plated not zinc-plated 14 mm (9/16) 89.7 kN (20165 lbf) 96.6 kN (21717 lbf) 16 mm (5/8) 117 kN (26303 lbf) 126 kN (28326 lbf) 18 mm (45/64) 148 kN (33272 lbf) 160 kN (35969 lbf) 20 mm (3/4) 183 kN (41140 lbf) 197 kN (44287 lbf) 22.4 mm (-) 230 kN (51706 lbf) 247 kN (55528 lbf) MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE INTERVALS No. Check points Measures Hour meter indicator Intervals Ref. page 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 1 Coolant check Daily check 66 change every 2 years 87 2 Fuel check Daily check 67 3 Engine oil check Daily check 67 change every 500 hrs 80 4 Hydraulic oil check Daily check 68 change every 1000 hrs 83 5 Grease front attachments Bucket and bucket link pin / Dozer angle pin and angle cylinder boss - Daily check 70 Boom swing fulcrum - every 100 hrs 74 Others - every 250 hrs 79 6 Radiator and oil cooler check Daily check 69 7 Washer liquid check Daily check 69 8 Engine and electrical wiring check Daily check 69 9 Water separator drain every 50 hrs 71 10 Fuel tank drain every 50 hrs 71 11 Battery condition check every 50 hrs 72 12 Greasing swing bearing teeth - every 50 hrs 73 13 V-belt tension check Daily check 68 adjust every 200 hrs 74 14 Radiator hoses and clamps check every 200 hrs 76 replace every 2 years 86 15 Air filter element Outer element clean every 200 hrs 76 *2 @ replace every 1000 hrs 84 *2 Inner element replace every 1000 hrs 84 *2 16 Greasing swing ball bearing - every 200 hrs 76 17 Fuel filter cartridge replace every 500 hrs 81 @ 18 Engine oil filter replace every 500 hrs 80 19 Drive unit oil change every 500 hrs 81 20 Hydraulic return filter cartridge replace every 500 hrs 82 21 Hydraulic suction filter element replace every 1000 hrs 83 *4 22 Filter in the pilot hydraulic system replace every 1000 hrs 81 *4 23 Injector tip check every 1500 hrs 85 *4 24 Oil separator element replace every 1500 hrs 85 *4 25 EGR cooler check every 1500 hrs 85 *4 No. Check points Measures Hour meter indicator Intervals Ref. page 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 1000 1 Coolant check Daily check 66 change every 2 years 87 2 Fuel check Daily check 67 3 Engine oil check Daily check 67 change every 500 hrs 80 4 Hydraulic oil check Daily check 68 change every 1000 hrs 83 *1 5 Grease front attachments Bucket and bucket link pin / Dozer angle pin and angle cylinder boss - Daily check 70 Boom swing fulcrum - every 100 hrs 74 Others - every 250 hrs 79 6 Radiator and oil cooler check Daily check 69 7 Washer liquid check Daily check 69 8 Engine and electrical wiring check Daily check 69 9 Water separator drain every 50 hrs 71 10 Fuel tank drain every 50 hrs 71 11 Battery condition check every 50 hrs 72 12 Greasing swing bearing teeth - every 50 hrs 73 13 V-belt tension check Daily check 68 adjust every 200 hrs 74 14 Radiator hoses and clamps check every 200 hrs 76 replace every 2 years 86 15 Air filter element Outer element clean every 200 hrs 76 *2 @ replace every 1000 hrs 84 *2 Inner element replace every 1000 hrs 84 *2 16 Greasing swing ball bearing - every 200 hrs 76 17 Fuel filter cartridge replace every 500 hrs 81 @ 18 Engine oil filter replace every 500 hrs 80 19 Drive unit oil change every 500 hrs 81 20 Hydraulic return filter cartridge replace every 500 hrs 82 21 Hydraulic suction filter element replace every 1000 hrs 83 *4 22 Filter in the pilot hydraulic system replace every 1000 hrs 82 *4 23 Injector tip check every 1500 hrs 85 *4 24 Oil separator element replace every 1500 hrs 85 *4 25 EGR cooler check every 1500 hrs 85 *4 No. Check points Measures Hour meter indicator Intervals Ref. page 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 26 Front idler and track roller oil change every 2000 hrs 85 *4 27 Alternator and starter motor check every 2000 hrs 85 *4 28 EGR system check every 3000 hrs 85 *4 29 Turbo charger check every 3000 hrs 85 *4 30 DPF clean every 3000 hrs 85 *4 31 Boost sensor and AFS (Air Flow Sensor) check every 1 year 86 *4 32 Condition of DPF muffler check every 1 year 86 *4 33 DPF differential pressure sensor and piping for gas leak check every 1 year 86 *4 34 DPF exhaust gas temperature sensor check every 1 year 86 *4 35 EGR and piping for gas leak check every 1 year 86 *4 36 Radiator system rinse every 2 years 87 *4 37 Fuel line and Intake air line check every 200 hrs 77 @ replace every 2 years 88 *3 38 Oil separator rubber hose replace every 2 years 88 *4 39 DPF differential pressure sensor rubber piping (front and back) replace every 2 years 88 *4 40 Suction pipe downstream the AFS replace every 2 years 88 *4 41 Boost sensor pressure rubber piping replace every 2 years 88 *4 42 EGR cooler hose replace every 2 years 88 *4 D 500 thru 1000 continued to the following table. D 500 thru 1000 continued to the following table. No. Check points Measures Hour meter indicator Intervals Ref. page 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 1000 26 Front idler and track roller oil change every 2000 hrs 85 *4 27 Alternator and starter motor check every 2000 hrs 85 *4 28 EGR system check every 3000 hrs 85 *4 29 Turbo charger check every 3000 hrs 85 *4 30 DPF clean every 3000 hrs 85 *4 31 Boost sensor and AFS (Air Flow Sensor) check every 1 year 86 *4 32 Condition of DPF muffler check every 1 year 86 *4 33 DPF differential pressure sensor and piping for gas leak check every 1 year 86 *4 34 DPF exhaust gas temperature sensor check every 1 year 86 *4 35 EGR and piping for gas leak check every 1 year 86 *4 36 Radiator system rinse every 2 years 87 *4 37 Fuel line and Intake air line check every 200 hrs 77 @ replace every 2 years 88 *3 38 Oil separator rubber hose replace every 2 years 88 *4 39 DPF differential pressure sensor rubber piping (front and back) replace every 2 years 88 *4 40 Suction pipe downstream the AFS replace every 2 years 88 *4 41 Boost sensor pressure rubber piping replace every 2 years 88 *4 42 EGR cooler hose replace every 2 years 88 *4 C Air-conditioner No. Check points Measures Hour meter indicator Intervals Ref. page 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 1 Air filter clean every 200 hrs 78 *2 replace every 1000 hrs - *2 2 Air conditioner condenser clean every 200 hrs 78 3 Air conditioner pipes and hoses check every 1 year 86 replace every 2 years 86 4 Refrigerant (gas) check service as required 89 *4 No. Check points Measures Hour meter indicator Intervals Ref. page 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 1000 1 Air filter clean every 200 hrs 78 *2 replace every 1000 hrs - *2 2 Air conditioner condenser clean every 200 hrs 78 3 Air conditioner pipes and hoses check every 1 year 86 replace every 2 years 86 4 Refrigerant (gas) check service as required 89 *4 Firstoperation *1 When using a hydraulic hammer, change hydraulic oil and return filter according to the table on "Hydraulic Oil Change (Including Exchange of the Suction Filter in the Hydraulic Tank) under "EVERY 1000 SERVICE HOURS" in the chapter "REGULAR CHECKS AND MAINTENANCE WORK". *2 Clean and replace the air filter more frequently if used under dusty conditions. When the filter is very dirty from dusty conditions, replace the filter. *3 Replace only if necessary. *4 Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. A The items listed above (@ marked) are registered as emission related critical parts by KUBOTA in the U.S.EPA non-road emission regulation. As the engine owner, you are responsible for the performance of the required maintenance on the engine according to the above instruction. Please see the Warranty Statement in detail. OPENING AND CLOSING OF COVERS BOpening/Closing of the Fuel Tank Cover Insert the key into the key slot and turn it clockwise to unlock it. Then press the button to open the tank cover. To close it, lower the tank cover and push it tightly. Turn the key counterclockwise to lock the tank cover. (1) Key (A) "LOCK" (2) Tank cover (B) "UNLOCK" (3) Stay Insert the key into the key slot and turn it clockwise to unlock it. And pull the catch to open the hood. To close the hood, push down it until it locks automatically. Turn the key counterclockwise to lock the hood. BOpening/Closing of the Side Cover 1. Open the engine hood. 2. Raise the catch lever to unlock the side cover. 3. Push the side cover all the way forward, and it will be held by a link. 4. To close it, pull the side cover all the way back, and pull down the catch lever to lock the side cover. BOpening/Closing of the Engine Hood To avoid personal injury: A Do not open the engine hood with the engine running unless in an emergency. A Do not touch the exhaust muffler or the exhaust pipe; serious burns can occur. BWhere to store the Tool BWhere to store the Grease Gun 1. Open the side cover. 1. Open the side cover. 2. Store the tools in the storage box. 2. Store grease gun. Take note storage direction of greased gun in above BCup Holder illustration. BWhere to keep Operator's Manual BUtility Box 1. Open the rear cover. BWhere to Store the Fire Extinguisher DAILY CHECKS To avoid personal injury: A When operating, keep hands and body inside of the ROPS / OPG (Top Guard Level I) protective envelope. A Do not touch the control levers and the pedals from outside the cab during the engine running. For your own safety and to assure the long life of your machine, a careful check should be made before each operation. BChecking Coolant Level To avoid personal injury: A Move the excavator to even ground. A Make sure that the engine is turned off. A Do not open the radiator cap right after the engine has been stopped; Serious burns can occur from contact with escaping hot coolant fluid. A Check the coolant level in the recovery tank only after the engine has cooled down. A Remove the radiator cap only if absolutely necessary. The radiator has a recovery tank. Should the coolant level in the radiator sink, the water will be automatically be forwarded to the radiator. Open the side cover. (See "Opening / Closing of the Side Cover" in "OPENING AND CLOSING OF COVERS" section.) Check the coolant level in the recovery tank and fill up if necessary. The coolant level should be between the marks "FULL" and "LOW". (1) Recovery tank (A) "FULL" (2) Radiator (B) "LOW" 3. If necessary, open the cap and fill in fuel. (See "LCD Display for Normal Operation" in "CHECK BEFORE A Do not fill the recovery tank over the "FULL" marking. START" section.) A Do not fill with dirty or salty water. Fuel tank capacity 115 L (30.4 US gal.) BChecking Fuel Level To avoid personal injury: A Stop the engine and remove the key before fuelling. A Do not smoke while fuelling. A By temperatures over -5 , use No.2-D diesel fuel, when temperatures are under -5 , use No.1-D diesel fuel. A Make sure that the fuel tank is not run empty. Air will enter the fuel system, and must be purged before restarting. A See "PURGING OF THE FUEL SYSTEM" in "OTHER ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS" A To prevent condensation (water) accumulations in the fuel tank, fill the fuel into the tank before parking overnight. A Be very attentive to the remaining fuel for the engine not to stall. If the engine stalls, it may fail to get restarted for a while to protect the emission purifying device. 1. Turn the starter key to the position "RUN". A Even with the starter key not yet inserted, press the electronic meter's user setting switch or the display selector switch, and the LCD display shows the hour meter, fuel gauge, water temperature gauge and clock for 10 seconds. 2. Check the fuel level by the fuel level indicator. BChecking Engine Oil Level To avoid personal injury: A Stop the engine and remove the key before checking the oil level. A Use engine oil with the correct viscosity. (according to the outside temperature) A After stopping the engine and remove the key, wait five minutes, then check oil level. (Excavator must be on level ground.) A Part of a small amount of fuel used for DPF regeneration may get mixed with the engine oil, which will be more in volume than when initially poured. This is not a trouble. A Do not attempt to repeat and interrupt the regeneration unnecessarily. By doing this, a small account of fuel comes into the engine oil, which will be degraded. Insert the engine oil dipstick fully into the prepared opening, remove again and check the oil level; if necessary fill with oil. The machine must be on level ground when checking the oil level. (1) Oil filling port (A) Oil level is acceptable (2) Engine oil dipstick within this range. BChecking Hydraulic Oil Level To avoid personal injury: A Stop the engine and remove the key before checking the oil level. A Before filling oil, wipe away all sand and dust from around the oil port. Make sure to use an identical type of hydraulic fluid. A The excavator has been filled with hydraulic fluid before delivery. See "RECOMMENDED OILS". (Do not mix different oils.) 1. Park the excavator on a firm, flat and level surface. Lower the attachments and dozer blade to the ground and stop the engine. BChecking V-belt To avoid personal injury: A Stop the engine and remove the key before checking the V-belt. A Check the V-belt for cracks and proper tension. (See "Adjusting V-belt Tension" in "REGULAR CHECKS AND MAINTENANCE WORK" section.) 2. Check the oil level as to whether it lies on the center of the gauge at normal temperature (10 to 30 (50 to 80 )). 3. Enough oil is present when oil is at center mark. 4. Should the oil level be too low, loosen the oil filling plug gradually to release pressure in the tank, then fill up with oil at oil fill port. BChecking Radiator and Oil Cooler To avoid personal injury: A Always stop the engine and remove the key before checking the radiator. A Wear eye protection when cleaning with compressed air. 1. Check if the fins and ribs are clogged. If so clean with compressed air or steam. 2. Check the rubber hoses for damage and replace if cracked or old. Check if the hose clamps are tight enough. A Radiator and oil cooler fins and ribs must be clean in order not to overheat the engine and allow free flow of air through the cooling elements. A Pressure of compressed air must be under 205 kPa (2.1 kgf.cm , 30 psi) BChecking Washer Liquid If the windows washer is switched on with the washer liquid tank empty, the motor may be damaged. Always keep the tank filled. BChecking and Cleaning Engine and Electrical Wiring To avoid personal injury: A Always stop the engine and remove the key before cleaning the wiring, cables and engine. Before starting, check whether flammable substances have gathered on the battery, the cables and wiring, the muffler or on the engine. Remove thoroughly. Check the electrical circuitry for disconnections, shorts or loose terminals. BWashing Whole Machine A Do not wash the excavator with the engine running. Water could enter the air filter and damage the engine. Make sure that the air filter is kept dry. A Remove the mud before washing the machine. BGreasing Bucket Pin and Bucket Link Pin/ BCleaning Evacuator Valve Angle Pin and Angle Cylinder Boss Open the evacuator valve to get rid of large particles of To avoid personal injury: A First lower all attachments on the ground then stop the engine and remove the key. A While greasing, take care not to step on the bucket teeth. A When doing excavation work in water, generously grease the following points. After ending work, grease again. Grease the marked grease fittings shown by arrows in the illustration below. dust and dirt. BChecking Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Muffler To avoid personal injury: A Before checking or cleaning the DPF muffler, stop the engine and wait long enough until it is cooled down. Check to see if nothing flammable is deposited around the DPF muffler. Otherwise a fire may result. REGULAR CHECKS AND MAINTENANCE WORK To avoid personal injury: A When operating, keep hands and body inside of the ROPS/OPG (Top Guard Level I) protective envelope. A Do not touch the control levers and the pedals from outside the cab during the engine running. EVERY 50 SERVICE HOURS BDraining Water Separator 1. Open the side cover. 2. When the separated water is entering the sediment cup, the red float moves upwards. When the float reaches the line, close the shutoff-valve so that no fuel can run out. Now loosen the ring nut, and remove the cup and empty completely. 3. Finally, do not forget to open the shutoff-valve and close the side cover after the cup has been reinstalled. BDraining the Water from the Fuel Tank To avoid personal injury: A Before draining the water from the fuel tank, be sure to stop the engine and remove the key. A Do not smoke during inspection. 1. Open the side cover. 2. Open the drain shutoff-valve. (1) Water separator (4) Shutoff-valve (A) CLOSE (2) Ring nut (5) Float (3) Cup (6) Line A If the water separator is full with water, it means that there may be water in the fuel filter. In such case, drain the fuel filter. (See "Draining Fuel Filter" in "REGULAR CHECKS AND MAINTENANCE WORK" section.) BBattery To avoid the possibility of a battery explosion: For refillable type battery, follow the instructions below. A Do not use or charge the refillable type battery if the fluid level is below the LOWER (lower limit level) mark. Otherwise, the battery component parts may prematurely deteriorate, which may shorten the battery's service life or cause an explosion. Check the fluid level regularly and add distilled water as required so that the fluid level is between the UPPER and LOWER levels. To avoid personal injury: A Never remove the vent caps while the engine is running. A Keep electrolyte away from eyes, hands and clothes. If you are spattered with it, wash it away completely with water immediately and get medical attention. A Wear eye protection and rubber gloves when working around the battery. A Before inspection or dismounting the battery, be sure to turn off the engine and turn the starter switch to the "OFF" position. A When removing the battery, always disconnect the negative ground cable first. When installing a battery, always connect the ground cable last. This prevents a possible explosion caused by sparks. A Always wear eye protection when working with the battery. 1. Open the side cover. (See "Opening / Closing of the Side Cover in "MAINTENANCE" section.) 2. Check the battery fluid level and add distilled water if necessary. 3. Should battery fluid be spilled, fill with sulphuric acid solution of the same concentration. 4. Clean the battery caps (ventilation holes). BBattery Charging To avoid personal injury: A When the battery is being activated, hydrogen and oxygen gases in the battery are extremely explosive. Keep open sparks and flames away from the battery at all times, especially when charging the battery. A When charging battery, remove battery vent plugs. A When disconnecting the cable from the battery, start with the negative terminal first. When connecting the cable to the battery, start with the positive terminal first. A Do not check battery charge by placing a metal object across the terminals. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer. 1. Make sure each electrolyte level is to the bottom of vent wells. If necessary add distilled water in a well-ventilated area. 2. The water in the electrolyte evaporates during recharging. Liquid shortage damages the battery. Excessive liquid spill damages the excavator body. 3. To slowly charge the battery, connect the battery positive terminal to the charger’s positive terminal and the negative to the negative one. Then, recharge in the standard fashion. 4. A boost charge is only for emergencies. It will partially charge the battery at a high rate and in a short time. When using a boost-charged battery, it is necessary to recharge the battery as early as possible. Failure to do this will shorten the battery's service life. 5. When the specific gravity of electrolyte falls between 1.27 and 1.29, charge has completed. 6. When exchanging old battery for a new one, use battery of equal specification. BGreasing Swing Bearing Teeth 1. Pump grease with the grease gun through the grease fitting. 2. Grease at each 90 (1.58 rad.) position of the swing frame. 3. Fill with approx. 50g of grease (approx. 20 to 30 pumps with the grease gun at each position). Distribute the grease over the teeth. EVERY 100 SERVICE HOURS BGreasing Boom Swing Fulcrum Grease the marked grease fittings shown by arrows in the illustration below. EVERY 200 SERVICE HOURS Do all 50 and 100 hour servicing at the same time. BAdjusting V-belt Tension To avoid personal injury: A First stop the engine and remove the key. A After servicing, make sure to replace the belt cover in its original position. 1. Before adjusting the V-belt, remove the three bolts and detach the V-belt cover [V-belt] (1) Alternator belt (2) Fan belt 2. To adjust the V-belt, take the following steps. C Checking and adjustment of the alternator belt tension 1. Press the alternator belt down in the middle, with a force of approx. 10 kg (22 lbs). The belt tension is correct if it deflects about 10 mm (0.39 in.). If otherwise, loosen bolt (1) and (2) and shift the alternator (3) in the direction shown by the arrow. 2. Replace the alternator belt if worn out, cracked or torn. (1) Bolt (A) about 10 mm (0.39 in.) (2) Bolt (B) Tighten (3) Alternator (4) Alternator belt (5) Water pump (6) Pulley A If the engine is run with a loose alternator belt, the belt could slip and cause insufficient battery charging. Check alternator belt tension regularly. A Should the alternator belt break or jump off, the indicator light for battery charge will light up. Stop the engine and remove the key immediately. C Checking and adjustment of the fan belt tension 1. Press the fan belt down in the middle, with a force of approx. 7 kgf (15.4 lbs). The belt tension is correct if it deflects about 12 to 15 mm (0.47 to 0.59 in.). If otherwise, loosen bolt and shift the AC compressor in the direction shown by the arrow. 2. Replace the fan belt if worn out, cracked or torn. (1) Fan belt (A) 12 to 15 mm (0.47 to 0.59 in.) (2) AC compressor (B) Tighten (3) Pulley (4) Fan pulley (5) Bolt and nut A If the engine is run with a loose fan belt, the belt could slip and cause insufficient room temperature control. Check fan belt tension regularly. 3. After adjusting the V-belt, attach the V-belt cover with the three bolts. Tightening torque must be between 3 to 5 N-m (2.2 to 3.7 ft-lbs). BChecking Radiator Hoses and Clamps To avoid personal injury: A Wait long enough for the radiator coolant to cool down. Check the coolant hoses for proper connection. This check should be carried out every 200 hours or every 6 months, whichever comes first. 1. Should the hose clamps become loose or coolant leaks, tighten the hose clamps properly. 2. Should the radiator hoses become swollen, aged or cracked, they must be replaced and the hose clamps tightened again properly. BGrease Swing Ball Bearing 1. Grease through the respective grease fitting. (at the central fitting) 2. Grease at each 90 (1.58 rad.) position of the swing frame. Using the grease gun,apply 5 shots at every position. 3. Grease at each 90 (1.58 rad.) position of the pitch bearing. Using the grease gun , apply 5 shots at every position. Refer to the "RECOMMENDED OILS" section. BInspection and Cleaning Air Filter Element Open the engine hood and remove the dust-cover. Take out only outer element, clean the element, case interior and reassemble. During reassembly, take care to install the dust-cover so that its TOP mark (arrow) faces up­wards. Do not remove the inner element. A Should the machine be used in extremely dusty areas, the air filter element must be inspected and cleaned more frequently than in the specified maintenance periods. A The air filter has a dry element, keep free from oil. A Do not run the engine without the air filter. BAir Filter Maintenance BChecking Fuel Line and Intake Air Line 1. Check to see that all lines and hose clamps are tightened and not damaged. 2. If hoses and clamps are found worn or damaged, replace or repair them at once. To avoid personal injury: A Wear eye protection. The quickest and safest method of maintenance is the exchange of the paper cartridge. Furthermore there are different methods of cleaning the cartridge. C Cleaning with compressed air Pressure of compressed air must be under 205 kPa (2.1 kgf/ , 30 psi), and the cartridge should be blown clean from the inside to the outside until the dust deposits are noticeably reduced. AIR CONDITIONER BCleaning Air Filter Open the cover under the operator’s seat and remove the filter cover, remove the air filter. A Pressure of compressed air must be under 205 kPa (2.1 kgf/ , 30 psi). A If the filter is very dirty, replace the air filter. BChecking Air-Conditioner Condenser Check air conditioner condenser to be sure it is clean from debris. To avoid personal injury: A Wear eye protection. C Cleaning the air filter A Normal use Blow air from the opposite direction to the filter's normal air flow. A Do not hit the filter. If the filter becomes deformed, dust may enter into the air-conditioner, which may cause damage and malfunction. EVERY 250 SERVICE HOURS Do all 50 hour servicing at the same time. BGreasing Front Attachments (without Bucket Pin and Boom Swing Fulcrum) To avoid personal injury: A First lower all attachments on the ground then stop the engine and remove the key. A While greasing, take care not to step on the bucket teeth. A When doing excavation work in water, generously grease the following points. After ending work, grease again. Grease the marked grease fittings shown by arrows in the illustration below. (1) Boom bottom linkage (2) Arm bottom linkage (3) Boom cylinder boss (4) Boom cylinder pin (5) Arm cylinder pin (6) Bucket cylinder pin (1) Swing cylinder boss EVERY 500 SERVICE HOURS Do all 50, 100 and 250 hour servicing at the same time. BChanging Engine Oil(Change the engine oil every 500 hours,or every 1 year in the case that service hour is less than 500 hours) To avoid personal injury: A First stop the engine then remove the key and wait long enough for the oil to cool down. 1. Remove the drain plug on the underside of the engine and drain all oil. 2. Re-tighten the drain plug. 3. Fill up with new oil through the filling port to the specified level. 4. Let the engine idle for approx. 5 min. Check the engine oil level. To check the engine oil level, insert the engine oil dipstick completely into the respective port opening and pull out again. If the oil level lies between both markings, no oil must be added. A Regardless of the service hours, an engine oil change is due every 1 year. A Use engine oil API service classification CJ-4. BReplacing Engine Oil Filter Cartridge (Replace the engine oil filter cartridge every 500 hours,or every 1 year in the case that service hour is less than 500 hours) 1. Replace the oil filter cartridge at the same time as doing the engine oil change. 2. Remove the cartridge with the wrench. 3. Oil the O-ring of the new oil filter cartridge lightly. Then tighten the oil filter cartridge by hand. 4. Fill engine oil to the specified level. 5. Let the engine run for approx. 5 min. and make sure that the engine oil indicator lamp does not light up. Then stop the engine and remove the key. 6. The engine oil level is reduced by the amount of the filter capacity after the engine is started. It is necessary to add oil. (1) Oil filling port (A) Required oil level range (2) Engine oil dipstick A Always check the oil level after having exchanged the filter. BDrive unit Oil Change(First Oil Change of the 50 hours) To avoid personal injury: A Lower all attachments to the ground, stop the engine and remove the key before undertaking the oil change. 1. Rotate the track so that the drain plug of the drive unit is in the bottom position. 2. Remove the drain plug to let the oil run out. Screw in and tighten the drain plug again and fill with gear oil through the oil check port. 3. Fill oil until it overflows out of the oil check port. Oil change - first oil change after 50 hrs - then every 500 hrs - or at least once a year 4. Use prescribed gear oil SAE 90. BReplacing Fuel Filter Cartridge To avoid personal injury: A Keep fire away. 1. Remove the water warning sensor harness. 2. Remove the filter cartridge with the filter wrench. 3. Apply a light film of fuel to the seal of the new filter cartridge and turn in tightly by hand. 4. Attach the water warning sensor harness. A After exchange of the filter, the fuel system must be purged of air. A If you don’t replace the fuel filter cartridge regularly, the cleaning efficiency of the DPF (3000 hours) will be reduced and the DPF longevity will be shorter than expected. EVERY 1000 SERVICE HOURS Do all 50, 100, 200, 250 and 500 hour servicing at the same time. BReplacing the Hydraulic Pilot Filter Element To avoid personal injury: A Before replacing the element, wait long enough for the hydraulic fluid to cool down. 1. Remove the rear left cover. 2. Gradually loosen the oil filling plug on the tank to release the pressure in the hydraulic system. 3. Remove the pilot filter case from the head cover. 4. Wrench and pull out the element downward. 5. Replace the O-ring with a new one. 6. Apply a light coating of clean hydraulic oil to the O-ring and fit it to the case firmly. Be careful not to scratch the O-ring. 7. Attach the case to the head cover firmly. 3. Remove the cartridge with wrench. 8. Let the engine run for approx. 3 minutes. 4. Apply a light film of oil to the seal of the new cartridge 9. Check the oil level of hydraulic oil tank, then tighten the and turn in tightly by hand. oil filling plug. 5. Re-tighten the air plug. BReplacing Hydraulic Return Filter A Always check the oil level when replacing the filter Cartridge cartridge. To avoid personal injury: A Remove the oil filter cartridge only after the oil in the hydraulic tank has cooled down. A The oil may spurt out if plugs or filters are removed before releasing the pressure in the hydraulic system. Gradually loosen the oil filling plug on the tank to release the pressure in the tank. 1. Gradually loosen the oil filling plug on the tank to release pressure in the tank. 2. First loosen the air plug, then remove the drain plug to let the oil in cartridge run out. BHydraulic Oil Change (Including Replacing of the Suction Filter in the Hydraulic Tank) To avoid personal injury: A Wait long enough for the hydraulic fluid to cool down. Then begin with the change of the hydraulic fluid. A Use stepladder to work safely when the suction filter is extracted from the oil tank. 1. Move the excavator to a level ground and stop the engine. Extend the piston rods of the cylinders halfway out and lower the bucket on the ground. 2. Gradually loosen oil filling plug on the tank to release pressure in the tank. 3. Remove the drain plug on the underside of the hydraulic tank and drain the oil. 4. Remove the hydraulic tank cover. 5. Remove and exchange the suction filter. 6. Retighten the drain plug. 7. Fill oil through the oil filling opening on the top side of the tank. 8. Let the engine run and operate the boom, arm, bucket and boom swing device. Then bring the boom to the highest position, pull the arm, bucket inward and boom swing left end. 9. Fill oil again up to the center of the gauge. Hydraulic 75 L (19.8 US gal.) tankHydraulic oil volumes Whole oil 146 L (38.6 US gal.) volumes 10.Install the hydraulic tank cover and tighten the oil filling plug. BHydraulic Oil Check with Hydraulic Hammers The hydraulic oil change after 1000 operating hours in the operator's manual is based on normal excavator work. Following inspection measures are valid when hydraulic hammers are used: 1. Changing and filling up of hydraulic oil (1) The hydraulic oil must be changed more often when hammers are used because the machine is subject to harder conditions than normal excavating work. (2) Use only the recommended oils mentioned in the operator's manual when changing or filling with oil. (3) When filling up oil, do not mix oils of different makes. 2. Changing the return filter cartridge and oil (1) The filter cartridge must be changed more often because of contamination resulting from the frequent assembly and disassembly of the hoses. (2) Use the correct replacement filter cartridge. (3) Oil change according to operating hours. EVERY 1000 SERVICE HOURS OR ONCE A YEAR BReplacing Air Filter Element Open the engine hood and remove the dust-cover. Remove and replace the outer element and inner element with new elements. When reassembling, install the dust-cover so that its TOP mark (arrow) faces up-wards. A Shorten the replacement period if the machine is used in dusty or sandy areas. Hydraulic oil Return filter cartridge Normal excavator work every 1000 Hrs. every 500 Hrs. (250 Hrs. after first operation) Hammer work portion 20% every 800 Hrs. every 200 Hrs. 40% every 400 Hrs. 60% every 300 Hrs. every 100 Hrs. more every 200 Hrs. EVERY 1500 SERVICE HOURS BChecking Injector Tip Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BReplacing Oil Separator Element To avoid personal injury: A Be sure to stop the engine before replacing the oil separator element. 1. Remove the cover and take out the element. Wipe off oil and the carbon in the case with a clean rag. 2. Fit a new oil separator element and O ring. 3. Tighten the cover until a cover comes in contact with body. (1) Body (2) Oil separator element (3) O ring (4) Cover BChecking EGR Cooler Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. EVERY 2000 SERVICE HOURS Do all 50, 100, 200, 250, 500 and 1000 hour servicing at the same time. BChanging Front Idler and Track Roller Oil A Contact your KUBOTA dealer for details. BChecking the Alternator and Starter Motor A Contact your KUBOTA dealer for details. EVERY 3000 SERVICE HOURS BChecking EGR System Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BChecking Turbocharger Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BCleaning Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) The longer the DPF operates, the more ash (burnt residue) is collected in the filter. Too much ash build-up adversely affects the DPF performance. Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer to clean up the filter. A To clean up the DPF, a specific machine is required. Do not attempt to clean it in any other way, such as disassembling, shaking and heating as toxic chemicals may be present inside of the DPF. ANNUAL SERVICING BElectrical Wiring and Fuses Check the terminals periodically for proper connections. Loose wiring or damaged cables can cause improper functioning or short circuiting of the electrical system. Check wiring and replace damaged components immediately. If a fuse blows out soon after having been replaced, contact your nearest KUBOTA dealer. Never use a fuse other than specified. BChecking the Electrical Circuit Check the electrical circuitry for disconnections, shorts or loose terminals. BChecking Air-Conditioner Pipes and Hoses To avoid personal injury: A Do not touch the coolant hoses or the heater with your hand. You may get burned. 1. Check to see that all lines and hose clamps are tight and not damaged. 2. If hoses and clamps are found worn or damaged, replace or repair them at once. (Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service.) BChecking Boost Sensor and AFS (Air Flow Sensor) Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BChecking Condition of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Muffler Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BChecking Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Differential Pressure Sensor and Piping for Gas Leak Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BChecking Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BChecking EGR Piping for Gas Leak Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BIENNIAL SERVICING To avoid personal injury: A Do not loosen the radiator cap before the radiator has cooled down sufficiently. Only loosen the cap after allowing enough time for the pressure in the system to be reduced. Thereafter, one can remove the cap completely. BReplacing Air-Conditioner Pipes and Hoses To avoid personal injury: A Do not touch the coolant hoses or the heater with your hand. You may get burned. Replace air-conditioner pipes and hoses every two years. If the hoses or pipes are swollen, hard or cracked, they must be replaced earlier. BReplacement of Radiator Hoses and Hose Clamps Replace radiator hoses and hose clamps every two years. If the hoses are swollen, hard or cracked, they must be replaced earlier. BChanging Radiator Coolant To avoid personal injury: A When using anti-freeze, use protective clothing such as rubber gloves (Anti-freeze is poisonous.). A If you accidentally swallowed anti-freeze, seek medical attention at once. A When anti-freeze comes in contact with the skin or clothing, wash it off immediately. A Do not mix different types of Anti-freeze. The mixture can produce a chemical reaction causing harmful substances. A Anti-freeze is extremely flammable and explosive under certain conditions. Keep fire and children away from anti-freeze. A When draining fluids from the engine, use a container underneath the engine body to catch the fluids. A Do not pour waste onto the grounds, down a drain, or into any water source. A Also, observe the relevant environmental protection regulations when disposing of anti­freeze. A If swallowed, anti-freeze is poisonous to people, animals and birds. Stop the engine, then remove the key and wait until it has cooled down completely. 1. Open the drain plug on the bottom of the radiator and drain coolant completely. Should a recovery tank be equipped, disconnect the line from the tank floor and then open the drain shutoff-valve. 2. To clean, rinse the radiator with water. 3. Close the drain plug, and fill the radiator and the recovery tank with coolant fluid. Let the engine idle for about 5 min. Stop the engine and remove the key. 4. Check the coolant level of recovery tank and add the coolant if necessary. 5. The shipped machine has been filled with 50% anti­freeze solution. (1) Recovery tank (A) "FULL" (2) Radiator (B) "LOW" A Do not operate the engine without coolant. A To fill the radiator system and the recovery tank, use fresh water and anti-freeze fluid. A When the anti-freeze is mixed with water, the anti­freeze mixing ratio must be less than 50%. A Tighten the radiator cap properly. If the cap is loosely or not properly fitted, overheating of the engine can result due to coolant fluid loss. BReplacing Fuel Hoses and Hose Clamps Replace the hoses and clamps. (See "Checking Fuel and Intake Air Line" in "EVERY 200 SERVICE HOURS") BReplacing Intake Air line Replace the hoses and clamps, if necessary. (See "Checking Fuel and Intake Air Line" in "EVERY 200 SERVICE HOURS") BReplacement of Oil Separator Rubber Hose Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BReplacement of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Differential Pressure Sensor Rubber Piping (Front and Back) Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BReplacement of Suction pipe downstream the AFS (Air Flow Sensor) Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BReplacement of Boost Sensor Pressure Rubber Piping Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BReplacement of EGR Cooler Hose Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. SERVICING AS REQUIRED BChecking Amount of Refrigerant (gas) To avoid personal injury: A Liquid contact with eyes or skin may cause frostbite. A In the event of a leakage, wear safety goggles. Escaping refrigerant can cause severe injuries to eyes. A In contact with a flame, R134a refrigerant result in a toxic gas. A Do not disconnect any part of the refrigeration circuit of the air conditioning system. Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for assistance and service. A shortage of refrigerant reduces the air-conditioner performance. Check the following points. If it is indicated that the amount of refrigerant is extremely low, ask your dealer to inspect and charge. C Checking procedure 1. Run the air-conditioner in the following conditions. A Engine speed: About 1500 rpm A Temperature control lever: Maximum cooling position (rightmost) A Fan switch: Highest blow (3) A Air-conditioner switch: ON 2. Look into the sight glass to see if the refrigerant is flowing through its circuit. A Charge only with R134a not R12 refrigerant (gas). BDraining the fuel filter If the fuel filter water error code as shown right appears on the LCD display, immediately take the following steps to drain the filter after stopping the engine. 1. Remove the bolt. Take much care not to lose it. 2. Open the drain shutoff-valve and drain the water. 3. After draining the water completely, close the drain shutoff-valve and then attach the bolt. A If you don’t drain the fuel filter immediately after the alarm, the engine may be seriously damaged. A After draining the fuel filter, drain the water separator as soon as possible. A Without the fuel filter drained, the cleaning efficiency of the DPF (3000 hours) will be reduced and the DPF longevity will be shorter than expected. OTHER ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS PURGING OF THE FUEL SYSTEM 1. Fill up the excavator with fuel. 2. Turn the starter key to the position "RUN". 3. The air in the fuel system will automatically be purged within one minute. out. A Do not crawl under the excavator. 1. Loosen the bolts and remove the cover. 2. Using a socket wrench, loosen the grease fitting a few turns. 3. When grease oozes out from the thread, rotate the track and loosen the track in the lifted position (see illustration). After adjustment is completed: Using the socket wrench, tighten the grease fitting. Tightening torque must be between 98 to 108 N-m (72.3 to 79.7 ft-lbs). A If the tracks are too tight, wear is increased. A If the tracks are too loose, the track pads may collide with the sprocket and wear is increased. The track may dislocate or come off. A Clean the track after every use. A Should the track tension be high due to sticking mud, lift the track with the help of the boom, arm and bucket, idle the engine and remove mud from the track by rotating it. C Tense the tracks as specified: 1. Loosen the bolt and remove the cover. 2. Apply grease to the grease fitting. 3. Rubber Tracks Tense the track in the lifted position, so that the distance "A" (clearance between the track roller and the inside surface of the track) see illustration, in this case, if there is a seam mark " " on the inside surface of the track, the seam mark " " is positioned on the top center between the idler and the sprocket. Steel Tracks To check the track tension, the track must be lifted from the ground as shown. The track tension is correct if the clearance between the outer end of the track roller and the track interior surface corresponds to the dimension specified in the table below. To avoid serious injury or death: A Do not work under the machine in this condition. A For your safety do not rely on hydraulically supported devices, they may leak down and suddenly drop or be accidentally lowered. To avoid personal injury or death: A When lifting the machine itself with an attachment, place a safety block or safety post to prevent the machine from turning over. Keep the lock lever for attachment control in the "LOCK" position. (1) Seam (Mark " ") A Make sure that no obstacles, such as stones are caught in the track. Remove such obstacles before adjusting the track tension. A Track seam The ends of the rubber track are joined with a seam. When adjusting the tracks, the seam must be positioned on the top midway between the idler and the sprocket. If the seam is positioned incorrectly, the tracks will be tensioned too loosely, and a further readjustment will be necessary. A Rotate the track after adjustment one to two times to check the tension. A Additionally following points are to be observed when adjusting rubber tracks. (1) If the track loosen more than 50 mm (2.0 in.), readjust them. (2) Check track tension 50 hours after initial use and readjust if necessary. Check and adjust thereafter every 50 service hours. A If there is a SP mark, the adjustment is possible at all positions. BSpecial Information when Using Rubber Tracks 1. When turning, make a slow swing turn. Avoid spin turns to reduce lug wear and entry of dirt. 2. The relief valve may be activated if too much dirt and sand clog the tracks. In this case move the machine for a short distance straight backwards to let the earth and sand fall off, then a turn can be made. 3. Avoid using rubber track on riverbeds, stony underground, ferro-concrete and on iron plates. The rubber can damage as well as increase wear on the tracks. CHANGING THE BUCKET To avoid personal injury: A There are two people required to replace the bucket. One person operates the excavator, and the other one mounts the bucket. The person who mounts the bucket must command-guide the movements of the front end attachments. The operator should move the front end attachments only according to the commands of the person who mounts the bucket. Continuous visibility between both persons is indispensable. If there is no visibility, stop working immediately. A When replacing the bucket, make sure to wear eye protection, a helmet and protective gloves. A During attaching and detaching, chippings and burns may occur at the bolts or bushings. These may cause severe injuries. A Never use your fingers for the alignment of the components (linkage, bucket, arm). The components may sever your fingers by uncontrolled movements. A Read the manual of the attachment to do a correct operation safely when other attachments are installed instead of Kubota specified bucket. FUSES To avoid personal injury: A When changing fuse, stop the engine and turn the key in position "STOP". Keep the lock lever for attachment control in the "LOCK" position. BReplacing Fuses 1. Remove the cover of the fuse box. 2. Replace the burnt out fuse with a fuse having the same capacity. BFuse Capacities and Circuits 1 A/C Controller (+B) 12 Cab Work Light 2 Meter (+B) 13 Radio (AC) 3 Blower Motor 14 Fuel Filter Heater 4 Relay 15 ECU (+B) 5 ECU (AC) 16 ECU (POWER) 6 Room Light 17 Beacon 7 Starter 18 Horn Switch 8 Wiper / Washer 19 Horn 9 Compressor 20 Lever Lock 10 Electrical Outlet 21 Alternator 11 Front Work Light 22 Fuel Pump BAuxiliary Electric C Replacement procedure 1. Disconnect the negative cord of the battery. Max power is less than 110 W including the equipped light 2. Remove the slow blow fuse case. 55W. 3. Open the slow blow fuse case cap and cover then If you need another auxiliary electric, contact your remove the bolts and draw out the slow blow fuse (A) KUBOTA dealer for details. and (B). BSlow Blow Fuse BElectric Fan Fuse (A) 100A Alternator (B) 30A Engine ECU (C) 60A Main Power (D) 50A Engine Power A The main fuse protects the entire electrical system. If the main fuse or another fuse has blown, determine why it blew and make any necessary repairs. Never bridge fuses, always replace them with a new fuse of the same rating. TROUBLESHOOTING If the excavator does not show the desired performance, or when trouble arises, refer to the table below and undertake appropriate measures. Trouble Cause Countermeasure Engine Starting difficulties Lock levers in "UNLOCK" position * Bring lock lever into "LOCK" position. Fuel is too viscous. * Check fuel tank and filter. * Remove impurities and water. * If necessary, replace filter. Air or water in the fuel system * Remove water from the fuel tank. * Check fuel pipe joint bolts and nuts for looseness. * Purging of the fuel system (for fuel filter and injection pump, see "PURGING OF THE FUEL SYSTEM" in the chapter. "OTHER ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS".) Oil viscosity is too high the engine runs sluggishly in winter. * Pour hot water over the radiator. Battery is almost dead; insufficient compression. * Recharge battery. Insufficient engine power Low fuel level * Check fuel and add if necessary. Clogged air cleaner * Clean the air filter element. Engine suddenly stops. Low fuel level * Check fuel and add if necessary. * Purge the fuel system. Abnormal exhaust gas color Poor fuel * Use high quality fuel. Too much engine oil * Drain engine oil to prescribed oil level. Water temperature in red zone (Overheating) Defective seal of the water pump * Replace. Worn or torn V-belt * Adjust or replace. Thermostat is defect. * Replace. Coolant level too low * Fill to prescribed level. Radiator grill or fins are clogged. * Clean. Coolant is contaminated with rust from the cylinder head or crank case. * Replace coolant fluid and add anti-rust. Defective radiator cap (Evaporation) * Replace. Corroded coolant pipes * Clean. Continuous operation under full load * Reduce load. Trouble Cause Countermeasure Water Cylinder head gasket is damaged (Coolant loss). * Replace. Engine temperature in red zone (Overheating) Engine oil level too low * Fill to prescribed level. Maladjustment of fuel injection * Readjust ignition timing. Use of poor fuel * Use prescribed fuel. Boom, arm, Hydraulic oil level too low * Add oil. Hydraulic System bucket, drive, swing and dozer power is too low. Leakages of hoses and / or joints * Replace hose or joint. Swing motor and front attachment does not work. Lock lever in "LOCK" position * Bring lock lever into "UNLOCK" position. Drive System Deviation of drive direction Blocked through stones * Remove. Track too loose or too tight * Adjust accordingly. Al System indicator light flashes. Fuse in fuse box defective * Replace the fuse. OPERATION UNDER COLD WEATHER CONDITIONS PREPARATION FOR OPERATION IN COLD PROCEDURE AFTER DONE WORK WEATHER 1. Replace engine oil and hydraulic oil with those of viscosities suitable for cold weather. 2. In cold weather, battery power drops, and the battery fluid may freeze if the battery is not sufficiently charged. To prevent the battery fluid from freezing, be sure to keep the battery charged at least 75% or more of its capacity after operation. To ease next starting, it is recommended to keep the battery stored in closed or heated rooms. If the battery fluid level is too low, do not add after operation, but add with the engine running before the next operation. 3. Add anti-freeze to coolant in the radiator and recovery tank, if the ambient temperature is expected to drop below 0 (32 ). Mixing ratio of water and anti-freeze depends on the expected ambient temperature. When mixing, stir it up well, and then fill into the radiator. A Mixing ratio between water and anti-freeze Ambient Temperature ( ) -5 (+23) -10 (+14) -15 (+5) -20 (-4) -25 (-13) -30 (-22) -35 (-31) Antifreeze % 30 30 30 35 40 45 50 Water % 70 70 70 65 60 55 50 A Use permanent anti-freeze or long-life coolant. A Drain the coolant completely and clean the inside of the radiator, then fill with the water and anti-freeze mixture. A The anti-freeze acts as an anti-corrosive, it is not necessary to add an additive to the water and anti­freeze mixture. A See "Coolant check" under "DAILY CHECKS" in "MAINTENANCE" for radiator fill volumes. Clean the excavator thoroughly after work and wipe dry. Otherwise mud and earth on the tracks could freeze if the temperature drops below the 0 (32 ) mark. Operation of the excavator is then not possible. Store the excavator in a dry place; if not possible, store on wooden planks or on mats. If the excavator is kept on damp or muddy ground, the tracks could freeze overnight. Operation of the excavator is then not possible. Furthermore the reduction gear may be damaged. Additionally, the piston rods of the hydraulic cylinders must be rubbed dry. Otherwise severe damage could occur if dirty water seeps through the seals. LONG STORAGE A Do not clean the excavator with the engine running. A To avoid the danger of exhaust fume poisoning, do not operate the engine in a closed building without proper ventilation. A When storing, remove the key from the starter switch to avoid unauthorized persons from operating the excavator and getting injured. A Bring the excavator on a firm, flat, and level surface. Lower the attachments and dozer blade on the ground. B Should the Excavator be Stored for a Longer Period of Time, Observe Following Procedures: 1. The whole excavator should be cleaned thoroughly and in all cases stored indoors. If the excavator has to be kept outdoors, lay out wooden planks on even ground, place the excavator on the planks and cover completely. 2. Do an oil change and grease the excavator. 3. Heavily grease the visible section of the cylinder rods. 4. Remove the battery and store indoors. 5. If it is expected that the temperature will sink below the 0 (32 ) mark, add anti-freeze or drain coolant completely. If you wash the excavator while running the engine, splashing water gets into the air cleaner through its intake and cause engine damage. Carefully wash and do not splash water over the air cleaner while the engine is running. B Observe Following Procedures when the Machine is to be Operated after Long Storage. 1. Wipe off the grease from the hydraulic cylinder rods. 2. Turn on the engine and operate the attachments and the drive mechanisms under no load in order to circulate the hydraulic oil. (If the machine is stored for longer than one month, do steps 1 and 2 once every month.) Periodic replacement of important component parts To ensure safety in operation, you are strongly requested to inspect and service the machine at regular intervals. For added safety, ask your KUBOTA dealer to replace the following important component parts. These parts are prone to degradation in material or subject to wear and tear with time. It is difficult to judge how much they have been affected at regular inspection. It is therefore necessary to replace them with new ones, whether wear is visible or not after a specified time of use. If any of them is found worn even before the specified use, it must be repaired or replaced the same way as other parts. If any of the hose clamps is found deformed or cracked, the hose clamp must also be replaced. For the hydraulic hoses other than the ones to be replaced periodically, inspect them for the following points. If found unusual condition, tighten them up, replace them. When replacing the hydraulic hoses, change their O rings and sealings with new ones. For replacement of the important parts, contact your KUBOTA dealer. A At the following periodic inspections, check the fuel hoses and hydraulic hoses as well. Inspection Interval Check points Daily Checks Oil leak at fuel and hydraulic hose connections and points Every month Oil leak at fuel and hydraulic hose connections and points Damages at fuel and hydraulic hose (cracks, chafing) Every year Oil leak at fuel and hydraulic hose connections and points Interference, deformation, degradation, twist and other damages (cracks, chafing) of fuel and hydraulic hoses List of important component parts No. Component parts Period 1 Fuel hose Every 2 years or 4000 hours 2 Hydraulic hose (suction) 3 Hydraulic hose (delivery) 4 Hydraulic hose (Boom cylinder) 5 Hydraulic hose (Arm cylinder) 6 Hydraulic hose (Bucket cylinder) 7 Hydraulic hose (Swing cylinder) 8 Hydraulic hose (Dozer cylinder) 9 Hydraulic hose (Service port) 10 Hydraulic hose (Swivel motor) 11 Hydraulic hose (Travel motor) 12 Hydraulic hose (Angle cylinder) 13 DPF differential pressure sensor rubber piping (Front and Back) 14 Suction pipe downstream the AFS (Air Flow Sensor) 15 Boost sensor pressure rubber piping To prevent serious damage to the hydraulic system, use only a KUBOTA genuine hydraulic hose. RECOMMENDED OILS 1. Before delivery the hydraulic oil used was Shell Tellus S2M46. 2. Use engine oil API service classification CJ-4. 3. Use SAE 90 (API, GL-4, GL-5) as drive unit oil for all seasons. C Engine Oil: A Oil used in the engine should have an American Petroleum Institute (API) service classification and Proper SAE Engine Oil according to the ambient temperatures. Above 25 (77 ) SAE 30 or SAE 10W-30, SAE 15W-40 0 to 25 (32 to 77 ) SAE 20 or SAE 10W-30, SAE 15W-40 Below 0 (32 ) SAE 10W or SAE 10W-30, SAE 15W-40 A Refer to the following table for the suitable API classification engine oil and the fuel. Fuel used Engine oil classification (API classification) Oil class of engines except external DPF Ultra Low Sulfur Fuel [<0.0015% (15 ppm)] CJ-4 C Fuel: A Use the ultra low sulfur diesel fuel only [below 0.0015 % (15 ppm)] for these engines. A Cetane number of 45 minimum. Cetane number greater than 50 is preferred, especially for temperatures below -20 (-4 )or elevations above 1500 m (5000 ft). A Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 are recommended. A No. 2-D is a distillate fuel of lower volatility for engines in industrial and heavy mobile service. (SAE J313 JUN87) A Indicated capacities of water and oil are manufacture’s estimate. A If you use different fuel or engine oil, the cleaning efficiency of the DPF (3000 hours) will be reduced and the DPF longevity will be shorter than expected. A Filters must trap fuel and lubricant sulfate additives (Zn, Pb, Na, K, Ca, Mg, Cu, Ba, P, etc.) as ash during combustion. Fuel must be controlled carefully to prevent the additives being mixed into fuel such as fuel tank anti-oxidants, water remover, anti-freeze and so on. APPENDICES MAIN DIMENSIONS mm (in.) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (I) (J) KX080-4 590 (23.2) 770 (30.3) 2200 (86.6) 7300 (287.4) 5250 (206.7) 4600 (181.1) 3850 (151.6) 1460 (57.5) 4990 (196.5) 7330 (288.6) (K) (L) (M) (N) (O) (P) (Q) (R) (S) KX080-4 500 (19.7) 500 (19.7) 2540 (100.0) 2200 (86.6) 7170 (282.3) 1460 (57.5) 6450 (253.9) 2150 (84.6) 2490 (98.0) A Above dimensions are based on the machine with KUBOTA original bucket. A Above dimensions are based on the machine with rubber track. A Specifications subject to change without notice. LIFTING CAPACITY 1. The lifting capacities are based on ISO 10567 and do not exceed 75% of the static tilt load of the machine or 87% of the hydraulic lifting capacity of the machine. 2. The strokes are as follows. (1) The load point corresponds to the front bolt part of the arm. (2) The machine positions are (i) over - front (Blade down), (ii) over - front (Blade up), and (iii) over - side. (3) The operating cylinder is the boom cylinder. 3. The bucket of the excavator, the hook, the sling and other lifting accessories are taken into consideration for the loads. Machine conditions: No bucket, all others according to the standard regulations. To avoid personal injury or death: A No loads greater than those values mentioned in the lifting capacity tables are to be lifted. A The values mentioned in the table are valid only on even, hard grounds. When lifting on soft ground, the machine can tip over due to the load being concentrated only on one side of the machine. A The table values are calculated at the end of the arm without the bucket. In order to find the allowable loads for machines with bucket, the bucket weight must be subtracted from the values in the table. A Never lift the machine with the angle blade placed at an angle. LIST OF SCREENS LIST OF NORMAL SCREENS No. Message Problem or failure (What happened) Machine behavior (Provisional measure) Correction 1 Glow screen This screen indicates that the glow lamp is on. Wait until the glow mark disappears. Then get the engine started. - 2 Default screen (normal) This screen shows the normal status. (Hour meter) - - 3 Default screen (normal) Tachometer (numeric) This screen shows the normal status. (Numerical display of tachometer readings) - - 4 AUX port enable switch activated AUX port enable screen - - NAVIGATION LIST OF SCREENS If an error occurs with the machine, one of the following messages appears in the LCD display. In case of trouble, immediately contact your local dealer for inspection and repair. While the ( )(information mark) appears onscreen, press the information switch, and detailed information will be displayed. Notify your local dealer of this and other information. No. Message Problem or failure (What happened) Machine behavior (Provisional measure) Correction 1 Clock setting request The battery is disconnected, thereby requiring to set the clock. Press Switch 5 to set the clock. - 2 Tilt up the lock lever. This message indicates a procedural step. Tilt up the pilot control lock lever. This message disappears by tilting up the pilot control lock lever. - 3 Tilt down the lock lever. This message indicates a procedural step. Tilt down the pilot control lock lever. This message disappears by tilting down the pilot control lock lever. - 4 Start the engine. This message indicates a procedural step. Start the engine. This message then disappears. - 5 Failure to pull out the key This message appears if the key switch is set at "STOP" and left at this position for a while. Draw out the key. - 6 Authentication complete: Draw out the key. This message appears when the anti-theft setting key is authenticated. Draw out the key. This message then disappears. - No. Message Problem or failure (What happened) Machine behavior (Provisional measure) Correction 7 Insert the register keys sequentially. This message appears when the anti-theft setting keys are ready to register. Insert the register keys sequentially.To interrupt the registering procedure, press Switch 1. - 8 Registering complete. Draw out the black key. This message appears when the black key has been successfully registered. Draw out the black key. - 9 Already registered This message appears if a registered key is tried to get registered again. Draw out the key and insert an unregistered key. - 10 No more keys can be registered. This message appears if the number of registered keys has exceeded their limit. No more keys can be registered. - 11 Press Switch 3. This message appears if the AUX function is tried without pressing the AUX port enable switch. Press the AUX port enable switch. - 12 Not equipped with AUX2/Thumb function The AUX2 port is tried on machines not equipped with AUX2 function. - - 13 Not equipped with overload warning function This message appears if the overload warning switch is pressed on machines not equipped with overload warning system. - - No. Message Problem or failure (What happened) Machine behavior (Provisional measure) Correction 14 Out of fuel Fuel is running out. - Add fuel. 15 Fuel sensor error The fuel sensor system is in trouble. The fuel level indicator does not appear on the meter.Press the display selector switch, and the normal display is switched back.The machine's other functions are still operative. Immediately contact your local dealer. 16 Charging system error Charging system is in trouble. The battery is not charging. The machine works until the battery goes dead. Immediately contact your local dealer. 17 Engine oil pressure error The engine lubricating system oil pressure is too low. Stop the engine. The engine may get burnt out. Immediately stop the engine. Immediately contact your local dealer. 18 Overvoltage This message appears if a jumper cable is connected to a 24V battery or improper device to get the engine started or if the alternator is in trouble. Immediately interrupt the engine if with a 24V battery. When the engine gets restarted and is running with no message appearing, it means there is no problem. If this message still appears, immediately ask for repair. 19 Overheat advance warning Water temperature rising Water temperature is rising somewhat higher than specified. Operate with the load a little lessened. Check the radiator and other components for clog. Immediately clean them up. - No. Message Problem or failure (What happened) Machine behavior (Provisional measure) Correction 20 Water temperature sensor error Water temperature sensor error system is in trouble. The meter does not show water temperature. Press the display selector switch, and the normal display is switched back. The machine's other functions are operative, but an overheat and other problems cannot be detected. Immediately contact your local dealer. 21 Lock lever system error The lock lever system is in trouble. The engine can run, but the machine fails to move. Immediately contact your local dealer. 22 Travel 2-speed system (switching) The 2-speed switching system is in trouble. The machine still runs at low speed without switching to high speed. The machine's other functions are still operative. Immediately contact your local dealer. 23 AI system error The Auto Idle system is in trouble. The accelerator fails too. The accelerator fails, but the machine's other functions are still operative. Move the machine to a place suited for repair. Immediately contact your local dealer. 24 5V short-circuit The sensor's 5V power supply is short-circuited. The majority of systems fail. * The engine may get started and the machine may move. But do not try any jobs. (Just move the machine to a safe place.) Immediately contact your local dealer. 25 CAN system error The communication (CAN) system is in trouble. Some meter readings may be erroneous or some switches may malfunction. The engine may get started and the machine may move. But do not try any jobs. (Just move the machine to a safe place.) Immediately contact your local dealer. 26 General switching system error The general switching system is in trouble. (This message appears only when the general switching function is preset effective.) The engine can get restarted and the machine can move, but the general switching system fails. When the other systems than the general switching system function, the job can be continued. Immediately contact your local dealer. No. Message Problem or failure (What happened) Machine behavior (Provisional measure) Correction 27 AUX1 port system error The AUX1 port system is in trouble. The engine can get restarted and the machine can move, but the AUX1 port system fails. When the other systems than the AUX1 port system function, the job can be continued. Immediately contact your local dealer. 28 AUX2 Thumb system error The Thumb system is in trouble. The engine can get restarted and the machine can move, but the Thumb 2 system fails. When the other systems than the Thumb and AUX port system function, the job can be continued. Immediately contact your local dealer. 29 Periodic check (advance notice) This message appears 10 hours before the periodic check interval. Press the information switch, and the list of related components can be reviewed. Get the engine started as usual. Ask your local dealer for relevant part and replace the existing part with it. After replacement, turn on and off the key 10 times, and this message disappears. 30 Periodic check (warning) The periodic check interval has passed. Press the information switch, and the list of related components can be reviewed. The engine can still get started, but immediately ask your local dealer for replacement. Ask your local dealer for relevant part and replace the existing part with it. After replacement, turn on and off the key 10 times, and this message disappears. 31 Anti-theft system error The anti-theft system is in trouble. The engine cannot get started. - Immediately contact your local dealer. 32 Key being authenticated The key's ID code is being authenticated. The engine fails to start. * Wait for a while to do a retry. * If the key is attached with anything else metallic or inserted on a key ring, detach them. * If two or more keys are bundled, have the correct only at hand. * If this message never disappears, the key itself may be damaged. Try with a spare key. Detach anything metallic from the key and have this key only at hand. If this message still appears, immediately contact your local dealer for repair. No. Message Problem or failure (What happened) Machine behavior (Provisional measure) Correction 33 Wrong Key The engine has been started with the incorrect black key of other model. The engine fails to start. Start the engine with the correct key. 34 Registration key; unable to start the engine The engine has been started with the red key (registration key) The engine fails to start. Start the engine with the correct key. 35 Now HP is limited DPF is regenerated. Engine output is limited. - 36 Exhaust temp rise Operate Carefully Possible to work The exhaust gas temperature rises. It is possible to work with careful operation. - - 37 Raise engine speed Now HP is limited Requirement for DPF regeneration. DPF must be regenerated, but low engine rpm is unable to start DPF regeneration. If you leave the machine with the hydraulic locked, the engine can stop automatically. Rev up the engine rpm and start DPF regeneration. If this error code number still appears, immediately contact your local dealer. 38 EP system error EP-System is in trouble. ECO mode cannot be activated. Immediately contact your local dealer. No. Message Problem or failure (What happened) Machine behavior (Provisional measure) Correction 39 Regen.inhibition. Release it. Requirement for DPF regeneration. DPF must be regenerated, but unable to start regeneration because the inhibited switch is activated. Move the machine to a safe place and release the inhibit switch to start DPF regeneration.If this error code number still appears, immediately contact your local dealer. 40 Regen.inhibition. Release it. Now HP limited Requirement for DPF regeneration. DPF must be regenerated, but unable to start regeneration because the inhibited switch is activated. If you leave the machine with the hydraulic locked, the engine can stop automatically. Move the machine to a safe place and release the inhibit switch to start DPF regeneration.If this error code number still appears, immediately contact your local dealer. 41 DPF is clogged up. Need repairing Requirement for DPF regeneration. DPF must be regenerated, but unable to start regeneration. Immediately contact your local dealer. 42 Exchange the DPF. Requirement for DPF replacement. DPF must be replaced. Immediately contact your local dealer. 43 Warning-stop engine. Rev up and restart. Stop the engine automatically. - Turn off the key. AUTOMATIC DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF) REGENERATION Automatic regeneration is not trouble. It is the normal maintenance activity that a machine performs automatically. DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER serves to trap particulate matters (PM) that are contained in exhaust gases and to automatically burn (DPF-regenerate) these matters. In the regeneration, buzzer sounds and warning light blink and display shows messages. All operation including AUX1 or AUX2 are workable while automatic regeneration. The following is meaning and required operator action. Warning lamp Display Meaning Required operator action Blinking (yellow) Auto regeneration process starts. When the message "Raise the engine speed." appears on the display, the operator needs preparation of DPF regeneration. Increase the engine speed over 1900 rpm. Auto regeneration starts. Make sure that no people, animals, plants and flammable materials are within the immediate working area. (Refer to No. 36 in "NAVIGATION LIST OF SCREENS" section.) Blinking (red) When the message "Raise engine speed" appears on the display, the operator needs preparation of DPF regeneration. When the message "Now HP is limited." appears on the display, the DPF is clogged. To protect the DPF, the engine output is limited. When the pilot control lock lever is pulled up, the engine will stop after 60 seconds in order to protect DPF. When the pilot control lock lever is down, the engine will not stop while the engine output is limited. Increase the engine speed over 1900 rpm. Auto regeneration starts. Make sure that no people, animals, plants and flammable materials are within the immediate working area. (Refer to No. 37 in "NAVIGATION LIST OF SCREENS" section.) Blinking (red) When the pilot control lock lever is pulled up, the engine will stop after 60 seconds in order to protect DPF. When the pilot control lock lever is down, the engine will not stop while the engine output is limited. Restart the Engine and set its speed over 1900 rpm. Unless the auto regeneration starts, consult your KUBOTA local dealer. Blinking (yellow) When the message "Now HP is limited." appears on the display, the DPF is clogged. To protect the DPF, the engine output is limited. Consult your KUBOTA local dealer. Blinking (red) DPF must be repaired. To protect the DPF, the engine output is limited. When the pilot control lock lever is pulled up, the engine will stop after 60 seconds in order to protect DPF. When the pilot control lock lever is down, the engine will not stop while the engine output is limited. Immediately contact your local dealer. (Refer to No. 41 in "NAVIGATION LIST OF SCREENS" section.) Blinking (red) Exchange the DPF. To protect the DPF, the engine output is limited. Immediately contact your local dealer. (Refer to No. 42 in "NAVIGATION LIST OF SCREENS" section.) A Stopping the engine or pressing the inhibit switch while automatic regeneration, automatic regeneration will be stopped. After restarting the engine, automatic regeneration starts. A Regeneration time is approximately 20 to 30 minutes, and the interval is approximately 20 to 30 hours. But actual regeneration time and interval depend on usage environment like ambient temperature, exhaust temperature and engine speed. LOCKING AND RELEASING THE DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF) REGENERATION Press the inhibit switch (1). The automatic DPF regeneration is locked and the indicator in the switch lights up. (1)Inhibit switch The following is meaning and required operator action. Inhibit switch Warning lamp Display Meaning Required operator action Lights up (yellow) No lighting --­ A Auto regeneration process is locked. A The state is before requirement of regeneration. A When inhibit switch turns into blinking, it requires regeneration. --­ Blinking (yellow) Blinking (yellow) A Auto regeneration process is locked. A Operator needs preparation of DPF regeneration. A Move the machine to a safe place and release the inhibit switch. A Increase the engine speed over 1900 rpm. Auto regeneration starts. A Make sure that no people, animals, plants and flammable materials are within the immediate working area. (Refer to No. 39 in "NAVIGATION LIST OF SCREENS" section.) Inhibit switch Warning lamp Display Meaning Required operator action Blinking (yellow) Blinking (red) A Auto regeneration process is locked. A Operator needs preparation of DPF regeneration. A When the message "Now HP limited" appears on the display, the DPF must be clogged. To protect the DPF, engine output is limited. A When the pilot control lock lever is A Move the machine to a safe place and release the inhibit switch. A Increase the engine speed over 1900 rpm. Auto regeneration starts. A Make sure that no people, animals, plants and flammable materials are within the immediate working area. (Refer to No. 40 in "NAVIGATION raised up, the engine will stop after 60 seconds in order to protect DPF. A When the Pilot control lock lever is down, the engine will not stop while the engine output is limited. LIST OF SCREENS" section.) Blinking (yellow) Blinking (red) A DPF must be repaired. A To protect the DPF, engine output is limited. A When the pilot control lock lever is raised up, the engine will stop after 60 seconds in order to protect DPF. A When the Pilot control lock lever is down, the engine will not stop while the engine output is limited. Immediately contact your local dealer. (Refer to No. 41 in "NAVIGATION LIST OF SCREENS" section.) Blinking (yellow) Blinking (red) A DPF must be exchanged. A To protect the DPF, engine output is limited. Immediately contact your local dealer. (Refer to No. 42 in "NAVIGATION LIST OF SCREENS" section.) #Kubota #Excavator #KX0804 #OwnersManual #OperatorsManual #Safety

The Kubota RTV900 Utility Vehicle Owner and Operators Manual is available as a PDF or for purchase. (Click image to view or download as pdf) The Kubota RTV900 Operators Manual is posted below in plain text for your convenience. READ AND SAVE THIS MANUAL PRINTED IN U.S.A. © KUBOTA Corporation 2009 ABBREVIATION LIST Abbreviations Definitions 2WD Two Wheel Drive 4WD Four Wheel Drive API American Petroleum Institute ASABE American Society of Agricultural and Biological Engineers, USA ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials, USA DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung, GERMANY fpm Feet Per Minute HST Hydrostatic Transmission Km/h Kilometers Per Hour MPH Miles Per Hour m/s Meters Per Second PTO Power Take Off RH/LH Right-hand and left-hand sides are determined by facing in the direction of forward travel ROPS Roll-Over Protective Structures rpm Revolutions Per Minute r/s Revolutions Per Second SAE Society of Automotive Engineers, USA VHT Variable Hydro Transmission KUBOTA Corporation is ··· Since its inception in 1890, KUBOTA Corporation has grown to rank as one of the major firms in Japan. To achieve this status, the company has through the years diversified the range of its products and services to a remarkable extent, until today, 19 plants and 16,000 employees produce over 1,000 different items, large and small. All these products and all the services which accompany them, however, are unified by one central commitment. KUBOTA makes products which, taken on a national scale, are basic necessities. Products which are indispensable, products intended to help individuals and nations fulfill the potential inherent in their environment. For KUBOTA is the Basic Necessities Giant. This potential includes water supply, food from the soil and from the sea, industrial development, architecture and construction, transportation. Thousands of people depend on KUBOTA's know-how, technology, experience and customer service. You too can depend on KUBOTA. UNIVERSAL SYMBOLS As a guide to the operation of your vehicle, various universal symbols have been utilized on the instruments and controls. The symbols are shown below with an indication of their meaning. Safety Alert Symbol Diesel Fuel Hourmeter/Elapsed Operating Hours Engine Coolant-Temperature Brake Fluid & Parking Brake Engine Intake/Combustion Air-Filter Battery Charging Condition Engine Oil-Pressure Turn Signal/Hazard Engine-Stop Engine-Run Starter Control Diesel Preheat/Glow Plugs(Low Temperature Start Aid) Engine Shut-Off Control Differential Lock Differential Lock Hold Lift Cylinder-Retract Lift Cylinder-Extend Lift Cylinder-Float Hazard Warning Lights Master Lighting Switch Audible Warning Device Fast Slow Lock Unlock FOREWORD You are now the proud owner of a KUBOTA Vehicle. This vehicle is a product of KUBOTA quality engineering and manufacturing. It is made of excellent materials and under a rigid quality control system. It will give you long, satisfactory service. To obtain the best use of your vehicle, please read this manual carefully. It will help you become familiar with the operation of the vehicle and contains many helpful hints about vehicle maintenance. This manual contains instructions for minor maintenance, but information about major repairs is outlined in the KUBOTA Work Shop Manual and should be performed only by a KUBOTA Dealer Technician. It is KUBOTA's policy to utilize as quickly as possible every advance in our research. The immediate use of new techniques in the manufacture of products may cause some small parts of this manual to become outdated. KUBOTA distributors and dealers will have the most up-to-date information. Please do not hesitate to consult with them. 3 SAFETY FIRST This symbol, the industry's ''Safety Alert Symbol'', is used throughout this manual and on labels on the machine itself to warn of the possibility of personal injury. Read these instructions carefully. It is essential that you read the instructions and safety regulations before you attempt to assemble or use this unit. 3DANGER : Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. 3 WARNING : Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. 3CAUTION : Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. IMPORTANT : Indicates that equipment or property damage could result if instructions are not followed. NOTE : Gives helpful information. CONTENTS SAFE OPERATION ................................................................................................. 1 SERVICING OF VEHICLE........................................................................................... 1 SPECIFICATIONS....................................................................................................... 2 SPECIFICATION TABLE ......................................................................................... 2 TRAVELING SPEEDS ............................................................................................. 3 VEHICLE LIMITATIONS.............................................................................................. 4 INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS................................................................... 5 LOCATION OF PARTS............................................................................................ 5 PRE-OPERATION CHECK ......................................................................................... 9 DAILY CHECK ......................................................................................................... 9 OPERATING THE ENGINE....................................................................................... 10 STARTING THE ENGINE...................................................................................... 10 Cold Weather Starting ....................................................................................................13 Block Heater...................................................................................................................13 STOPPING THE ENGINE...................................................................................... 13 WARMING UP ....................................................................................................... 13 Warm-Up Transmission Oil in the Low Temperature Range..........................................13 JUMP STARTING .................................................................................................. 14 OPERATING THE VEHICLE..................................................................................... 15 OPERATING NEW VEHICLE ................................................................................ 15 Do not Operate the Vehicle at Full Speed for the First 50 Hours ...................................15 Changing Lubricating Oil for New Vehicles ....................................................................15 STARTING............................................................................................................. 15 Seat Belt.........................................................................................................................15 Head Light Switch...........................................................................................................16 Hazard Light Switch........................................................................................................16 Turn Signal Light Switch.................................................................................................16 Horn Button.....................................................................................................................17 Work Light (Front)...........................................................................................................17 Work Light (Rear) ...........................................................................................................17 Brake Pedal....................................................................................................................18 Range Gear Shift Lever..................................................................................................18 4WD Lever......................................................................................................................19 Parking Brake Lever.......................................................................................................19 Speed Control Pedal.......................................................................................................19 STOPPING............................................................................................................. 20 Stopping..........................................................................................................................20 CHECK DURING DRIVING ................................................................................... 20 Immediately Stop the Engine if:......................................................................................20 Easy Checker(TM)..........................................................................................................20 Fuel Gauge.....................................................................................................................21 Coolant Temperature Gauge..........................................................................................21 Hourmeter.......................................................................................................................21 CONTENTS Speedometer ..................................................................................................................22 PARKING............................................................................................................... 22 Parking Brake Lever.......................................................................................................22 ACCESSORY......................................................................................................... 23 12V Electric Outlet..........................................................................................................23 Utility Box........................................................................................................................23 OPERATING TECHNIQUES ................................................................................. 23 Differential Lock..............................................................................................................23 Directions for Use of Power Steering..............................................................................24 Unfamiliar Terrain...........................................................................................................24 Driving in Reverse ..........................................................................................................25 Driving in "4WD".............................................................................................................25 Turning the Vehicle.........................................................................................................26 Hills.................................................................................................................................26 Traversing Hillsides ........................................................................................................27 Sliding and Skidding.......................................................................................................27 Driving through Water.....................................................................................................27 OPERATING HAND THROTTLE........................................................................... 28 STATIONARY HYDRAULIC OUTLET ................................................................... 28 CARGO BED ............................................................................................................. 29 CARGO BED.......................................................................................................... 29 General Caution..............................................................................................................29 Max. Cargo Load............................................................................................................29 Cargo Bed Tailgate.........................................................................................................30 Raising and Lowering the Cargo Bed.............................................................................31 HYDRAULIC OUTLET............................................................................................... 32 HYDRAULIC OUTLET ........................................................................................... 32 Hydraulic Outlet Lever....................................................................................................32 Hydraulic Outlet Valve Coupler Connecting and Disconnecting.....................................33 TIRES AND WHEELS ............................................................................................... 34 TIRES..................................................................................................................... 34 Inflation Pressure............................................................................................................34 Tire Type and Use..........................................................................................................34 WHEELS................................................................................................................ 35 TOWING AND TRANSPORTING.............................................................................. 36 TOWING AND TRANSPORTING .......................................................................... 36 Rear Trailer Hitch............................................................................................................36 Front Trailer Hitch...........................................................................................................36 Winch Mount Bracket......................................................................................................37 Transporting Vehicle.......................................................................................................37 MAINTENANCE......................................................................................................... 38 SERVICE INTERVALS .......................................................................................... 38 LUBRICANTS, FUEL AND COOLANT .................................................................. 41 PERIODIC SERVICE................................................................................................. 44 HOW TO OPEN THE HOOD AND TILT THE SEAT.............................................. 44 Hood ...............................................................................................................................44 Operator's Seat...............................................................................................................44 HOW TO RAISE THE CARGO BED...................................................................... 45 CONTENTS Raising and Lowering the Cargo Bed [if equipped with hydraulic dump]........................45 Raising and Lowering the Cargo Bed [without hydraulic dump].....................................46 JACK-UP POINT.................................................................................................... 46 Front End........................................................................................................................46 Rear End.........................................................................................................................46 DAILY CHECK ....................................................................................................... 47 Walk Around Inspection..................................................................................................47 Checking and Refueling..................................................................................................47 Checking Engine Oil Level..............................................................................................48 Checking Transmission Fluid Level................................................................................48 Checking Power Steering Oil Tank Level.......................................................................49 Checking Hydraulic Lift Oil Tank Level...........................................................................49 Checking Hydraulic Auxiliary Tank Oil Level..................................................................50 Cleaning Oil Cooler Net..................................................................................................50 Checking Coolant Level..................................................................................................51 Cleaning Radiator Screen...............................................................................................51 Checking Brake Fluid Level............................................................................................52 Checking Brake Pedal....................................................................................................52 Checking Parking Brake.................................................................................................53 Checking Gauges, Meter and Easy Checker(TM)..........................................................53 Checking Head Light, Turn Signal Light etc. ..................................................................53 Checking Seat Belt and ROPS.......................................................................................53 Checking Joint Boot........................................................................................................53 Checking Tire Inflation Pressure.....................................................................................54 Checking Backup Beeper...............................................................................................54 EVERY 50 HOURS................................................................................................ 55 Greasing .........................................................................................................................55 Oiling...............................................................................................................................56 Checking Engine Start System.......................................................................................56 EVERY 100 HOURS.............................................................................................. 57 Checking VHT Neutral Spring.........................................................................................57 Checking VHT Pressure Release...................................................................................57 Checking Wheel Bolt Torque..........................................................................................58 Cleaning Air Cleaner Primary Element...........................................................................59 Adjusting Alternator Belt Tension ...................................................................................59 Checking Fuel Line and Fuel Filter.................................................................................60 Checking Battery Condition............................................................................................61 Adjusting Toe-in..............................................................................................................62 Cleaning Muffler..............................................................................................................63 EVERY 150 HOURS.............................................................................................. 64 Cleaning Air Cleaner Primary Element...........................................................................64 EVERY 200 HOURS.............................................................................................. 65 Adjusting Parking Brake .................................................................................................65 Replacing Engine Oil Filter.............................................................................................65 Changing Engine Oil.......................................................................................................66 Replacing Transmission Oil Filter [HST].........................................................................67 Replacing Transmission Oil Filter [SUCTION]................................................................68 Changing Hydraulic Lift Oil.............................................................................................69 Changing Hydraulic Auxiliary Tank Oil ...........................................................................70 Checking Brake Pedal....................................................................................................71 Checking Brake Hose and Pipe......................................................................................71 Checking Front Brake Case............................................................................................72 CONTENTS Checking Brake Light Switch..........................................................................................72 Checking Radiator Hose and Clamp ..............................................................................72 Checking Power Steering Line .......................................................................................73 Changing Power Steering Oil .........................................................................................74 Checking Intake Air Line.................................................................................................75 Checking Hydraulic Auxiliary Oil Line.............................................................................75 EVERY 300 HOURS.............................................................................................. 76 Checking Tire..................................................................................................................76 EVERY 400 HOURS.............................................................................................. 76 Changing Knuckle Case Oil............................................................................................76 Changing Transmission Fluid.........................................................................................76 Replacing Hydraulic Auxiliary Tank Oil Filter..................................................................77 Changing Front Axle Case Oil........................................................................................78 EVERY 500 HOURS.............................................................................................. 79 Replacing Fuel Filter.......................................................................................................79 EVERY 800 HOURS.............................................................................................. 79 Adjusting Engine Valve Clearance .................................................................................79 EVERY 1500 HOURS............................................................................................ 79 Checking Fuel Injection Nozzle Injection Pressure.........................................................79 EVERY 3000 HOURS............................................................................................ 79 Checking Injection Pump................................................................................................79 EVERY 1 YEAR ..................................................................................................... 79 Replacing Air Cleaner Primary Element and Secondary Element..................................79 EVERY 2 YEARS................................................................................................... 79 Changing Brake Fluid.....................................................................................................79 Flushing Cooling System and Changing Coolant...........................................................79 Anti-Freeze .....................................................................................................................80 Replacing Radiator Hose (Water pipes).........................................................................81 Replacing Power Steering Hose.....................................................................................81 Replacing Fuel Hose ......................................................................................................81 Replacing Engine Breather Hose ...................................................................................81 Replacing Brake Master Cylinder (Inner Parts)..............................................................81 Replacing Front Brake Seal............................................................................................81 Replacing Rear Brake Cylinder Seal..............................................................................81 Replacing Intake Air Line................................................................................................81 Replacing Remote Hydraulic Hose.................................................................................81 EVERY 4 YEARS................................................................................................... 81 Replacing Brake Hose....................................................................................................81 SERVICE AS REQUIRED...................................................................................... 81 Bleeding Fuel System.....................................................................................................81 Replacing Fuse...............................................................................................................81 Replacing Slow-Blow Fuses...........................................................................................82 Replacing Light Bulb.......................................................................................................83 Cleaning Oil Cooler Net..................................................................................................83 STORAGE ................................................................................................................. 84 VEHICLE STORAGE ............................................................................................. 84 REMOVING THE VEHICLE FROM STORAGE..................................................... 84 TROUBLESHOOTING............................................................................................... 85 ENGINE TROUBLESHOOTING ............................................................................ 85 BATTERY TROUBLESHOOTING ......................................................................... 86 CONTENTS MACHINE TROUBLESHOOTING ......................................................................... 87 OPTIONS................................................................................................................... 88 SAFE OPERATION SAFE OPERATION Careful operation is your best insurance against an accident. Read and understand this Operator's Manual carefully before operating the vehicle. All operators, no matter how much experience they may have, should read this and other related manuals before operating the vehicle or any implement attached to it. It is the owner's obligation to instruct all operators in safe operation. 1. BEFORE OPERATING THE VEHICLE 1. Know your equipment and its limitations. Read this entire manual before attempting to start and operate the vehicle. 2. Pay special attention to the Danger, Warning and Caution labels on the vehicle. 3. Do not remove Roll-Over Protective Structures (ROPS) for any application and fasten seat belts at all times. This combination will reduce the risk of serious injury or death, should the vehicle be upset. If the ROPS is loosened or removed for any reason, make sure that all parts are reinstalled correctly before operating the vehicle. Never modify or repair a ROPS because welding, bending, drilling, grinding, or cutting may weaken the structure. A damaged ROPS structure must be replaced, not repaired or revised. If any structural member of the ROPS is damaged, replace the entire structure at your local KUBOTA Dealer. 4. Always use the seat belts. Check the seat belts regularly and replace if frayed or damaged. 5. Do not operate the vehicle or any implement attached to it while under the influence of alcohol, medication, controlled substances or while fatigued. 6. Carefully check the vicinity before operating the vehicle or any implement attached to it. Check for overhead clearance which may interfere with the CAB or ROPS. Do not allow any bystanders around or near the vehicle during operation. 7. Never allow anyone without a valid driver's license to operate this vehicle. 8. Before allowing other people to use your vehicle, explain how to operate and have them read this manual before operation. 9. Never wear loose, torn, or bulky clothing around the vehicle. It may catch on moving parts or controls, leading to the risk of an accident. Use additional safety items, e.g. helmet, safety boots or shoes, eye and hearing protection, gloves, etc., as appropriate or required. 10.This vehicle is for off road use only. KUBOTA does not recommend operating on public roads. 11.In addition to the driver, only one passenger should ride in the vehicle. Minimum age for passenger is 5 years old. 12.Keep all shields in place and stay away from all moving parts. 13.Check brakes, speed control pedal, and other mechanical parts for improper adjustment and wear. Replace worn or damaged parts promptly. Check the tightness of all nuts and bolts regularly. (For further details, see "MAINTENANCE" section.) 14.Keep your vehicle clean. Dirt, grease, and trash build up may contribute to fires and lead to personal injury. 15.Use only implements meeting the specifications listed under "VEHICLE LIMITATIONS" in this manual or implements approved by KUBOTA. 16.The maximum cargo capacity of this vehicle is 500kg. Reduce cargo capacity to match operating conditions. Do not carry anything which raises the center-of­gravity and sticks outside the cargo bed. 17.Do not modify the vehicle. Unauthorized modification may affect the function of the vehicle, which may result in personal injury. SAFE OPERATION 2. OPERATING THE VEHICLE C Starting 1. Always sit in the operator's seat when starting engine or operating levers or controls. 2. Before starting the engine, make sure that all levers are in their neutral positions, that the parking brake is engaged, and that the hydraulic outlet (if equipped) is OFF. And make sure the engine hand throttle (if equipped) is in its idle engine speed position. 3. Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals or bypassing the safety start switch. The vehicle may start in gear and move if normal starting circuitry is bypassed. 4. Be sure that the operator (and passenger) seat belts are fastened. 5. Do not operate or idle engine in a non-ventilated area. Carbon monoxide gas is colorless, odorless, and deadly. C Operating 1. Do not wear headphones while operating. 2. Pull only from the trailer hitch (if equipped). Never hitch to axle housing or any other point except trailer hitch; such arrangements will increase the risk of serious personal injury or death due to a vehicle upset. 3. Keep all shields and guards in place. Replace any that are missing or damaged. 4. Avoid sudden starts. To avoid rollovers, slow down when turning, on uneven ground, and before stopping. While increasing engine speed with the engine hand throttle (if equipped), operate the speed control pedal with great care to avoid sudden starts. 5. The vehicle cannot turn with the differential locked and attempting to do so could be dangerous. 6. Do not operate near ditches, holes, embankments, or other ground surface features which may collapse under the vehicle's weight. The risk of vehicle upset is even higher when the ground is loose or wet. 7. Watch where you are going at all times. Watch for and avoid obstacles. Be alert at row ends, near trees, and other obstructions. 8. When working in groups, always let the others know what you are going to do before you do it. 9. Never try to get on or off a moving vehicle. C Safety for children Tragedy can occur if the operator is not alert to the presence of children. Children generally are attracted to vehicles and the work they do. 1. Never assume that children will remain where you last saw them. 2. Keep children out of the work area and under the watchful eye of another responsible adult. 3. Be alert and shut your vehicle down if children enter the work area. 4. Never carry children in the cargo bed. There is no safe place for them to ride. No person under the age of 5 may ride as a passenger in this vehicle. A passenger under 5 years of age requires special restraints which are not available with this vehicle. 5. Never allow children to operate the vehicle even under adult supervision. 6. Never allow children to play on the vehicle or on the implement. 7. Use extra caution when backing up. Look behind and down to make sure area is clear before moving. 8. Whenever possible, park your vehicle on a firm, flat and level surface. If this is not possible, park it across the slope. Set the parking brake(s), lower the implements to the ground, remove the key from the ignition and lock the cab door (if equipped) and chock the wheels. C Operating on slopes Slopes are a major factor related to loss-of-control and tip-over accidents, which can result in severe injury or death. All slopes require extra caution. 1. Travel straight up or down hill. 2. Reduce load when operating on hilly or over rough terrain. 3. Keep front wheels straight at crest of hill or going over bumps. 4. Do not stop or start suddenly when going uphill or downhill. Be especially cautious when changing direction on slopes. 5. If vehicle stops or loses power going up a hill, lock parking brake to hold vehicle on slope. Maintain direction of travel and release brake slowly. Back straight downhill while maintaining control. Do not turn vehicle sideways. Vehicle is more stable in a straight forward or rearward position. 6. When riding on soft terrain, turn front wheels slightly uphill to keep vehicle on a straight line across the hill. 7. If the vehicle begins to tip, turn front wheels downhill to gain control before proceeding. SAFE OPERATION (1) To avoid upsets, always back up steep slopes. If you cannot back up the slope or if you feel uneasy on it, do not operate on it. Stay off slopes too steep for safe operation. (2) Driving forward out of a ditch, mired condition or up a steep slope increases the risk of a vehicle to be upset backward. Always back out of these situations. Extra caution is required with four-wheel drive mode because the increased traction can give the operator false confidence in the vehicle's ability to climb slopes. (3) Keep all movement on slopes slow and gradual. Do not make sudden changes in speed or direction. C Operation in inclement conditions 1. Only operate during daylight or with good artificial light. 2. Operate vehicle in an open, unobstructed area. 3. Use helmet and/or protective gear for certain operating conditions. 4. Reduce speed according to trail, terrain and visibility conditions. 5. Never drive exceeding the limit of visibility. Slow down near crest of hill until getting a clear view of the other side. 6. Stay alert for holes, rocks and other hidden hazards in the terrain. 7. Never cross any body of water where depth may be unknown to the operator (Deep water is considered anything in excess the bottom edge of the axle cap). Choose a course within the waterway where both banks have a gradual incline. Cross at a point known to be safe. C Driving the vehicle at high speeds 1. Check the front wheel engagement. The braking characteristics are different between two and four wheel drive. Be aware of the difference and use carefully. 2. Always slow the vehicle down before turning. Turning at high speed may tip the vehicle over. 3. Turn the headlights on. 4. Drive at speeds that allow you to maintain control at all times. 5. Do not apply the differential lock while traveling at high speeds. The vehicle may run out of control. 6. Avoid sudden motions of the steering wheel as they can lead to a dangerous loss of stability. The risk is especially great when the vehicle is traveling at high speeds. C Other miscellaneous 1. Clean platform if dirty and remove any debris from around foot controls. 2. Always keep both hands on the steering wheel. 3. Always keep arms and legs inside the operating compartment. 4. Never operate the vehicle while standing. 5. Do not tow a cart with any riders on it. 6. Never attempt wheelies, jumps or other stunts. 3. HAULING LOADS IN THE CARGO BED 1. No riders in cargo bed or anywhere else. 2. Do not overload vehicle. Securely anchor all loads. 3. Be sure load is evenly distributed. 4. Reduce cargo capacity when operating on rough or hilly terrain. 5. Balance loads evenly and secure them. Braking could shift the load and affect vehicle stability. 6. Never operate vehicle with the cargo bed raised. 7. Operate cargo bed dump with vehicle stationary and parking brake locked. Do not dump while moving. 8. Operate hydraulic dump (if equipped) on level ground only. 9. Operate dump from operator's seat only. 10.Do not place hands or body under the cargo bed when lowering bed. 4. OPERATING HYDRAULIC OUTLET DRIVEN EQUIPMENT (IF EQUIPPED) 1. Before installing or using hydraulic outlet driven equipment, read the manufacturer's manual and review the safety labels attached to the equipment. 2. Wait until all moving components have completely stopped before getting off the vehicle, connecting, disconnecting, adjusting, cleaning, or servicing any hydraulically driven equipment. 3. When operating stationary hydraulically driven equipment, always apply the vehicle parking brake and place chocks behind and in front of the rear wheels. Stay clear of all rotating parts. Never step over rotating parts. SAFE OPERATION 5. Keep first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy at all 5. PARKING THE VEHICLE times. 6. Disconnect the battery's ground cable before working 1. Disengage the HYDRAULIC OUTLET (if equipped), lower all implements to the ground, place all control levers in their neutral positions, set the parking brake, stop the engine, and remove the key. 2. Make sure that the vehicle has come to a complete stop before dismounting. 3. Avoid parking on steep slopes, if possible park on flat ground, if not, park across a slope, always with attachment on the ground. 1. Disengage power to attachment(s) when transporting or not in use. 2. Do not tow this vehicle. Use a suitable truck or trailer when transporting on public roads. 3. Use extra care when loading or unloading the vehicle into a trailer or truck. 7. SERVICING THE VEHICLE Before servicing the vehicle, park it on a firm, flat and level surface, set the parking brake, lower all implements to the ground, place the range gear shift lever in neutral, stop the engine and remove the key. 1. Allow the vehicle time to cool off before working on or near the engine, muffler, radiator, etc. 2. Always stop the engine before refueling. Avoid spills and overfilling. 3. Do not smoke when working around battery or when refueling. Keep all sparks and flames away from battery and fuel tank. The battery presents an explosive hazard, because it gives off hydrogen and oxygen especially when recharging. 4. Before "jump starting" a dead battery, read and follow all of the instructions. (See "JUMP STARTING" in "OPERATING THE ENGINE" section.) on or near electric components. 7. To avoid the possibility of battery explosion, do not use or charge the refillable type battery if the fluid level is below the LOWER (lower limit level) mark. Check the fluid level regularly and add distilled water as required so that the fluid level is between the UPPER and LOWER marks. 8. To avoid sparks from an accidental short circuit, always disconnect the battery's ground cable (-) first and reconnect it last. 9. Do not remove radiator cap while coolant is hot. When cool, slowly rotate cap to the first stop and allow sufficient time for excess pressure to escape before removing the cap completely. This vehicle has a coolant recovery tank, add coolant or water to the tank, not the radiator. (See "Checking Coolant Level" in "DAILY CHECK" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) 10.Do not attempt to mount a tire on a rim. This should be done by a qualified person with the proper equipment. 11.Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate tires above the recommended pressure shown in the operator's manual. SAFE OPERATION 13.Make sure that wheel bolts have been tightened to the specified torque. 14.Do not work under any hydraulically supported devices. They can settle, suddenly leak down, or be accidentally lowered. If it is necessary to work under the vehicle or any vehicle elements for servicing or adjustment, securely support them with stands or suitable blocking beforehand. 15.Escaping hydraulic fluid under pressure has sufficient force to penetrate skin causing serious personal injury. Before disconnecting hydraulic lines, be sure to release all residual pressure. Before applying pressure to the hydraulic system, make sure that all connections are tight and that all lines, pipes, and hoses are free of damage. "High pressure fluid - Injection into body" hazard warning. 16.Fluid escaping from pinholes may be invisible. Do not use hands to search for suspected leaks; use a piece of cardboard or wood. Use of safety goggles or other eye protection is also highly recommended. If injured by escaping fluid, see a medical doctor at once. This fluid will produce gangrene or severe allergic reaction. (1) Cardboard (2) Hydraulic line (3) Magnifying glass SAFE OPERATION 8. DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION LABELS SAFE OPERATION SAFE OPERATION SAFE OPERATION 9. CARE OF DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION LABELS 1. Keep danger, warning and caution labels clean and free from obstructing material. 2. Clean danger, warning and caution labels with soap and water, dry with a soft cloth. 3. Replace damaged or missing danger, warning and caution labels with new labels from your local KUBOTA Dealer. 4. If a component with danger, warning and caution label(s) affixed is replaced with new part, make sure new label(s) is(are) attached in the same location(s) as the replaced component. 5. Mount new danger, warning and caution labels by applying on a clean dry surface and pressing any bubbles to outside edge. SERVICING OF VEHICLE Your dealer is interested in your new vehicle and has the desire to help you get the most value from it. After reading this manual thoroughly, you will find that you can do some of the regular maintenance by yourself. However, when in need of parts or major service, be sure to see your KUBOTA Dealer. For service, contact the KUBOTA Dealership from which you purchased your vehicle or your local KUBOTA Dealer. When in need of parts, be prepared to give your dealer both the vehicle and engine serial numbers. Locate the serial numbers now and record them in the space provided. (1) Vehicle identification plate (2) Product identification number (1) Engine serial number (2) Transmission assy serial number Type Serial No. Vehicle Engine Product Identification Number Date of Purchase Name of Dealer (To be filled in by purchaser) SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATION TABLE Model General Purpose Worksite /Orange Worksite /Camo Worksite /Utility Turf Utility Engine Make KUBOTA D902-E3-UV Type 3 cylinders, 4-cycle, diesel, OHV Displacement L (cu. in.) 0.898 (54.802) Horsepower kW (HP) 16.1 (21.6) Rated revolution rpm 3200 Low idling revolution rpm 1300 to 1400 Fuel Capacity L (U.S.gals) 28 (7.4) Transmission Continuously variable hydro transmission (VHT) Wheels, Drive system 4, Rear 2WD or 4WD Differential lock Standard; foot operated with mechanical holder Gear selection Hi-Med-Lo range forward, neutral, reverse Brakes Front / Rear Wet disk brake Parking brake Rear wheel, hand lever Steering Hydrostatic power Suspension Front Independent, macpherson strut-type Rear Semi-independent, DeDion axle w/leaf springs and shock absorber Dimensions Length mm (in.) 2990 (117.7) 3030 (119.3) Width mm (in.) 1550 (61.0) Height, overall mm (in.) 2010 (79.1) Front tread centers mm (in.) 1150 (45.3) HDWS, ATV 1180 (46.5) Turf Rear tread centers mm (in.) 1180 (46.5) HDWS, ATV 1210 (47.6) Turf Wheelbase mm (in.) 1965 (77.4) Ground clearance front axle mm (in.) 210 (8.3) rear axle 190 (7.5) Turning diameter m (ft) 7.8 (25.6) Max. rolling weight (Towing Capacity) kg (lbs.) 590 (1300) Payload capacity kg (lbs.) 775 (1708) 750 (1653) 755 (1664) 720 (1587) 715 (1576) Weight kg (lbs.) 845 (1863) 870 (1918) 865 (1907) 900 (1984) 905 (1995) SPECIFICATIONS Model General Purpose Worksite /Orange Worksite /Camo Worksite /Utility Turf Utility Cargo bed Width mm (in.) 1320 (52) Length mm (in.) 1180 (46.7) Depth mm (in.) 290 (11.4) Volume m (cu.ft.) 0.455 (16) Bed height (unloaded) mm (in.) 800 (31.5) Cargo bed load kg (lbs.) 500 (1102) Sound level, operator ear db (A) 87 89 Tires Front 25x10-12 ATV, 6PLY 25x10-12 HDWS, 6PLY 25x12-12 Turf, 4PLY 25x10-12 ATV, 6PLY 25x10-12 HDWS, 6PLY 25x10-12 HDWS, 6PLY 25x12-12 Turf, 4PLY Rear 25x11-12 ATV, 6PLY 25x10-12 HDWS, 6PLY 25x12-12 Turf, 4PLY 25x11-12 ATV, 6PLY 25x10-12 HDWS, 6PLY 25x10-12 HDWS, 6PLY 25x12-12 Turf, 4PLY Front deluxe guard - Std. Std. Std. Std. Body color Orange Orange Camo Orange Orange Bed lift - Std. Std. Std. Std. Speedometer - - Std. Std. Std. Aux. control valve - - - Std. Std. A The company reserves the right to change the specifications without notice. A The values in "Ground clearance" and "Weight" are those of the machine equipped with the tires in the table above. TRAVELING SPEEDS Range gear shift lever km/h (mph) Low 16 (10) Medium 29 (18) High 40 (25) Reverse 20 (12) VEHICLE LIMITATIONS The KUBOTA Vehicle has been thoroughly tested for proper performance with implements sold or approved by KUBOTA. Use with implements which are not sold or approved by KUBOTA and which exceed the maximum specifications listed below, or which are otherwise unfit for use with the KUBOTA Vehicle may result in malfunctions or failures of the vehicle, damage to other property and injury to the operator or others. [Any malfunctions or failures of the vehicle resulting from use with improper implements are not covered by the warranty] Max. Cargo loading weight (W1) Rear trailer hitch Front trailer hitch Max. Cargo load should not exceed "500 kg (1100 lbs.)" or "PCL". [General Purpose model] PCL = 775 kg (1708 lbs.) - (operator + passenger + opt. + acc. + cabin) weight [Worksite/Orange model] PCL = 750 kg (1653 lbs.) - (operator + passenger + opt. + acc. + cabin) weight [Worksite/Camo model] PCL = 755 kg (1664 lbs.) - (operator + passenger + opt. + acc. + cabin) weight [Worksite/Utility model] PCL = 720 kg (1587 lbs.) - (operator + passenger + opt. + acc. + cabin) weight [Turf Utility model] PCL = 715 kg (1576 lbs.) - (operator + passenger + opt. + acc. + cabin) weight PCL: Permissible Cargo Load opt.: option acc.: accessory Max. rolling weight (W2) 590 kg (1300 lbs.) Max. rolling weight (W4) 295 kg (650 lbs.) Max. tongue weight (W3) 50 kg (110 lbs.) Max. tongue weight (W5) 50 kg (110 lbs.) Rolling weight: Trailer weight + Cargo Load A Above mentioned specifications are based on level ground condition. INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS LOCATION OF PARTS ILLUSTRATED CONTENTS (1) Work light (if equipped)................................... 17, 17 (2) ROPS............................................................. -­ (3) Hazard / Turn signal light (if equipped)........... 16, 16 (4) Front hood...................................................... 44 (5) Headlights...................................................... 16 (6) Winch mount bracket...................................... 37 (7) Front trailer hitch bracket................................ 36 (8) Battery........................................................... 61 (9) Front trailer hitch (if equipped)........................ 36 INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS ILLUSTRATED CONTENTS (1) Steering wheel................................................. -­ (2) Cup holder........................................................ -­ (3) Horn button...................................................... 17 (4) Key switch........................................................ -­ (5) Turn signal light switch (if equipped)................. 16 (6) Head light switch.............................................. 16 (7) Hazard light switch (if equipped)....................... 16 (8) Brake pedal...................................................... 18 (9) Speed control pedal......................................... 19 ILLUSTRATED CONTENTS (10) 4WD lever...................................................... 19 (11) Range gear shift lever..................................... 18 (12) Speedometer (if equipped)............................. 22 (13) Hourmeter...................................................... 21 (14) Coolant temperature gauge............................ 21 (15) Hazard / Turn signal indicator (if equipped).... 16, 16 (16) Fuel gauge..................................................... 21 (17) Easy Checker(TM)......................................... 20 (18) 12V accessory plug........................................ 23 INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS ILLUSTRATED CONTENTS (1) Seat belts....................................................... 15 (2) Seat............................................................... 44 (3) Differential lock pedal..................................... 23 (4) Differential lock holder.................................... 23 (5) Parking brake lever........................................ 22 (6) Hydraulic lift cylinder lever (if equipped)......... 31 (7) Hydraulic outlet lever (if equipped)................. 32 (8) Engine hand throttle (if equipped)................... 28 INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS ILLUSTRATED CONTENTS (1) Cargo bed........................................................ 29 (2) Tailgate............................................................ 30 (3) Tail lamp (Combination lamp if equipped)......... 16 (4) Muffler.............................................................. 63 (5) Rear trailer hitch bracket................................... 36 (6) Handgrip.......................................................... -­ ILLUSTRATED CONTENTS (7) Fuel tank cap.................................................... 47 (8) Remote hydraulic outlet (if equipped)............... 32 (9) Hydraulic outlet for lift cylinder (if equipped)...... 31 (10) Rear trailer hitch (if equipped)......................... 36 (11) Backup beeper (if equipped)........................... 54 PRE-OPERATION CHECK DAILY CHECK To prevent trouble from occurring, it is important to know the condition of the vehicle well. Check it before starting. A Be sure to check and service the vehicle on a level surface with the engine shut off and the parking brake "ON" and implement lowered to the ground if equipped. Check item - Walk around inspection -Check engine oil level - Check transmission fluid level - Check brake fluid level - Check hydraulic auxiliary tank oil level (if equipped) - Clean hydraulic oil cooler net (if equipped) -Check coolant level -Clean grill, radiator screen (When used in a dusty place) -Check brake pedal - Check parking brake - Check indicators, gauges and meters - Check lights - Check seat belt and ROPS - Check front and rear joint boots - Check drive shaft boots - Check tire inflation pressure - Check backup beeper (if equipped) -Refuel (See "DAILY CHECK" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) -Care of danger, warning and caution labels (See "DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION LABELS" in "SAFE OPERATION" section.) OPERATING THE ENGINE To avoid personal injury A Read "Safe Operation" in front of this manual. A Read the danger, warning and caution labels located on the vehicle. A To avoid the danger of exhaust fume poisoning, do not operate the engine in a closed building without proper ventilation. A Never start engine while standing on ground. Start engine only from operator's seat. A Make it a rule to set range gear shift lever to the "NEUTRAL" position and to place the Hydraulic Outlet lever (if equipped) in "OFF" position and to place the hydraulic lift cylinder lever (if equipped) to the "NEUTRAL" position before starting the engine. A Make sure the engine hand throttle (if equipped) is in its idle engine speed position. A Do not use starting fluid or ether. A To protect the battery and the starter, make sure that the starter is not continuously turned for more than 10 seconds. STARTING THE ENGINE 1. Make sure the parking brake is set. A The parking brake indicator comes on while parking brake is applied and goes off when it is released. (1) Parking brake indicator 2. Set the range gear shift lever to the "NEUTRAL" position. (1) Range gear shift lever (L) LOW Range (H) HIGH Range (R) "REVERSE" (M) MEDIUM Range (N) "NEUTRAL" POSITION 3. Lock the hydraulic lift cylinder lever to the "NEUTRAL" position with a restricting plate by tightening knob bolt (if equipped). (1) Hydraulic lift cylinder lever (if equipped) (A) "LOCK" (2) Restricting plate (if equipped) (3) Knob bolt (if equipped) 4. Lock the hydraulic lift cylinder lever and the hydraulic outlet lever to the "NEUTRAL" position with restricting plate (if equipped). (1) Hydraulic outlet lever (if equipped) (A) "LOCK" (2) Hydraulic lift cylinder lever (if equipped) (3) Restricting plate (if equipped) (4) Knob bolt (if equipped) A The hydraulic outlet warning lamp comes on while hydraulic outlet lever is engaged "ON" and goes off when disengaged "OFF". 5. Push the speed control pedal down about 1/2 way. ( )"OFF" (Engine-Stop) ( )"GLOW" (Preheat) ( )"ON" (Engine-Run) ( )"START" (Engine-Start) C Check Easy Checker(TM) Lamps: 1. When the key is turned "ON", lamps(2)(3) should come on. If trouble should occur at any location while the engine is running, the warning lamp corresponding to that location comes on. 2. The parking brake warning lamp(1) comes on while parking brake is applied and goes off when it is released. If the parking brake is released but the lamp stays on, it means that the brake fluid may be low or the brake system may be damaged. (See "Checking Brake Fluid Level" in "DAILY CHECK" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) 3. The hydraulic outlet warning lamp(5) comes on while hydraulic outlet lever is engaged "ON" and goes off when disengaged "OFF" (if equipped). A Daily checks with the Easy Checker(TM) only, are not sufficient. Never fail to conduct daily checks carefully by referring to "DAILY CHECK" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section. 7. Turn the key to "PREHEAT" position and hold it for the preheating. For the appropriate preheating time, refer to the table below: Temperature Preheating Time Over 0 (32 ) 2 to 3 sec. 0 to -5 (32 to 23 ) 5 sec. -5 to -15 (23 to 5 ) 10 sec. Limit of continuous use 30 sec. A Glow plug indicator(4) comes on while key switch is in the "GLOW" position or "START" position. 8. Turn the key to "START" position and release when the engine starts. A Because of safety devices, the engine will not start except when the range gear shift lever is placed in the "NEUTRAL" position and (if equipped) the hydraulic outlet lever is placed in the "OFF" position. BCold Weather Starting When the ambient temperature is below 0 (32 ) and the engine is very cold. If the engine fails to start after 10 seconds, turn off the key for 30 seconds. Then repeat steps 6 and 7. To protect the battery and the starter, make sure that the starter is not continuously turned for more than 30 seconds. BBlock Heater [if equipped] A block heater is available as an option from your dealer. It will assist you in starting your vehicle when the ambient temperature is below -20 (-4 ). 9. Check to see that all the lamps on the Easy Checker(TM) are "OFF". If any lamp stays on, immediately stop the engine and determine the cause. STOPPING THE ENGINE 1. After slowing the engine to idle, turn the key to "OFF". 2. Remove the key. 3. Return the engine hand throttle (if equipped) to its idle engine speed position. WARMING UP To avoid personal injury: A Be sure to set the parking brake during warm-up. A Be sure to set the range shift lever to the "NEUTRAL" position and lock both the hydraulic lift cylinder and the hydraulic outlet levers to the "NEUTRAL" position with restricting plate (if equipped) during warm-up. For 5 minutes after engine start-up, allow the engine to warm up without applying any load. This is to allow oil to reach every engine part. If load should be applied to the engine without this warm-up period, trouble such as seizure, breakage or premature wear may develop. BWarm-Up Transmission Oil in the Low Temperature Range Hydraulic oil serves as transmission fluid. In cold weather, the oil may be cold with increased viscosity. This can cause delayed oil circulation or abnormally low hydraulic pressure for some time after engine start-up. This in turn can result in trouble in the hydraulic system. To prevent the above, observe the following instructions: Warm up the engine at about 50% of rated rpm according to the table below: Ambient temperature Warm-up time requirement Above 0 (32 ) Approx. 5 minutes -10 to 0 (14 to 32 ) 5 to 10 minutes -20 to -10 (-4 to 14 ) 10 to 15 minutes Below -20 (-4 ) More than 15 minutes A Do not operate the vehicle under full load condition until it is sufficiently warmed up. JUMP STARTING To avoid personal injury: A Battery gases can explode. Keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames away from battery. A If vehicle battery is frozen, do not jump start engine. A Do not connect other end of negative jumper cable to negative terminal of vehicle battery. A The parts such as the muffler may be hot. Be careful not to get burned in connecting jumper cables. When jump starting engine, follow the instructions below to safely start the engine. 1. Bring helper vehicle with a battery of the same voltage as disabled vehicle within easy cable reach. "THE VEHICLES MUST NOT TOUCH". 2. Engage the parking brake of both vehicles and put the shift lever in neutral. Shut the engine off. 3. Put on safety goggles and rubber gloves. 4. Ensure the vent caps are securely in place. (if equipped) 5. Cover vent holes with damp rags. Do not allow the rag to touch the battery terminals. 6. Attach the red clamp to the positive (red, (+) or pos.) terminal of the dead battery and clamp the other end of the same cable to the positive (red, (+) or pos.) terminal of the helper battery. 7. Clamp the other cable to the negative (black, (-) or neg.) terminal of the helper battery. 8. Clamp the other end to the engine block or frame of the disabled vehicle as far from the dead battery as possible. 9. Start the helper vehicle and let its engine run for a few moments. Start the disabled vehicle. 10.Disconnect the jumper cables in the exact reverse order of attachment. (Steps 8, 7 and 6). 11.Remove and discard the damp rags. (1) Dead battery (2) Lay a damp rag over the vent caps (3) Jumper cables (4) Helper battery A This vehicle has a 12 volt negative (-) ground starting system. A Use only same voltage for jump starting. A Use of a higher voltage source could result in severe damage to vehicle's electrical system. Use only matching voltage source when "Jump starting" a low or dead battery. OPERATING THE VEHICLE OPERATING NEW VEHICLE How a new vehicle is handled and maintained determines the life of the vehicle. A new vehicle just off the factory production line has been, of course, tested, but the various parts are not accustomed to each other, so care should be taken to operate the vehicle for the first 50 hours at a slower speed and avoid excessive work or operation until the various parts become "broken-in." The manner in which the vehicle is handled during the "breaking-in." period greatly affects the life of your vehicle. Therefore, to obtain the maximum performance and the longest life of the vehicle, it is very important to properly break-in your vehicle. In handling a new vehicle, the following precautions should be observed. BDo not Operate the Vehicle at Full Speed for the First 50 Hours A Do not start quickly nor apply the brakes suddenly. A In winter, operate the vehicle after fully warming up the engine. A Do not run the engine at speeds faster than necessary. A On rough roads, slow down to suitable speeds. Do not operate the vehicle at fast speed. The above precautions are not limited only to new vehicles, but to all vehicles. But it should be especially observed in the case of new vehicles. BChanging Lubricating Oil for New Vehicles The lubricating oil is especially important in the case of a new vehicle. The various parts are not "broken-in" and are not accustomed to each other. Small pieces of metal grit may develop during the operation of the vehicle; and this may wear out or damage the parts. Therefore, care should be taken to change the lubricating oil a little earlier than would ordinarily be required. For further details of change interval hours, see "MAINTENANCE" section. STARTING 1. Fasten the seat belt. BSeat Belt To avoid personal injury: A Seat belts reduce injury. Always wear your seat belts. The lap-style seat belts may not provide adequate protection for small children. Special care is recommended when carrying a child passenger. A Always use the seat belts when operating and riding in the vehicle. Adjust the seat belts for proper fit and connect the buckle. This seat belt is an auto-locking retractable type. 2. Selecting light switch position. BHead Light Switch The head light switch is operative when the key switch is in the "ON" position. Turn on the key switch and press the top half of the head light switch, the head lights light up. Press the bottom half of the head light switch to turn off the head light. A Pressing the head light switch to the "ON" position causes the following lamps to light simultaneously. (1) Tail lights (lamps at the rear portions of the vehicle) (2) Lamp built in the coolant temperature gauge (3) Lamp built in the fuel gauge (4) Lamp built in the speedometer (if equipped) BHazard Light Switch [if equipped] Press the top half of the hazard light switch, the hazard light flash along with the indicator on the instrument panel. Press the bottom half of the hazard light switch to turn off the hazard light. A The hazard light switch is operative when the key switch is in either the "ON" or "OFF" position. Be careful that leaving the switch "ON" causes the battery to run out. BTurn Signal Light Switch [if equipped] To indicate a right turn, push right side. To indicate a left turn, push left side. When the left or right signal is activated, the indicated turning light will flash and the other will stay on. The indicator lamp at the instrument panel also flashes like the above. A The turn signal light switch is only operative when the key switch is in the "ON" position. A If the hazard light switch is pressed to the "ON" position while the turn signal is activated, the indicated turning light will flash and the other will stay on. A Be sure to return switch to center position after turning. (1) Speedometer (if equipped) (4) Hazard light switch (2) Hazard / Turn signal (if equipped) indicator (if equipped) (5) Coolant temperature gauge (3) Turn signal light switch (6) Fuel gauge (if equipped) BHorn Button The horn switch is operative when the key switch is in either the "ON" or "OFF" position. The horn will sound when the horn button is pressed. BWork Light (Front) [if equipped] BWork Light (Rear) [if equipped] When the key switch is turned to the "ON" position and the slide switch at the rear of each work light is slid to the "ON" position, the work light comes on. When the slide switch is slid to the "OFF" position, the light goes off. After the slide switch for each work light is shifted to the "OFF" position, turn the key switch to the "OFF" position. (1) Work light (if equipped) (A) "ON" (2) Work light switch (if equipped) (B) "OFF" 3. Checking the brake pedal. BBrake Pedal To avoid personal injury: A If the operator suddenly brakes, an accident may occur due to loss of control or the shifting forward of heavy loads. A When driving on icy, wet or loose surface, make sure the vehicle is correctly ballasted to avoid skidding and loss of steering control. Operate at reduced speed. The brake pedal is the left pedal on the foot board. Depress the pedal to slow or stop the vehicle. 4. Selecting the travel speed. BRange Gear Shift Lever To avoid personal injury: A Avoid changing range gear shift lever when ascending or descending a slope. A Before ascending or descending a slope, shift to the "L" range to control the vehicle speed. A If you shift gears while ascending or descending a slope, be prepared to use the brake to maintain control. A Operate in reverse at slow speeds to maintain control. 1. The range gear shift lever can only be shifted when vehicle is completely stopped and the speed control pedal is in the "NEUTRAL" position. 2. To avoid transmission and shift linkage damage, completely stop the vehicle using the brake pedal before shifting gears. 3. Select proper gear and engine speed depending on the type of job. 4. Before dismounting vehicle, shift the range gear shift lever to the "NEUTRAL" position and set parking brake. (1) Range gear shift lever (L) LOW Range (H) HIGH Range (R) "REVERSE" (M) MEDIUM Range (N) "NEUTRAL" POSITION A When range gear shift lever is hard to engage, do not force the lever. Set the parking brake, slightly depress the speed control pedal and release it to neutral position, then shift the lever. When the lever is hard to disengage, do not force the lever. Depress the brake pedal fully, then shift the lever. A An accident may occur with erratic shifting operation. A Improper range gear shift lever position will cause the vehicle to momentarily coast on slopes. B4WD Lever To avoid personal injury: A Do not engage the front wheel drive when traveling at road speed. A When driving on icy, wet or loose surfaces, make sure the vehicle is correctly ballasted to avoid skidding and loss of steering control. Operate at reduced speed and engage front wheel drive. A An accident may occur if the vehicle is suddenly braked, such as by heavy towed loads shifting forward causing loss of control. A The braking characteristics are different between two and four wheel drive. Be aware of the difference and use carefully. A Use the lever to engage the front wheels with the vehicle stopped. Shift the lever to "4WD" to engage the front wheel drive. A Tires will wear quickly if front wheel drive is engaged on paved roads. A If the 4WD lever is difficult to shift to "2WD", stop the vehicle, turn the steering wheel in both directions and then move the lever. C Front wheel drive is effective for the following jobs: 1. When greater pulling force is needed, such as working in a wet field, when pulling a trailer, or when working with a front-end blade. 2. When working in sandy soil. 5. Unlock the parking brake and start slowly. BParking Brake Lever To release the parking brake, depress the brake pedal, push release button and push down parking brake lever. Make sure that indicator in the Easy Checker(TM) goes off. (1) Parking brake lever (A) "RELEASE" (2) Release button BSpeed Control Pedal Use the speed control pedal when traveling. Push down on it for higher speed. STOPPING BStopping 1. Release the speed control pedal. 2. Step on the brake pedal. 3. After the vehicle has stopped, put the range gear shift lever in neutral, and set the parking brake. CHECK DURING DRIVING BImmediately Stop the Engine if: A The engine suddenly slows down or accelerates, A Unusual noises are suddenly heard, A Exhaust fumes suddenly become very dark, While driving, check the following items to see that all the parts are functioning normally. (1) Easy Checker(TM) (2) Coolant temperature gauge (3) Fuel gauge BEasy Checker(TM) If the warning lamps in the Easy Checker(TM) come on during operation, immediately stop the engine, and find the cause as shown below. Never operate the vehicle with an Easy Checker(TM) lamp on. Engine oil pressure If the oil pressure in the engine goes below the prescribed level, the warning lamp in the Easy Checker(TM) will come on. If this should happen during operation, and it does not go off when the engine is accelerated, check level of engine oil. (See "Checking Engine Oil Level" in "DAILY CHECK" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) Electrical charge If the alternator is not charging the battery, the Easy Checker(TM) will come on. If this should happen during operation, check the electrical charging system or consult your local KUBOTA Dealer. ( )Alarm against low brake fluid level or parking brake operation. The warning lamp in the Easy Checker(TM) comes on if the parking brake is applied. If the lamp is on during operation, release the parking brake lever immediately. If the brake fluid goes below the prescribed level, the warning lamp in the Easy Checker(TM) will come on. If this should happen during operation, check to see that there is no oil leak in the brake system, and then add oil. (See "Checking Brake Fluid Level" in "DAILY CHECK" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) BFuel Gauge Park the vehicle on a flat place. When the key switch is "ON", the fuel gauge indicates the fuel level. Be careful not to empty the fuel tank. Otherwise air may enter the fuel system. Should this happen, the system should be bled. (See "Bleeding Fuel System" in "SERVICE AS REQUIRED" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) (1) Fuel gauge BCoolant Temperature Gauge To avoid personal injury: A Do not remove radiator cap until coolant temperature is well below its boiling point. Then loosen cap slightly to the stop to relieve any pressure before removing cap completely. 1. With the key switch "ON" the temperature gauge indicates the temperature of the coolant. White Zone for "cold" and Red zone for "hot". 2. If the indicator reaches the Red zone, engine coolant is overheated. Check the vehicle by referring to "TROUBLESHOOTING" section. BHourmeter The hourmeter indicates in five digits the hours the vehicle has been used; the last digit indicates 1/10 of an hour. (1) Hourmeter BSpeedometer [if equipped] The speedometer indicates the traveling speed. PARKING BParking Brake Lever To avoid personal injury: BEFORE DISMOUNTING VEHICLE A ALWAYS SET PARKING BRAKE AND LOWER ALL IMPLEMENTS TO THE GROUND. Leaving transmission in gear with the engine stopped will not prevent from rolling. A STOP THE ENGINE AND REMOVE THE KEY. 1. Stop the vehicle on a level surface. 2. To set the parking brake, depress the brake pedal and pull the lever to park. 3. To release the parking brake, push release button and push down the parking brake lever. When the parking brake is released, the parking brake warning lamp in the Easy Checker(TM) goes off. (1) Parking brake lever (A) "RELEASE" (2) Release button A If the vehicle is operated with the parking brake applied, the parking brake will be damaged. ACCESSORY B12V Electric Outlet The 12 volt receptacle is located on the front-panel. An auxiliary light or other devices may be connected to this connector. C This outlet is activated when the key switch is in either the "ON" or "OFF" position. When the plug is not used, pull it out. Be careful that leaving the plug inserted causes the battery to run out. C Do not connect a light or other device that draws more than 120 watts to this connector, or the battery may discharge very rapidly or the outlet may fail. A Do not use as a cigarette lighter. A Do not use when wet. BUtility Box OPERATING TECHNIQUES BDifferential Lock To avoid personal injury due to loss of steering control: A Do not operate the vehicle at high speed with differential lock engaged. A Do not attempt to turn with the differential lock engaged. A Be sure to release the differential lock before making a turn in field conditions. If one of the rear wheels should slip, step on the differential lock pedal. Both wheels will then turn together, reducing slippage. Differential lock is maintained while the pedal is depressed or may be held by using differential lock holder. (1) Utility Box C Handling the retaining device for differential lock 1. Pull the differential lock holder while the differential lock pedal is depressed. 2. The differential lock is then maintained even if your foot leaves the pedal. 3. The lock is released when the pedal is depressed again. (1) Differential lock pedal (A) Press to "ENGAGE" (2) Differential lock holder (B) Depress to release again "DISENGAGE" A When using the differential lock, always slow the engine down. A To prevent damage to power train, do not engage differential lock when one wheel is spinning and the other is completely stopped. A If the differential lock cannot be released, stop the vehicle, turn the steering wheel alternately. BDirections for Use of Power Steering 1. Power steering is activated only while the engine is running. While the engine is stopped, the vehicle functions in the same manner as vehicle without power steering. 2. When the steering wheel is turned all the way to the stop, the relief valve is activated. Do not hold the steering wheel in this position for a long period of time. 3. Avoid turning the steering wheel while the vehicle is stopped, or tires may wear out sooner. 4. The power steering mechanism makes the steering easier. Be careful when driving at high speeds. BUnfamiliar Terrain To avoid personal injury: A Be sure to check for hidden obstacles or hazards before driving in a new area. A Keep your speed down until you know the area well. A Use existing trails and stay away from hazardous areas such as steep, rocky slopes or swamps. A Be cautious when visibility is limited, as you may not be able to see obstacles in your path. BDriving in Reverse BDriving in "4WD" To avoid personal injury: A Do not drive in "4WD" on paved surfaces. The maximum traction, shift the range gear shift lever into low range and use "4WD" on steep slopes or when stuck in the mud, with differential locked if necessary. To avoid personal injury: A Turn around, look down and behind you before backing up to be sure there are no obstacles or people in your way. A Depress speed control pedal gradually and back up cautiously. A To stop while driving in reverse take your foot off the speed control pedal and gradually apply the brake. A Do not suddenly engage the brake. BTurning the Vehicle To avoid personal injury: A Reduce vehicle speed before entering the turn and maintain an even speed through the turn. A Do not make sharp turns in order to avoid loss of control or tipping. BHills To avoid personal injury: A Do not turn sideways on a hill, or the vehicle may roll over. A Always go straight up hill or down hill. A Slow down until you can get a clean view of the other side at the crest of a hill. A If the engine stalls on a steep slope, roll slowly straight down, using the brake. A Stop and look for obstacles before descending a hill. BTraversing Hillsides To avoid personal injury: A Reduce vehicles speed to prevent tipping or loss of control. A Do not traverse hillsides that are slippery or covered with rocks or obstacles which may cause you to tip over. BSliding and Skidding To avoid personal injury: A Drive slowly and carefully when you are unsure or unprepared for the surface. A Do not apply heavy braking force or accelerate when skidding to prevent loss of control. A Use 4WD and maintain low speeds on areas covered with clay, mud, ice or snow to prevent uncontrolled skidding. BDriving through Water To avoid personal injury: A Do not drive through water whenever it is possible. A Drive slowly across shallow water and choose a location to enter and exit the water where the banks are not too steep or slippery. A Check before entering for rocks, holes or other obstacles that may cause overturn, stuck or submerged. A Never operate the vehicle in the fast flowing water or in water deeper than the bottom edge of the axle caps. OPERATING HAND THROTTLE [if equipped] A Pull the hand throttle while pushing the button, and the engine speed increases. A Push the hand throttle while pushing the button, and the engine speed decreases. A Fine-tune engine speed by turning the hand throttle. (1) Hand throttle (if equipped) (A) "PUSH" (2) Button "HIGH" "LOW" STATIONARY HYDRAULIC OUTLET [if equipped] To park the Vehicle and use the hydraulic outlet system (for breaker or pump, for example), start the hydraulic outlet system in the following steps. 1. Apply the parking brake and place chocks at the tires. 2. Make sure the shift levers are at "NEUTRAL", and start the engine. 3. Operate the hydraulic outlet lever. (See "HYDRAULIC OUTLET" in "HYDRAULIC OUTLET" section.) 4. Set the engine speed to provide recommended fluid rate. (Refer to the implement operator's manual.) CARGO BED CARGO BED BGeneral Caution A Never carry passengers in the cargo bed. They can be tossed about or even thrown off causing serious injury or death. A Never raise the cargo bed when it is loaded. (if hydraulic dump is not equipped) A Driving with the cargo bed tilted may be hazardous. Always lower the bed and lock the hydraulic lift cylinder lever (if hydraulic dump is equipped) or latch the bed (if hydraulic dump is not equipped) before driving. A Be careful not to put any part of your body, such as hands or arms, between the bed and vehicle. A Drive slowly when it is loaded. BMax. Cargo Load A Maximum Cargo Load (MCL) capacity is 500 kg (1100 lbs). A Never carry loads exceeding the Permissible Cargo Load (PCL). A Max. Cargo load should not exceed "500 kg (1100 lbs.)" or "PCL". PCL = PC - (operator + passenger + opt. + acc. + cabin) weight (PCL: Permissible Cargo Load / PC: Payload Capacity / opt.: option / acc.: accessory) [Payload capacity] Model General purpose Worksite/Orange Worksite/Camo Worksite/Utility Turf Utility Payload capacity kg (lbs.) 775 (1708) 750 (1653) 755 (1664) 720 (1587) 715 (1576) BCargo Bed Tailgate A TO AVOID TAILGATE DAMAGE: Remove the rear trailer hitch when wire loop is removed and cargo bed is raised. To avoid personal injury: A Do not apply a load to the tailgate while the tailgate is open, or the wire loop may break. A Do not place fingers or hands between the tailgate and the arm (latch) when closing, or fingers or hands may be pinched. For loading and unloading, the tailgate of the cargo bed can be opened. The tailgate is held level to the cargo bed floor with wire loops. Do not move the vehicle with the tailgate fully lowered. In a fully lowered position, the tailgate may obstruct the vehicle tail lamps and damage them by swinging motion. 1. Raise the arms (latch) at each end of the tailgate and open the tailgate. 2. Close the tailgate by lifting it and pushing it firmly closed. Push the arms (latch) down to make sure the latches stay securely closed. (1) Tailgate (2) Arm (latch) (3) Wire loop BRaising and Lowering the Cargo Bed [if hydraulic dump is equipped] To avoid personal injury; A Make sure the vehicle is on a firm, level surface and the parking brake is applied before raising the cargo bed. A If the vehicle is facing uphill with cargo bed raised, the weight of the cargo bed may cause the vehicle tip. A When servicing under raised bed with lift cylinder, make sure safety support is properly mounted. C To raise the cargo bed 1. Start engine. 2. Release the restricting plate. 3. Pull up the hydraulic lift cylinder lever to raise the cargo bed. 4. Return the hydraulic lift cylinder lever to the "NEUTRAL" position immediately after raising the cargo bed. C To lower the cargo bed 1. Shift the hydraulic lift cylinder lever to the "DOWN" position and then lower the cargo bed. 2. After making sure that the bed has been lowered to the lowest position, return the lever to the "NEUTRAL" position and then lock the lever with the restricting plate. C Using the "FLOAT" position 1. If the cargo bed cannot be raised or lowered due to trouble with the engine or hydraulic system, shift the lever to the "FLOAT" position. The cargo bed can be raised or lowered manually. (1) Hydraulic lift cylinder lever (A) "UP" (if equipped) (N) "NEUTRAL" (2) Restricting plate (if equipped) (B) "DOWN" (3) Knob bolt (if equipped) (C) "FLOAT with Detent" (1) Safety support HYDRAULIC OUTLET HYDRAULIC OUTLET [if equipped] BHydraulic Outlet Lever To avoid personal injury: A Leaving the vehicle while the engine runs requires shifting the range gear shift lever to the "NEUTRAL" position, and locking the parking brake lever firmly. C Steps for operation 1. Check the outlet and return directions of the hydraulic coupler and then connect the hydraulic hose. 2. Make sure that the hydraulic lever at the side of the working vehicle is in the "NEUTRAL" position. 3. Shift the hydraulic outlet lever to the "ON" position (detended). 4. Operate the hand throttle, to adjust oil volume for implements. 5. Return the hydraulic outlet lever to the "OFF" position after use, and lock it with the restricting plate. (1) Hydraulic outlet lever (if equipped) (A) "ON" (Detent position) (2) Restricting plate (if equipped) (B) "OFF" (3) Knob bolt (if equipped) Lever Push (ON) Pull (OFF) Port A In In B Out In A Do not hold the lever in the "PULL" or "PUSH" position once the remote cylinder has reached the end of its stroke, as this will cause oil to flow through the relief valve. Forcing oil through the relief valve for extended periods will overheat the oil. A Continuing to use the lever may cause oil temperature to rise excessively. The use of oil at a high temperature causes the seals to become damaged and fail. A Shift the hydraulic outlet lever to the "OFF" position and then stop the engine. A Because of the safety devices, the engine will not start except when the hydraulic outlet lever is placed in the "OFF" position and range gear shift lever is placed in the "NEUTRAL" position. BHydraulic Outlet Valve Coupler Connecting and Disconnecting To avoid personal injury: A Stop the engine and relieve pressure before connecting or disconnecting lines. A Do not use your hand to check for leaks. A Make sure couplers are locked securely after connecting them. A Always wear protective gloves when handling hydraulic tools, hoses and couplers. C Connecting 1. Remove dust plugs. 2. Clean both couplers. 3. Insert the implement coupler to the vehicle hydraulic coupler. 4. Pull the implement coupler slightly to make sure couplers are firmly connected. 5. Turn the ring of the female coupler to the "LOCK" position as shown in the following figure. (1) Ring of female coupler (A) "UNLOCK" position (2) Male coupler (B) "LOCK" position C Disconnecting 1. Lower the implement first to the ground to relieve hydraulic pressure in the hoses. 2. Clean the couplers. 3. Relieve pressure by moving hydraulic control levers with engine shut off. 4. Turn the ring of the female coupler to the "UNLOCK" position as shown in the following figure. 5. Pull the hose straight from the hydraulic coupler while pulling the ring to release it. 6. Clean oil and dust from the coupler, then replace the dust plugs. (1) Ring of female coupler (A) "UNLOCK" position (2) Male coupler A Your local KUBOTA Dealer can supply parts to adapt couplers to hydraulic hoses. TIRES AND WHEELS TIRES BTire Type and Use C Heavy duty work site tire To avoid personal injury: A Do not attempt to mount a tire on a rim. This should be done by a qualified person with the proper equipment. A Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate tires above the recommended pressure shown in the operator's manual. A Do not use tires other than those approved by KUBOTA. BInflation Pressure Though the tire pressure is factory-set to the prescribed level, it naturally drops slowly in the course of time. Thus, check it everyday and inflate as necessary. Tire sizes Inflation Pressure 25 x 10 - 12 HDWS, Front & Rear 25 x 12 - 12 Turf, Front & Rear 140 kPa (1.4 kgf/cm , 20 psi) 25 x 10 - 12 ATV, Front 25 x 11 - 12 ATV, Rear WHEELS To avoid personal injury: A Support vehicle securely on stands before removing a wheel. A Never operate vehicle with loose wheel bolts. A When re-fitting a wheel, tighten the bolts to the following torques then recheck after driving the vehicle 200 m (200 yards) and thereafter according to service interval. (1) Torque wheel bolts to 75 to 90 N-m (7.6 to 9.2 kgf-m) (55.3 to 66.4 ft-lbs.) TOWING AND TRANSPORTING TOWING AND TRANSPORTING BRear Trailer Hitch [if equipped] A Always tow a load slowly enough to maintain control and avoid tipping. A To provide adequate braking ability and traction, do not tow a load unless vehicle cargo bed is loaded or attachment is installed. A Attach a trailer to the trailer hitch only. The rear trailer hitch load is referred to "VEHICLE LIMITATIONS" section. When towing other equipment, use a safety chain. BFront Trailer Hitch [if equipped] A Do not tow this vehicle unless all the functions of the vehicle are properly working, since the malfunction of steering operation or braking may cause an accident. Use the front trailer hitch for greater maneuverability in confined areas such as a barn. The front trailer hitch load is referred to "VEHICLE LIMITATIONS" section. BWinch Mount Bracket Mounting the optional winch always requires reading the instruction manual attached to the winch thoroughly before using it. BTransporting Vehicle Pay attention to the points below when transporting the vehicle. 1. Use a suitable truck or trailer. 2. Apply the parking brake and place chocks against the front and rear tires. 3. Secure the portions of the vehicle, which are shown in the figure below, by using strong straps or chains. (1) Pipe frame (2) Heavy-duty strap MAINTENANCE A Be sure you have sufficient knowledge, experience, the proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any vehicle maintenance task. A If you don't have the knowledge and equipment which are necessary to perform the maintenance task, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer. A Have your local KUBOTA Dealer perform inspection items which are marked *4 in the chart below. SERVICE INTERVALS A The jobs indicated by must be done after the first 50 hours of operation. *1 Air cleaner should be cleaned more often in dusty conditions than in normal conditions. *2 Every year or every 6 times of cleaning. *3 Replace only if necessary. *4 Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. *5 When the battery is used for less than 100 hours per year, check the battery condition by reading the indicator annually. A The items listed below (@marked) are registered as emission related critical parts by KUBOTA in the U.S.EPA non road emission regulation. As the engine owner, you are responsible for the performance of the required maintenance on the engine according to the below instruction. Please see Warranty Statement in detail. No. Items Indication of Hour Meter After 700 hrs Ref. Page 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 1 Engine start system Check every 50 hrs 56 2 Greasing Apply every 50 hrs 55 3 Engine oil Change every 200 hrs 66 4 Muffler [Spark arrester] Clean every 100 hrs 63 5 Wheel bolt torque Check every 100 hrs 58 6 Battery condition Check every 100 hrs 61 *5 7 Alternator belt Adjust every 100 hrs 59 8 VHT neutral spring Check every 100 hrs 57 9 VHT pressure release Check every 100 hrs 57 *4 10 Toe-in Adjust every 100 hrs 62 11 Fuel filter element Check every 100 hrs 60 @ Replace every 500 hrs 79 *4 No. Items Indication of Hour Meter After 700 hrs Ref. Page 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 12 Fuel line Check every 100 hrs 60 @ Replace every 2 years 81 *3 13 Air cleaner element Clean every 100 hrs 59 *1 @ Replace every 1 year 79 *2 14 Air cleaner element [Hydraulic utility valve equipped model] Clean every 150 hrs 64 *1 @ Replace every 1 year 79 *2 15 Engine oil filter Replace every 200 hrs 65 16 Transmission oil filter (HST) (Yellow color) Replace every 200 hrs 67 17 Transmission oil filter (Suction) (Orange color) Replace every 200 hrs 68 18 Brake pedal Check every 200 hrs 71 *4 19 Parking brake lever Adjust every 200 hrs 65 20 Brake light switch Check every 200 hrs 72 21 Front brake case Check every 200 hrs 72 22 Power steering oil Change every 200 hrs 74 23 Hydraulic lift oil Change every 200 hrs 69 24 Hydraulic auxiliary tank oil [Hydraulic utility valve equipped model] Change every 200 hrs 70 25 Hydraulic auxiliary oil line [Hydraulic utility valve equipped model] Check every 200 hrs 75 26 Hydraulic auxiliary tank oil filter [Hydraulic utility valve equipped model] Replace every 400 hrs 77 27 Radiator hose and clamp Check every 200 hrs 72 Replace every 2 years 81 28 Power steering oil line Check every 200 hrs 73 Replace every 2 years 81 *4 No. Items Indication of Hour Meter After 700 hrs Ref. Page 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 29 Intake air line Check every 200 hrs 75 @ Replace every 2 years 81 *3 30 Engine breather hose Replace every 2 years 81 *4 31 Brake hose & pipe Check every 200 hrs 71 Replace every 4 years 81 *4 32 Tire wear Check every 300 hrs 76 33 Transmission fluid Change every 400 hrs 76 34 Front axle case oil Change every 400 hrs 78 35 Knuckle case oil Change every 400 hrs 76 36 Engine valve clearance Adjust every 800 hrs 79 *4 37 Fuel injection nozzle Injection pressure Check every 1500 hrs 79 *4 @ 38 Injection pump Check every 3000 hrs 79 *4 @ 39 Brake Master cylinder (inner parts) Replace every 2 years 81 *4 40 Brake fluid Change every 2 years 79 *4 41 Remote hydraulic hose Replace every 2 years 81 *4 42 Rear brake cylinder seal Replace every 2 years 81 *4 43 Front brake seal Replace every 2 years 81 *4 44 Cooling system Flash every 2 years 79 45 Coolant Change every 2 years 79 46 Fuel system Bleed Service as required 81 47 Fuse Replace 81 48 Light bulb Replace 83 49 Oil cooler net [Hydraulic utility valve equipped model] Clean 83 LUBRICANTS, FUEL AND COOLANT No. Locations Capacities Lubricants 1 Fuel 28 L (7.4 U.S.gals.) No. 2-D diesel fuel No. 1-D diesel fuel if temperature is below -10 (14 ) 2 Coolant (with reserve tank) 4.0 L (4.2 U.S.qts.) Fresh clean water with anti-freeze 3 Engine crankcase [Filter exchanged] 3.1 L (3.3 U.S.qts.) [Filter non-exchanged] 2.7 L (2.9 U.S.qts.) Engine oil: API Service Classification CD, CE or CF Above 25 (77 ) SAE30, SAE10W-30 or 15W-40 0 to 25 (32 to 77 ) SAE20, SAE10W-30 or 15W-40 Below 0 (32 ) SAE10W, SAE10W-30 4 Transmission case 10 L (2.6 U.S.gals.) KUBOTA UDT or SUPER UDT fluid* 5 Front axle case 0.6 L (0.6 U.S.qts.) KUBOTA UDT or SUPER UDT fluid* 6 Knuckle case Ref. 0.15 L (0.16 U.S.qts.) KUBOTA UDT or SUPER UDT fluid* 7 Brake fluid (reservoir and lines) 0.4 L (0.4 U.S.qts.) KUBOTA DOT3 GENUINE BRAKE FLUID 8 Hydraulic lift oil [Hydraulic dumping equipped model) 8.0 L (8.5 U.S.qts.) KUBOTA UDT or SUPER UDT fluid* Hydraulic auxiliary tank oil [Hydraulic utility valve equipped model] 17.0 L (18.0 U.S.qts.) 9 Power steering oil 5.9 L (6.2 U.S.qts.) Greasing No. of greasing points Capacity Type of grease Parking brake linkage 4 moderate amount Multipurpose EP2 Grease (NLGI Grade No. 2) Battery terminal 2 Cargo lift cylinder pivot 2 Cargo bed pivot 2 VHT link 2 Until grease overflows Range gear shift lever pivot 1 moderate amount 4WD lever pivot 2 Rear drive shaft 2 VHT pressure release 2 Throttle cable 1 Antirust silicone grease Hand throttle cable [Hydraulic utility valve equipped model] --­ *KUBOTA UDT or SUPER UDT fluid --- KUBOTA original transmission hydraulic fluid For North American market A Oil used in the engine should have an American Petroleum Institute (API) service classification and Proper SAE Engine Oil according to the ambient temperatures as shown above: A Refer to the following table for the suitable API classification engine oil according to the engine type (with internal EGR, external EGR or non-EGR) and the fuel. Fuel used Engine oil classification (API classification) Oil class of engines except external EGR Oil class of engines with external EGR Ultra Low Sulfur Fuel [<0.0015% (15 ppm)] CF, CF-4, CG-4, CH-4 or CI-4 CF or CI-4 (Class CF-4, CG-4 and CH-4 engine oils cannot be used on EGR type engines) EGR: Exhaust Gas Re-circulation A The CJ-4 engine oil is intended for DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) type engines, and cannot be used on this vehicle. except external EGR with external EGR Model RTV900 --­ C Fuel: A Cetane number of 45 minimum. Cetane number greater than 50 is preferred, especially for temperatures below -20 (-4 ) or elevations above 1500 m (5000 ft). A Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 are recommended. A No.2-D is a distillate fuel of lower volatility for engines in industrial and heavy mobile service. (SAE J313 JUN87) C Transmission Oil: The oil used to lubricate the transmission is also used as hydraulic fluid. To insure proper operation of the hydraulic system and to complete lubrication of the transmission, it is important that a multi-grade transmission fluid is used in this system. We recommend the use of KUBOTA UDT or SUPER UDT fluid for optimum protection and performance. (Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for further detail.) Do not mix different brands together. C Brake fluid: Always use KUBOTA DOT3 GENUINE BRAKE FLUID from a sealed container. If it is not available, you should use only DOT3 fluid as a temporary replacement from a sealed container. However, the use of any non-KUBOTA brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system. Have the brake system flushed and refilled with KUBOTA DOT3 GENUINE BRAKE FLUID as soon as possible. A Indicated capacities of water and oil are manufacturer's estimate. For other than North American market A Oil used in the engine should have an American Petroleum Institute (API) service classification and Proper SAE Engine Oil according to the ambient temperatures as shown above: A With the emission control now in effect, the CF-4 and CG-4 lubricating oils have been developed for use of a low-sulfur fuel on on-road vehicle engines. When an off-road vehicle engine runs on a high-sulfur fuel, it is advisable to employ the "CF or better" lubricating oil with a high Total Base Number (TBN of 10 minimum). A Refer to the following table for the suitable API classification engine oil according to the engine type (with internal EGR, external EGR or non-EGR) and the fuel (low-sulfur or high-sulfur fuel). Fuel used Engine oil classification (API classification) Oil class of engines except external EGR Oil class of engines with external EGR High Sulfur Fuel [ 0.05% (500 ppm)] CF (If the "CF-4, CG-4, CH-4 or CI-4" lubricating oil is used with a high-sulfur fuel, change the lubricating oil at shorter intervals. (approximately half)) --­ Low Sulfur Fuel [<0.05% (500 ppm)] or Ultra Low Sulfur Fuel [<0.0015% (15 ppm)] CF, CF-4, CG-4, CH-4 or CI-4 CF or CI-4 (Class CF-4, CG-4 and CH-4 engine oils cannot be used on EGR type engines) EGR: Exhaust Gas Re-circulation A The CJ-4 engine oil is intended for DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) type engines, and cannot be used on this vehicle. except external EGR with external EGR Model RTV900 --­ C Fuel: A Cetane number of 45 minimum. Cetane number greater than 50 is preferred, especially for temperatures below -20 or elevations above 1500 m. A If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5% (5000 ppm) sulfur content is used, reduce the service interval for engine oil and filter by 50%. A NEVER use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.05% (500 ppm) for EXTERNAL EGR type engine. A DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 1.0% (10000 ppm). A Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 are recommended. A No.2-D is a distillate fuel of lower volatility for engines in industrial and heavy mobile service. (SAE J313 JUN87) C Transmission Oil: The oil used to lubricate the transmission is also used as hydraulic fluid. To insure proper operation of the hydraulic system and to complete lubrication of the transmission, it is important that a multi-grade transmission fluid is used in this system. We recommend the use of KUBOTA UDT or SUPER UDT fluid for optimum protection and performance. (Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for further detail.) Do not mix different brands together. C Brake fluid: Always use KUBOTA DOT3 GENUINE BRAKE FLUID from a sealed container. If it is not available, you should use only DOT3 fluid as a temporary replacement from a sealed container. However, the use of any non-KUBOTA brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system. Have the brake system flushed and refilled with KUBOTA DOT3 GENUINE BRAKE FLUID as soon as possible. A Indicated capacities of water and oil are manufacturer's estimate. PERIODIC SERVICE To avoid personal injury: A Do not work under any hydraulically supported devices. They can settle, suddenly leak down, or be accidentally lowered. If necessary to work under vehicle or any vehicle elements for servicing or adjustment, securely support them with stands or suitable blocking beforehand. HOW TO OPEN THE HOOD AND TILT THE SEAT To avoid personal injury from contact with moving parts; A Never open the operator's seat while the engine is running. BOperator's Seat A Support hood with other hand while unlocking support link. To open the seat, raise the seat to the forward position. BHood To open the hood, pull up the latch lever to release the latch and open the hood. (1) Latch lever (A) "RELEASE" (2) Hood A To close the hood, hold the hood and release the support link and press-fit the hood into position with both hands. HOW TO RAISE THE CARGO BED To avoid personal injury: A When servicing under raised bed, make sure safety support is properly mounted. A Do not touch muffler or exhaust pipes while they are hot; Severe burns could result. BRaising and Lowering the Cargo Bed [if equipped with hydraulic dump] C To raise the cargo bed 1. Apply the parking brake and start the engine. 2. Release the restricting plate. 3. Pull up the hydraulic lift cylinder lever to raise the cargo bed. 4. When the cargo bed has been raised, return the lever to the "NEUTRAL" position. 5. Stop the engine. 6. Mount the safety support. C To lower the cargo bed 1. Start the engine and then lift the bed slightly by operating the lever. 2. Remove the safety support and store it in the given location. 3. Lower the lever to the "DOWN" position to lower the bed. 4. After making sure that the bed has lowered to the lowest position, return the lever to the "NEUTRAL" position and lock it by the restricting plate. A To raise or lower the cargo bed when the engine does not start or the hydraulics are not operating, shift the lever to the "FLOAT" position and raise or lower the bed manually. (1) Hydraulic lift cylinder lever (A) "UP" (if equipped) (N) "NEUTRAL" (2) Restricting plate (if equipped) (B) "DOWN" (3) Knob bolt (if equipped) (C) "FLOAT with Detent" (1) Safety support BRaising and Lowering the Cargo Bed [without hydraulic dump] To avoid personal injury: A Always lower and latch the bed before driving. A Be careful not to catch any part of your body, such as hands or arms, between the bed and cab frame or vehicle frame when lifting and lowering the bed. To prevent injury, use only the handgrips provided. The cargo bed may be tilted by releasing the latches on each side, and then lifting the bed with the handgrips. Support the bed in the raised position with the propping rod. (1) Latch (A) "LOCK" (2) Handgrip (B) "RELEASE" (1) Propping rod JACK-UP POINT To avoid personal injury, death or vehicle damage: A Do not work under the vehicle unless it is secured by safe stands or suitable blocking. BFront End Jack up at the front bumper only. BRear End Jack up the rear side after placing a wooden block under the right and left pipe frames for securing the engine and then supporting it. Do not jack it up supporting the steel plate portion under the engine directly. DAILY CHECK For your own safety and maximum service life of the vehicle, make a thorough daily inspection before operating the vehicle to start the engine. To avoid personal injury: A Be sure to check and service the vehicle on a flat surface with the engine shut off and the parking brake "ON". BWalk Around Inspection Look around and under the vehicle for such items as loose bolts, trash build-up, oil or coolant leaks, broken or worn parts. BChecking and Refueling To avoid personal injury: A Do not smoke while refueling. A Be sure to stop the engine before refueling. 1. Turn the key switch to "ON", check the amount of fuel by fuel gauge. 2. Fill fuel tank when fuel gauge shows 1/4 or less fuel in tank. 3. Use grade No.2-Diesel fuel at temperatures above -10 (14 ). Use grade No.1-Diesel fuel at temperatures below -10 (14 ). (1) Fuel tank cap A Do not permit dirt or trash to get into the fuel system. A Be careful not to let the fuel tank become empty, otherwise air will enter the fuel system, necessitating bleeding before next engine start. A Be careful not to spill during refueling. If should spill, wipe it off at once, or it may cause a fire. A To prevent water condensation from accumulating in the fuel tank, fill the tank before parking overnight. BChecking Engine Oil Level To avoid personal injury: A Be sure to stop the engine before checking the oil level. 1. Park the vehicle on a flat surface and raise the cargo bed. 2. Check engine oil before starting the engine or 5 minutes or more after the engine has stopped. 3. To check the oil level, draw out the dipstick, wipe it clean, replace it, and draw it out again. Check to see that the oil level lies between the two notches. If the level is too low, add new oil to the prescribed level at the oil inlet. (See "LUBRICANTS, FUEL AND COOLANT" in "MAINTENANCE" section.) (1) Oil inlet (A) Oil level is acceptable within this range. (2) Dipstick A When using an oil of different maker or viscosity from the previous one, remove all of the old oil. Never mix two different types of oil. A If oil level is low, do not run engine. BChecking Transmission Fluid Level 1. Park the vehicle on a flat surface, raise the cargo bed and shut off engine. 2. To check the oil level, draw out the dipstick, wipe it clean, replace it, and draw it out again. Check to see that the oil level lies between the two notches. If the level is too low, add new oil to the prescribed level at the oil inlet. (See "LUBRICANTS, FUEL AND COOLANT" in "MAINTENANCE" section.) (1) Oil inlet (A) Oil level is acceptable within this range. (2) Dipstick A If oil level is low, do not run engine. BChecking Power Steering Oil Tank Level 1. Park the vehicle on a flat surface. 2. Check to see that the oil level is between the "H" and "L" marks on the oil tank. If the level is too low, add new oil to the "H" mark. (See "LUBRICANTS, FUEL AND COOLANT" in "MAINTENANCE" section.) A If oil level is low, do not run engine. BChecking Hydraulic Lift Oil Tank Level [Hydraulic dumping system model] 1. Park the vehicle on a flat surface. 2. Raise the cargo bed and mount the safety support. (See "HOW TO RAISE THE CARGO BED" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) 3. To check the oil level, remove the dipstick, wipe it clean, screw it into filling hole and remove dipstick again. If the level is too low, add new oil to the prescribed level at the oil inlet. (See "LUBRICANTS, FUEL AND COOLANT" in "MAINTENANCE" section.) A If oil level is low, do not run engine. BChecking Hydraulic Auxiliary Tank Oil Level [Hydraulic utility valve equipped model] 1. Park the vehicle on a firm, flat and level surface. 2. Raise the cargo bed and mount the safety support. (See "HOW TO RAISE THE CARGO BED" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) 3. To check the oil level, draw out the dipstick, wipe it clean, replace it, and draw it out again. Check to see that the oil level lies between the range. If the level is too low, add new oil to the prescribed level at the filling plug. (See "LUBRICANTS, FUEL AND COOLANT" in "MAINTENANCE" section.) (1) Filling plug (2) Dipstick BCleaning Oil Cooler Net [Hydraulic utility valve equipped model] To avoid personal injury: A Allow oil cooler or oil line parts to cool down sufficiently, they can be hot and can cause injury. 1. Park the vehicle on a flat surface, lower the cargo bed, shut off the engine and turn the key to the "OFF" position. If the key switch is "ON", the oil cooler fan may start to rotate suddenly. 2. Take off the oil cooler net from the lower side and remove all trash. (1) Oil cooler net BChecking Coolant Level BCleaning Radiator Screen To avoid personal injury: A Be sure to stop the engine before removing the screen. 1. Park the vehicle on a flat surface and raise the seat. 2. Detach the screen and remove all foreign materials. (1) Radiator screen (A) "DETACH" (2) Cover A Radiator screen must be clean from debris to prevent engine from overheating. To avoid personal injury: A Do not remove radiator cap while coolant is hot. When cool, slowly rotate cap to the first stop and allow sufficient time for excess pressure to escape before removing the cap completely. 1. Park the vehicle on a flat surface and raise the seat. 2. Check to see that the coolant level is between the "FULL" and "LOW" marks of recovery tank. 3. When the coolant level drops due to evaporation, add water only up to the full level. In case of leakage, add anti-freeze and water in the specified mixing ratio up to the full level. (See "Flush Cooling System and Changing Coolant" in "EVERY 2 YEARS" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) A If the radiator cap has to be removed, follow the caution above and securely retighten the cap. A Use clean, fresh water and anti-freeze to fill the recovery tank. A If water should leak, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer. BChecking Brake Fluid Level BChecking Brake Pedal To avoid personal injury: A Stop the engine and chock the wheels before checking brake pedal. 1. Inspect the brake pedals for free travel, and smooth operation. 2. Adjust if incorrect measurement is found: (See "Checking Brake Pedal" in "EVERY 200 HOURS" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) To avoid personal injury: A Never operate the vehicle, if the brake fluid is below the "MIN" mark. A Use only KUBOTA DOT3 GENUINE BRAKE FLUID from a sealed container. Using other type of oil ruins synthetic resin or rubber installed in brake system components, and may cause brake failure. A Avoid contamination of the brake fluid. Thoroughly clean area around the filler cap before removing. Do not open the brake fluid reservoir cap unless absolutely necessary. A Use extreme care when filling the reservoir. If brake fluid is spilled on power steering hose, wash off with water immediately. Brake fluid quickly ruins synthetic resin or rubber hoses. 1. Park the vehicle on a level ground and open the hood. 2. Check to see that the brake fluid level is between the "MAX" and "MIN" marks. 3. If it is below the "MIN" mark, add brake fluid to the "MAX" mark. BChecking Parking Brake Pull the parking brake lever to apply the brakes. With the key switch at "ON" position, the parking brake indicator on the instrument panel lights up. To release the brakes, push in the button at the tip of the parking brake lever and tilt down the lever. A Make sure the parking brake warning lamp on the Easy Checker(TM) goes off when parking brake lever is down. (1) Parking brake lever (A) "PULL" (2) Release button (B) "RELEASE" BChecking Gauges, Meter and Easy Checker(TM) 1. Inspect the instrument panel for broken gauge(s), meter(s) and Easy Checker(TM) lamps. 2. Replace if broken. BChecking Head Light, Turn Signal Light etc. 1. Inspect the lights for broken bulbs and lenses. 2. Replace if broken. BChecking Seat Belt and ROPS 1. Always check condition of seat belt and ROPS attaching hardware before operating vehicle. 2. Replace if damaged. BChecking Joint Boot 1. Check to see if the joint boots are not damaged. 2. If the boots are cuts, cracked or shows signs of deterioration, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer. BChecking Tire Inflation Pressure Though the tire pressure is factory-set to the prescribed level, it naturally drops slowly in the course of time. Thus, check it everyday and inflate as necessary. Tire sizes Inflation Pressure 25 x 10 - 12 HDWS, Front & Rear 25 x 12 - 12 Turf, Front & Rear 140 kPa (1.4 kgf/cm , 20 psi) 25 x 10 - 12 ATV, Front 25 x 11 - 12 ATV, Rear BChecking Backup Beeper [if equipped] 1. Sit on the operator's seat. 2. Set the parking brake and stop the engine. 3. Shift the range gear shift lever to the "NEUTRAL" position. 4. Turn the key to "ON" position. 5. Shift the range gear shift lever to the "REVERSE" position. 6. If the backup beeper does not beep, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer. (1) Range gear shift lever (R) "REVERSE" (2) Backup beeper (if equipped) EVERY 50 HOURS BGreasing Apply a small amount of multi-purpose grease to the following points every 50 hours: If you operated the vehicle in extremely wet and muddy conditions, lubricate grease fittings more often. (1) Cargo lift cylinder pivot (if equipped)(spray type grease) (2) Cargo bed pivot (spray type grease) (1) Rear drive shaft (Grease fitting) (1) Rear drive shaft (Grease fitting) BOiling BChecking Engine Start System To avoid personal injury: A Do not allow anyone near the vehicle while testing. A If the vehicle does not pass the test do not operate the vehicle. C Preparation before testing. 1. Place all control levers in the "NEUTRAL" position. 2. Set the parking brake and stop the engine. (1) VHT pressure release (Grease fitting) C Test: Range gear shift lever safety switch 1. Sit on the operator's seat. 2. Shift the range gear shift lever to H, M, L or reverse position. 3. Return the Speed control pedal to the "NEUTRAL" position. 4. Shift the hydraulic lift cylinder lever to the "NEUTRAL" position (if equipped). 5. Turn the key to "START" position. 6. The engine must not crank. 7. If it cranks, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. C Test: Hydraulic outlet lever safety switch (if equipped) 1. Sit on the operator's seat. 2. Shift the hydraulic outlet lever to "ON" position. 3. Return the Speed control pedal to the "NEUTRAL" position. 4. Shift the range gear shift lever to the "NEUTRAL" position. 5. Shift the hydraulic lift cylinder lever to the "NEUTRAL" position (if equipped). 6. Turn the key to "START" position. 7. The engine must not crank. 8. If it cranks, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for service. (1) Range gear shift lever (2) Hydraulic outlet lever (if equipped) (3) Hydraulic lift cylinder lever (if equipped) (4) Speed control pedal EVERY 100 HOURS BChecking VHT Neutral Spring 1. Park the vehicle on a flat place. 2. Set the parking brake. 3. Shift the range gear shift lever to the neutral position. 4. Lock the hydraulic lift cylinder lever to "NEUTRAL" position with restricting plate (if equipped). 5. Start the engine. 6. Make sure that the rotation speed of the engine returns to the idling rotation immediately when taking the foot off the pedal, after depressing the speed control pedal several times. If the above does not occur immediately, consult your local KUBOTA dealer for this service. BChecking VHT Pressure Release To avoid personal injury: A Do not touch muffler or exhaust pipes while they are hot; severe burns could result. 1. Park the vehicle on a level ground and set the parking brake. 2. Start the engine and shut off it soon. 3. Check the points as shown in the figures below. 4. If the result corresponds to either of the following (a) or (b), consult your local KUBOTA Dealer. (a) The clearance (x) is more than 1 mm. (b) Spring needs adjusting. (1) VHT pressure release arm (2) VHT pressure release valve (1) Spring BChecking Wheel Bolt Torque To avoid personal injury: A Never operate vehicle with a loose wheel bolts. A Any time bolts are loosened, retighten to the specified torque. A Check all bolts frequently and keep them tight. Check wheel bolts regularly especially when new. If they are loose, tighten them as follows. (1) Torque wheel bolts to 75 to 90 N-m (7.6to 9.2 kgf-m) (55.3 to 66.4 ft-lbs.) BCleaning Air Cleaner Primary Element 1. Remove the air cleaner cover and primary element. 2. Clean the primary element: (1) When dry dust adheres to the element, blow compressed air from the inside, turning the element. Pressure of compressed air must be under 205 kPa (2.1 kgf/cm , 30 psi). (2) When carbon or oil adheres to the element, soak the element in detergent for 15 minutes then wash it several times in water, rinse with clean water and dry it naturally. After element is fully dried, inspect inside of the element with a light and check if it is damaged or not. 3. Replace the primary element: Once yearly or after every sixth cleaning, whichever comes first. A Check to see if the evacuator valve is blocked with dust. A Check the rubber seal. Replace if damaged. A The air cleaner uses a dry element, never apply oil. A Do not run the engine with filter element removed. A Be sure to refit the cover with the arrow (on the rear of cover) upright. If the cover is improperly fitted, evacuator valve will not function and dust will adhere to the element. A Do not touch the secondary element except in cases where replacing is required. (See "Replacing Air Cleaner Secondary Element" in "EVERY 1 YEAR" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) C Evacuator Valve Open the evacuator valve once a week under ordinary conditions - or daily when used in a dusty place - to get rid of large particles of dust and dirt. BAdjusting Alternator Belt Tension To avoid personal injury: A Be sure to stop the engine before checking belt tension. 1. Park the vehicle on a flat surface and raise the cargo bed. 2. Stop the engine and remove the key. 3. Apply moderate thumb pressure to belt between pulleys. 4. If tension is incorrect, loosen the alternator mounting bolts and, using a lever placed between the alternator and the engine block, pull the alternator out until the deflection of the belt falls within acceptable limits. 5. Replace alternator belt if it is damaged. BChecking Fuel Line and Fuel Filter To avoid personal injury: A Be sure to stop the engine and remove the key when attempting to make the following checks and changes. A Never fail to check the fuel lines periodically. The fuel lines are subject to wear and aging. Fuel may leak out onto the running engine, causing a fire. The fuel line connections should be checked annually or every 100 service hours, whichever comes first. 1. Park the vehicle on a flat surface and raise the cargo bed. 2. The fuel line is made of rubber and ages regardless of service period. 3. If the fuel line and clamps are found to be damaged or deteriorated, replace them. 4. Check fuel filter, if it is clogged by debris or contaminated with water, replace it. A When the fuel line is disconnected for maintenance or repair, close both ends of the fuel line with a piece of clean cloth or paper to prevent dust and dirt from entering. In addition, particular care must be taken not to admit dust and dirt into the fuel pump. Entrance of even a small amount of dust or dirt cause premature wear and malfunction of the fuel pump and injector components. BChecking Battery Condition For the refillable type battery, follow the instructions below. A Do not use or charge the refillable type battery if the fluid level is below the LOWER (lower limit level) mark. Otherwise, the battery component parts may prematurely deteriorate, which may shorten the battery's service life or cause an explosion. Check the fluid level regularly and add distilled water as required so that the fluid level is between the UPPER and LOWER levels. A Never remove the vent caps while the engine is running. A Keep electrolyte away from eyes, hands and clothes. If you are spattered with it, wash it away completely with water immediately and get medical attention. A Wear eye protection and rubber gloves when working around the battery. The factory-installed battery is non-refillable type. If the battery is weak, charge the battery or replace it with new one. 1. To slow charge the battery, connect the battery positive terminal to the charger positive terminal and the negative to the negative, then recharge in the standard fashion. 2. A boost charge is only for emergencies. It will partially charge the battery at a high rate and in a short time. When using a boost-charged battery, it is necessary to recharge the battery as early as possible. Failure to do this will shorten the battery's service life. 3. When exchanging an old battery for a new one, use battery of equal specification shown in table 1. C Battery Charging A When the battery is being activated, hydrogen and oxygen gases in the battery are extremely explosive. Keep open sparks and flames away from the battery at all times, especially when charging the battery. A When charging the battery, ensure the vent caps are securely in place. (if equipped) A When disconnecting the cable from the battery, start with the negative terminal first. When connecting the cable to the battery, start with the positive terminal first. A Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer. Reserve Cold Cranking Normal Charging Capacity (min) Amps Rate (A) 80 535 6.5 C Direction for Storage 1. When storing the vehicle for a long period, remove the battery from vehicle, adjust the electrolyte to the proper level (refillable type only) and store in a dry place out of direct sunlight. 2. The battery self-discharges while it is stored. Recharge it once every three months in hot seasons and once every six months in cold seasons. C Adjusting procedures BAdjusting Toe-in 1. Loosen the lock nut and turn the tie rod to adjust the rod length until the proper toe-in measurement is obtained. 2. Retighten the lock nut. 1. Park vehicle on a flat place. 2. Turn steering wheel so front wheels are in the straight ahead position. 3. Lock the park brake and stop the engine. 4. Measure distance between tire beads at front of tire, at hub height. 5. Measure distance between tire beads at rear of tire, at hub height. 6. Front distance should be shorter than rear distance. If not, adjust tie rod length. A Keep the length of the left and right tie-rod equal. (A) Wheel - to - wheel distance at rear (B) Wheel - to - wheel distance at front (C) "FRONT" BCleaning Muffler To avoid personal injury: A Before touching any part of an exhaust system, be absolutely sure that it has sufficient time to cool ! A Always wear safety goggles and a (face) mask. A The particulate matter contained in the muffler contains chemicals that are harmful to people, animals and marine life. A If you are unable to do this work, have it done by your KUBOTA Dealer. C Cleaning spark arrester of muffler This screen type spark arrester was examined, tested, and qualified in accordance with the USDA Forest Service Standard 5100-1c, "Spark Arresters for Internal Combustion Engines" for the RTV900. Maintenance & cleanout procedure: The screen type spark arrester should be removed, cleaned, and inspected after every 100 hours of use. 1. The spark arrester is located inside of the exhaust pipe, and is fastened with two bolts. 2. Unfasten the bolts and remove the spark arrester. 3. Shake loosened particles out of the screen assembly and lightly clean the screen with wire brush. Soak in solvent and again clean with wire brush if necessary. 4. If any breaks in the screen or weldments are discovered, the assembly must be replaced. 5. Return the spark arrester to the muffler body and refasten the bolts. A Visually check the muffler for cracks or holes in the body, weldment or pipes at regular intervals. A USDA approval requires clearance between spark arrester sleeve and exhaust pipe to be no larger than 0.023" (0.584 mm). A Replace the entire muffler if it is damaged. A Do not operate the vehicle with a damaged muffler. EVERY 150 HOURS BCleaning Air Cleaner Primary Element [Hydraulic utility valve equipped model] 1. Loosen the knob bolt and remove the intake air guard from the air cleaner. 2. Unlock the air cleaner fixing band and remove the air cleaner. 3. Remove the air cleaner cover and primary element. 4. Clean the primary element: (1) When dry dust adheres to the element, blow compressed air from the inside, turning the element. Pressure of compressed air must be under 205 kPa (2.1 kgf/cm , 30 psi). (2) When carbon or oil adheres to the element, soak the element in detergent for 15 minutes then wash it several times in water, rinse with clean water and dry it naturally. After element is fully dried, inspect inside of the element with a light and check if it is damaged or not. 5. Replace the primary element: Once yearly or after every sixth cleaning, whichever comes first. A Check to see if the evacuator valve is blocked with dust. A Check the rubber seal. Replace if damaged. A The air cleaner uses a dry element, never apply oil. A Do not run the engine with filter element removed. A Be sure to refit the cover with the arrow (on the rear of cover) upright. If the cover is improperly fitted, evacuator valve will not function and dust will adhere to the element. A Do not touch the secondary element except in cases where replacing is required. (See "Replacing Air Cleaner Secondary Element" in "EVERY 1 YEAR" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) C Evacuator Valve Open the evacuator valve once a week under ordinary conditions - or daily when used in a dusty place - to get rid of large particles of dust and dirt. EVERY 200 HOURS BAdjusting Parking Brake C Adjusting procedure 1. Release the parking brake. 2. Loosen the lock nut, and adjust the cable wire length. 3. Tighten the lock nut, and check the free play. BReplacing Engine Oil Filter To avoid personal injury: A Be sure to stop the engine before changing the oil filter. A Allow engine to cool down sufficiently, oil can be hot and can burn. 1. Park the vehicle on a flat surface, raise the cargo bed, and mount the safety support. 2. Remove the oil filter. 3. Put a film of clean engine oil on the rubber seal of the new filter. 4. Tighten the filter quickly until it contacts the mounting surface. Tighten filter by hand an additional 1/2 turn only. 5. After the new filter has been replaced, the engine oil normally decreases a little. Make sure that the engine oil does not leak through the seal and be sure to check the oil level on the dipstick. Then, replenish the engine oil up to the prescribed level. A To prevent serious damage to the engine, use only a KUBOTA genuine filter. BChanging Engine Oil To avoid personal injury: A Be sure to stop the engine before changing the oil. A Allow engine to cool down sufficiently, oil can be hot and can burn. 1. Park the vehicle on a flat surface and raise the cargo bed. 2. To drain the used oil, remove the drain plug at the bottom of the engine and completely drain the oil into an oil pan. All the used oil can be drained out easily when the engine is still warm. 3. After draining, reinstall the drain plug. 4. Fill with the new oil up to the upper notch on the dipstick. (See "LUBRICANTS, FUEL AND COOLANT" in "MAINTENANCE" section.) [Filter exchanged] 3.1 L (3.3 U.S.qts.) Oil capacity [Filter non-exchanged] 2.7 L (2.9 U.S.qts.) (1) Oil inlet (A) Oil level is acceptable within this range (2) Dipstick BReplacing Transmission Oil Filter [HST] To avoid personal injury: A Be sure to stop the engine before changing the oil filter. A Allow engine to cool down sufficiently, oil can be hot and can burn. 1. Park the vehicle on a flat surface, raise the cargo bed and mount the safety support. 2. Remove the oil filters. 3. Put a film of clean transmission oil on the rubber seal of the new filter. 4. Quickly tighten the filter until it contacts the mounting surface, then, with a filter wrench, tighten it an additional 1 turn only. 5. After the new filter has been replaced, fill the transmission oil up to the upper notch on the dipstick. 6. After running the engine for a few minutes, stop the engine and check the oil level again, add oil to the prescribed level. 7. Make sure that the transmission fluid doesn't leak past the seal on the filters. (1) Transmission oil filter (HST) (Yellow color) (1) Oil inlet (A) Oil level is acceptable within this range (2) Dipstick A To prevent serious damage to the transmission, use only a KUBOTA genuine filter. BReplacing Transmission Oil Filter [SUCTION] To avoid personal injury: A Be sure to stop the engine before changing the oil filter. A Allow engine to cool down sufficiently, oil can be hot and can burn. 1. Park the vehicle on a flat surface, raise the cargo bed and mount the safety support. 2. Remove the rear guard and the hose guard. 3. Remove the oil filter. 4. Put a film of clean transmission oil on the rubber seal of the new filter. 5. Quickly tighten the filter until it contacts the mounting surface, then, with a filter wrench, tighten it an additional 1 turn only. 6. After the new filter has been replaced, fill the transmission oil up to the upper notch on the dipstick. 7. After running the engine for a few minutes, stop the engine and check the oil level again, add oil to the prescribed level. 8. Make sure that the transmission fluid doesn't leak past the seal on the filters. 9. Install the rear guard and the hose guard. (1) Transmission oil filter (Suction) (Orange color) (2) Rear guard (3) Hose guard (1) Oil inlet (A) Oil level is acceptable within this range (2) Dipstick A To prevent serious damage to the transmission, use only a KUBOTA genuine filter. BChanging Hydraulic Lift Oil [Hydraulic dumping system model] To avoid personal injury: A Be sure to stop the engine before changing the oil. A Allow engine to cool down sufficiently, oil can be hot and can burn. 1. Park the vehicle on a firm, flat and level surface. 2. Raise the cargo bed and mount the safety support. 3. To drain the used oil, remove the drain plug and filling plug and drain the oil completely into the oil pan. (1) Drain plug (A) Oil level is acceptable within 4. After draining, reinstall the drain plug. (2) Filling plug with dipstick this range 5. Fill with new KUBOTA SUPER UDT fluid up to the upper notch on the dipstick. (See "LUBRICANTS, FUEL AND COOLANT" in "MAINTENANCE" section.) How to check: Wipe dipstick clean with a rag and screw it into filling hole. Remove dipstick again to see if the oil level is between the upper and lower notch. 6. After filling, reinstall the filling plug. BChanging Hydraulic Auxiliary Tank Oil [Hydraulic utility valve equipped model] To avoid personal injury: A Be sure to stop the engine before changing the oil. A Allow engine to cool down sufficiently, oil can be hot and can burn. 1. Park the vehicle on a firm, flat and level surface. 2. Raise the cargo bed and mount the safety support. 3. To drain the used oil, remove the drain plug and filling plug and drain the oil completely into the oil pan. (1) Drain plug (A) Oil level is acceptable within 4. After draining, reinstall the drain plug. (2) Filling plug this range 5. Fill with the new KUBOTA SUPER UDT fluid up to (3) Dipstick upper notch on the dipstick. (See "LUBRICANTS, FUEL AND COOLANT" in "MAINTENANCE" section.) 6. After filling, reinstall the filling plug. BChecking Brake Pedal To avoid personal injury: A Stop the engine and chock the wheels before checking brake pedal. A If movement is outside of the specifications, contact your local KUBOTA Dealer for adjusting the brake. C Checking the brake pedal free travel 1. Release the parking brake. 2. Slightly depress the brake pedal and measure free travel at the top of the pedal stroke. 3. If brake pedal free travel is outside of the specifications, contact your local KUBOTA Dealer for adjusting the brake. C Checking the brake pedal stroke 1. Release the parking brake. 2. Step on the pedal and measure the pedal stroke. 3. If brake pedal stroke is outside of the specifications, contact your local KUBOTA Dealer for adjusting the brake. BChecking Brake Hose and Pipe 1. Check to see that brake hose and pipe are not swollen, hardened or cracked. 2. Check the brake hose and pipe joints for oil leaks. 3. If there is any abnormality, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BChecking Front Brake Case 1. Remove the drain plug. 2. Check the brake case for brake fluid leak. 3. If there is brake fluid leak, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BChecking Brake Light Switch 1. Park the vehicle on a flat surface and raise the cargo bed. 2. Turn the key switch to the "ON" position. 3. Step on the brake pedal to check if the brake light comes on. 4. If it does not, check the bulb or brake light switch. BChecking Radiator Hose and Clamp Park the vehicle on a flat surface and raise the cargo bed. Check to see if radiator hoses are properly fixed every 200 hours of operation or six months, whichever comes first. 1. If hose clamps are loose or water leaks, tighten bands securely. 2. Replace hoses and tighten hose clamps securely, if radiator hoses are swollen, hardened or cracked. Replace hoses and hose clamps every 2 years or earlier if checked and found that hoses are swollen, hardened or cracked. C Precaution at Overheating Take the following actions in the event the coolant temperature is close to or more than the boiling point, which is called "Overheating". 1. Stop the vehicle operation in a safe place and keep the engine unloaded idling. 2. Don't stop the engine suddenly, but stop it after about 5 minutes of unloaded idling. 3. Keep yourself well away from the vehicle for at least 10 minutes or while the steam is blowing out. 4. Check to see if there is no danger such as burning, get rid of the causes of overheating according to the "TROUBLESHOOTING" section of this manual, and then start the engine again. BChecking Power Steering Line 1. Check to see that all lines and hose clamps are tight and not damaged. 2. If hoses and clamps are found worn or damaged, replace or repair them at once. BChanging Power Steering Oil To avoid personal injury: A Be sure to stop the engine before changing the oil. A Allow engine to cool down sufficiently, oil can be hot and can burn. 1. Park the vehicle on a flat surface and raise the cargo bed. 2. To drain the used oil, remove the suction hose on the gear pump. 3. Drain the oil completely into the oil pan. 4. After draining, reinstall suction hose. 5. Fill with the new oil up to the "H" mark of the oil tank. (See "LUBRICANTS, FUEL AND COOLANT" in "MAINTENANCE" section.) 6. Start the engine and then turn the steering wheel toward the right and left several times (this motion causes air in the hose to discharge). 7. Check to see if the oil level is between the "H" and "L" marks on the oil tank. (1) Suction hose (2) Gear pump BChecking Intake Air Line 1. Check to see if the hoses and hose clamps are tight and not damaged. 2. If hoses and clamps are found to be worn or damaged, replace or repair them at once. [Hydraulic utility valve equipped model] (1) Hose (2) Hose clamps BChecking Hydraulic Auxiliary Oil Line [Hydraulic utility valve equipped model] 1. Check to see if the hoses and hose clamps are tight and not damaged. 2. If hoses and clamps are found worn or damaged, replace or repair them at once. EVERY 300 HOURS BChecking Tire 1. Check to see if tires are not damaged. 2. If the tires are cracked, bulged, or cut, or they are worn out, replace or repair them at once. C Tire Tread Depth Always replace the tires when the tread depth is worn to minimum allowable. EVERY 400 HOURS BChanging Knuckle Case Oil 1. Remove the tire. 2. Park the vehicle on a firm, flat and level surface. 3. To drain the used oil, remove the drain and filling plugs at the LH knuckle case and drain the oil completely into the oil pan. 4. After draining, reinstall the drain plug. 5. Fill with the new oil up to the filling port level. (See "LUBRICANTS, FUEL AND COOLANT" in "MAINTENANCE" section.) 6. After filling, reinstall the filling plug. 7. Use the same procedure to change the RH knuckle case oil. BChanging Transmission Fluid To avoid personal injury: A Be sure to stop the engine before changing the oil. A Allow engine to cool down sufficiently, oil can be hot and can burn. 1. Park the vehicle on a flat surface, raise the cargo bed, and mount the safety support. 2. To drain the used oil, remove the drain plug at the bottom of the transmission case and drain the oil completely into the oil pan. 3. Clean off metal filings with clean rags at the drain plug with magnet. 4. After draining, reinstall the drain plug. 5. Fill with the new KUBOTA SUPER UDT fluid up to the upper notch on the dipstick. (See "LUBRICANTS, FUEL AND COOLANT" in "MAINTENANCE" section.) 6. After running the engine for a few minutes, stop the engine and check the oil level again; add oil to prescribed level. (1) Oil inlet (A) Oil level is acceptable within this range (2) Dipstick (1) Drain plug with magnet C Cleaning magnetic plug Remove the magnetic plug and clean off metal filings. A Do not operate the vehicle immediately after changing the transmission fluid. Run the engine at medium speed for a few minutes to prevent damage to the transmission. BReplacing Hydraulic Auxiliary Tank Oil Filter [Hydraulic utility valve equipped model] To avoid personal injury: A Be sure to stop the engine before changing the oil filter. A Allow engine to cool down sufficiently, oil can be hot and can burn. 1. Park the vehicle on a firm, flat and level surface, raise the cargo bed and mount the safety support. 2. Remove the oil filter. (Take care of the oil that spills from filter.) 3. Put a film of clean transmission oil on the rubber seal of the new filter. 4. Quickly tighten the filter until it contacts the mounting surface, then, with a filter wrench, tighten it an additional 1 turn only. 5. After the new filter has been replaced, fill the auxiliary tank oil up to the upper notch on the dipstick. 6. After running the engine for a few minutes, stop the engine and check the oil level again, add oil to the prescribed level. 7. Make sure that the hydraulic auxiliary tank oil doesn't leak past the seal on the filter. (A) Oil level is acceptable within this range (3) Dipstick A To prevent serious damage to the hydraulic line, use only a KUBOTA genuine filter. BChanging Front Axle Case Oil 1. Park the vehicle on a firm, flat and level surface. 2. To drain the used oil, remove the drain and filling plugs at the front axle case and drain the oil completely into the oil pan. 3. After draining, reinstall the drain plug. 4. Fill with the new oil up to the upper notch on the dipstick. (See "LUBRICANTS, FUEL AND COOLANT" in "MAINTENANCE" section.) 5. After filling, reinstall the filling plug. (1) Drain plug (A) Oil level is acceptable (2) Filling plug with dipstick within this range EVERY 500 HOURS BReplacing Fuel Filter Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. EVERY 800 HOURS BAdjusting Engine Valve Clearance Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. EVERY 1500 HOURS BChecking Fuel Injection Nozzle Injection Pressure Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. EVERY 3000 HOURS BChecking Injection Pump Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. EVERY 1 YEAR BReplacing Air Cleaner Primary Element and Secondary Element (See "Cleaning Air Cleaner Primary Element" in "EVERY 100 HOURS" or "EVERY 150 HOURS" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) EVERY 2 YEARS BChanging Brake Fluid Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. (See "Checking Brake Fluid Level" in "DAILY CHECK" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) BFlushing Cooling System and Changing Coolant To avoid personal injury: A Do not remove the radiator cap while coolant is hot. When cool, slowly rotate cap to the first stop and allow sufficient time for excess pressure to escape before removing the cap completely. 1. Stop the engine and let cool down. 2. Remove the protective cover. 3. To drain the coolant, open the radiator drain plug and remove radiator cap. The radiator cap must be removed to completely drain the coolant. 4. After all coolant is drained, close the drain plug. 5. Fill with clean water and cooling system cleaner. 6. Follow directions of the cleaner instruction. 7. After flushing, fill with clean water and anti-freeze until the coolant level is just below the radiator cap. Install the radiator cap securely. 8. Fill with fresh water up to the "FULL" mark on the recovery tank. 9. Start and operate the engine for few minutes. 10.Stop the engine and let cool. 11.Check coolant level of recovery tank and add coolant if necessary. (1) Drain plug (2) Protective cover (1) Radiator cap (A) "FULL" (2) Recovery tank (B) "LOW" A Do not start engine without coolant. A Use clean, fresh water and anti-freeze to fill the radiator and recovery tank. A When the anti-freeze is mixed with water, the antifreeze mixing ratio must be less than 50%. A Securely tighten radiator cap. If the cap is loose or improperly fitted, water may leak out and the engine could overheat. BAnti-Freeze To avoid personal injury: A When using antifreeze, put on some protection such as rubber gloves. (Antifreeze contains poison.) A If should drink antifreeze, throw up at once and take medical attention. A When antifreeze comes in contact with the skin or clothing, wash it off immediately. A Do not mix different types of Antifreeze. The mixture can produce chemical reaction causing harmful substances. A Antifreeze is extremely flammable and explosive under certain conditions. Keep fire and children away from antifreeze. A When draining fluids from the engine, place some container underneath the engine body. A Do not pour waste onto the grounds, down a drain, or into any water source. A Also, observe the relevant environmental protection regulations when disposing of antifreeze. If it freezes, coolant can damage the cylinders and radiator. If the ambient temperature falls below 0 (32 )or before a long-term storage, let out cooling water completely, or mix fresh water with long-life coolant and fill the radiator and recovery tank with the mixture. 1. Long-life coolant (hereafter LLC) comes in several types. Use ethylene glycol (EG) type for this engine. 2. Before employing LLC-mixed cooling water, fill the radiator with fresh water and empty it again. Repeat this procedure 2 or 3 times to clean up the inside. 3. Mixing the LLC Put the LLC in cooling water in the percentage (%) for a target temperature. When mixing, stir it up well, and then fill into the radiator. 4. The procedure for the mixing of water and antifreeze differs according to the make of the antifreeze and the ambient temperature. Refer to SAE J1034 standard, more specifically also to SAE J814c. A When the antifreeze is mixed with water, the antifreeze mixing ratio must be less than 50%. Vol % Anti-freeze Freezing Point Boiling Point* 40 -24 -12 106 222 50 -37 -34 108 226 * At 1.013 x 10 Pa (760 mmHg) pressure (atmospheric). A higher boiling point is obtained by using a radiator pressure cap which permits the development of pressure within the cooling system. 5. Adding the LLC (1) Add only water if the mixture reduces in amount by evaporation. (2) If there is a mixture leak, add the LLC of the same manufacturer and type in the same mixture percentage. * Never add any long-life coolant of different manufacturer. (Different brands may have different additive components, and the engine may fail to perform as specified.) 6. When the LLC is mixed, do not employ any radiator cleaning agent. The LLC contains anticorrosive agent. If mixed with the cleaning agent, sludge may build up, adversely affecting the engine parts. 7. Kubota's genuine long-life coolant has a service life of 2 years. Be sure to change the coolant every 2 years. A The above data represent industry standards that necessitate a minimum glycol content in the concentrated antifreeze. A When the coolant level drops due to evaporation, add water only to keep the antifreeze mixing ratio less than 50%. In case of leakage, add antifreeze and water in the specified mixing ratio before filling into the radiator. BReplacing Radiator Hose (Water pipes) Replace the hoses and clamps. (See "Checking Radiator Hose and Clamp" in "EVERY 200 HOURS" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) BReplacing Power Steering Hose Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BReplacing Fuel Hose Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BReplacing Engine Breather Hose Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BReplacing Brake Master Cylinder (Inner Parts) Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BReplacing Front Brake Seal Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BReplacing Rear Brake Cylinder Seal Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BReplacing Intake Air Line Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BReplacing Remote Hydraulic Hose Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. EVERY 4 YEARS BReplacing Brake Hose Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. SERVICE AS REQUIRED BBleeding Fuel System Air must be removed: 1. When the fuel filter or lines are removed. 2. When tank is completely empty. 3. After the vehicle has not been used for a long period of time. C Bleeding procedure is as follows: 1. Fill the fuel tank with fuel. 2. Start the engine and run for about 30 seconds, and then stop the engine. BReplacing Fuse The vehicle electrical system is protected from potential damage by fuses. A blown fuse indicates that there is an overload or short somewhere in the electrical system. If any of the fuses should blow, replace with a new one of the same capacity. A Before replacing a blown fuse, determine why the fuse blew and make any necessary repairs. Failure to follow this procedure may result in serious damage to the vehicle electrical system. Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for specific information dealing with electrical problems. C Replacement procedure 1. Disconnect the negative cable of the battery. 2. Remove the cover and the fuse box cover. 3. Pull out the blown fuse using FUSE PULLER in the fuse box. 4. Insert a new fuse into the fuse box. 5. Install the fuse box cover and the cover. 6. Connect the negative battery cable. C Protected circuit Fuse No. Capacity (A) Protected circuit 1 Slow-blow fuse (50) Key switch 2 Slow-blow fuse (60) Alternator 3 15 Head lamp, Tail lamp, Panel 4 5 Glow lamp 5 10 (Hazard) 6 20 Fan motor 7 15 Eng. Stop 8 15 Alternator, Brake lamp, Fan motor relay 9 5 Panel, Eng. Stop control 10 10 12V DC output 11 10 Horn 12 15 (Work light) 13 --­ Fuse puller 14 5, 10, 15, 20 Spare 15 * 20 Oil cooler fan motor * Hydraulic utility valve equipped model BReplacing Slow-Blow Fuses The slow-blow fuses are intended to protect the electrical cabling. If any of them have blown out, be sure to pinpoint the cause. Never use any substitute, use only a KUBOTA genuine part. C Replacement procedure 1. Disconnect the negative cable of the battery. 2. Remove the cover and the slow-blow fuse box cover. 3. Pull out the slow-blow fuse. 4. Insert a new slow-blow fuse into the slow-blow fuse box. 5. Install the slow-blow fuse box cover and the cover. 6. Connect the negative battery cable. (1) Cover (2) Slow-blow fuse box cover BReplacing Light Bulb 1. Head lights Take the bulb out of the light body and replace it with a new one. 2. Other lights Detach the lens and replace the bulb. Light Capacity Head lights 37.5 W Tail light 5 W Brake light 21 W Easy Checker(TM) 3.8 W (14V, 0.27A) Turn signal light (front) 20 W (if equipped) Turn signal light (rear) 21 W (if equipped) Work light 27 W (if equipped) Instrument panel light 3.8 W (14V, 0.27A) BCleaning Oil Cooler Net (See "Cleaning Oil Cooler Net" in "DAILY CHECK" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) STORAGE A Do not clean the vehicle with engine running. A To avoid the danger of exhaust fume poisoning, do not operate the engine in a closed building without proper ventilation. A When storing, remove the key from the key switch to avoid unauthorized persons from operating the vehicle and getting injured. VEHICLE STORAGE If you intend to store your vehicle for an extended period of time, follow the procedures outlined below. These procedures will insure that the vehicle is ready to operate with minimum preparation when it is removed from storage. 1. Check the bolts and nuts for looseness, and tighten if necessary. 2. Apply grease to vehicle areas where bare metal will rust also to pivot areas. 3. Unload from cargo bed. 4. Inflate the tires to a pressure a little higher than usual. 5. Change the engine oil and run the engine to circulate oil throughout the engine block and internal moving parts for about 5 minutes. 6. With all implements lowered to the ground, coat any exposed hydraulic cylinder piston rods with grease (if equipped). 7. Remove the battery from the vehicle. Store the battery following the battery storage procedures. (See "Checking Battery Condition" in "EVERY 100 HOURS" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) 8. Keep the vehicle in a dry place where the vehicle is sheltered from the elements. Cover the vehicle. 9. Store the vehicle indoors in a dry area that is protected from sunlight and excessive heat. If the vehicle must be stored outdoors, cover it with a waterproof tarpaulin. Put boards under the tires to keep dampness away from tire. Keep the tires out of direct sunlight and extreme heat. A When washing the vehicle, be sure to stop the engine. Allow sufficient time for the engine to cool before washing. A Do not wash with a high-pressure car-washing machine. A Cover the vehicle after the muffler and the engine have cooled down. REMOVING THE VEHICLE FROM STORAGE 1. Check the tire air pressure and inflate the tires if they are low. 2. Install the battery. Before installing the battery, be sure it is fully charged. 3. Check the alternator belt tension. 4. Check all fluid levels (engine oil, transmission oil, engine coolant and any attached implements). 5. Start the engine. Observe all gauges. If all gauges are functioning properly and reading normal, move the vehicle outside. Once outside, park the vehicle and let the engine idle for at least five minutes. Shut the engine off and walk around vehicle and make a visual inspection looking for evidence of oil or water leaks. 6. With the engine fully warmed up, release the parking brake and test the brakes for proper adjustment as you move forward. Adjust the brakes as necessary. TROUBLESHOOTING ENGINE TROUBLESHOOTING If something is wrong with the engine, refer to the table below for the cause and its corrective measure. Trouble Cause Countermeasure Engine is difficult to start or won't start. A No fuel flow. A Check the fuel tank and the fuel filter. Replace filter if necessary. A Air or water is in the fuel system. A Check to see if the fuel line coupler bolt and nut are tight. A Bleed the fuel system. (See "Bleeding Fuel System" in "SERVICE AS REQUIRED" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) A In winter, oil viscosity increases, and engine revolution is slow. A Use oils of different viscosities, depending on ambient temperatures. A Battery becomes weak and the engine does not turn over quick enough. A Clean battery cables and terminals. A Charge the battery. A In cold weather, always remove the battery from the engine, charge and store it indoors. Install it on the vehicle only when the vehicle is going to be used. Insufficient engine power. A Insufficient or dirty fuel. A The air cleaner is clogged. A Check the fuel system. A Clean or replace the element. Engine stops suddenly. A Insufficient fuel. A Refuel. A Bleed the fuel system if necessary. Exhaust fumes are colored. Black A Fuel quality is poor. A Too much oil. A The air cleaner is clogged. A Change the fuel and fuel filter. A Check the proper amount of oil. A Clean or replace the element. Blue white A The inside of exhaust muffler is dumped with fuel. A Injection nozzle trouble. A Fuel quality is poor. A Heat the muffler by applying load to the engine. A Check the injection nozzle. A Change the fuel and fuel filter. Engine overheats A Engine overloaded. A Shift to lower gear or reduce load. A Low coolant level. A Fill cooling system to the correct level; check radiator and hoses for loose connections or leaks. A The motor driven fan does not turn. A Check to see if the fuse is not blown. A Check the electric system. A Dirty radiator core or grille screens. A Remove all trash. A Coolant flow route corroded. A Flush cooling system. If you have any questions, contact your local KUBOTA Dealer. BATTERY TROUBLESHOOTING Trouble Cause Countermeasure Preventive measure Starter does not function. A Battery overused until lights are dim. A Charge battery sufficiently. A Charge the battery properly. A Battery has not been recharged. A Poor terminal connection. A Clean the terminal and tighten securely. A Keep the terminal clean and tight. Apply grease and treat with anti-corrosives. A Battery life expired. A Renew battery. From beginning starter does not function, and lights soon become dim. A Insufficient charging. A Charge battery sufficiently. A Battery must be serviced properly before initial use. When viewed from top, the top of plates look whitish. * Refillable type battery only A Battery was used with an insufficient amount of electrolyte. A Add distilled water and charge the battery. A Regularly check the electrolyte level. A Battery was used too much without recharging. A Charge battery sufficiently. A Charge the battery properly. Recharging is impossible. A Battery life expired. A Replace battery. Terminals are severely corroded and heat up. A Poor terminal connection. A Clean the terminal and tighten securely. A Keep the terminal clean and tight. Apply grease and treat with anti-corrosives. Battery electrolyte level drops rapidly. * Refillable type battery only A There is a crack or pin holes in the electrolytic cells. A Replace battery. A Charging system trouble. A Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer. A If you have any questions, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer. A The factory-installed battery is non-refillable type. MACHINE TROUBLESHOOTING Trouble Cause Countermeasure Machine operation is not smooth. A Hydrostatic transmission fluid is insufficient. A Replenish oil. A Filter is clogged. A Replace the filter. Machine does not move while engine is running. A Parking brake is on. A Release the parking brake. A Transmission fluid level is insufficient. A Replenish oil. Brakes not working correctly A Brake fluid level is low. A Check fluid level. A Air is in brake system. A Consult your KUBOTA Dealer. A Brake pads are worn. A Consult your KUBOTA Dealer. Brake noise --­ A Consult your KUBOTA Dealer. If you have any questions, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer. OPTIONS Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for further details. A Backup Beeper A Bed Liner A Cab Heater (cab only) A Camo Steel Cab A Console Kit (for cab, with FM / AM / CD unit / blower / dome light) A Engine Hand Throttle Kit A Fabric Cover A Front Accessory Box A Front Heavy Load Springs (required for cab or enclosure or front blade) A Front Heavy Load Strut A Front Mud Guard A Front Trailer Hitch & Pin A Front Work Light (for plastic canopy or no canopy, one or two) A Glove Box A Golf Cage A Headrest A Hydraulic Bed Lift Kit A Hydraulic Bed Lift Kit with One Remote A Hydraulic Upgrade Kit (to put remote feature on the unit with Bed Lift) A Large Front Guard (Silver) A Metal Canopy (FOPS) A Plastic Canopy A Rear Trailer Hitch & Pin A Rear Work Light (for plastic canopy or no canopy, one or two) A Safety Glass Windshield (for canopy) A Snow Blade (72") require Heavy Duty Spring Kit A Soft Cab (W/ soft doors and Safety Glass Wind Shield) A Speedometer A Steel Cab (W/ steel doors) A Strobe Light A Superwinch ATV 2000 A Tail Lamp Guards A Turn Signal / Hazard Light Kit A Warn 2.5CI A Winch Mounting Kit A Windshield Single Wiper Kit (for cab or wind shield) (one or two for one unit) A Work Lights Kit (for metal canopy or cab, include two lights for front or rear) #Kubota #RTV #RTV900 #UtilityVehicle #OperatorsManual #OwnersManual

Kubota L2501 compact tractor operator and owners manual is available to view online or purchase a hard copy. Ensure your and your employees safety by always having access to the correct manuals at GartonTractor.com Kubota L2501 OPERATOR'S MANUAL U.S.A. : KUBOTA TRACTOR CORPORATION 3401 Del Amo Blvd., Torrance, CA 90503, U.S.A. Telephone : (310)370-3370 Western Division : 1175 S. Guild Avc., Lodi, CA 95240 Telephone : (209)334-9910 Central Division : 14855 FAA Blvd., Fort Worth, TX 76155 Telephone : (817)571-0900 Northern Division : 6300 at One Kubota Way, Groveport, OH 43125 Telephone : (614)835-1100 Southeast Division : 1025 Northbrook Parkway, Suwanee, GA 30024 Telephone : (770)995-8855 Canada : KUBOTA CANADA LTD. 590014th Avenue, Markham, Ontario, L3S 4K4, Canada Telephone : (905)294-7477 France : KUBOTA EUROPE S.A.S 19-25, Rue Jules Vercruysse, Z.I. BP88, 95101 Ar.enteuil Cedex, France Telephone : (33)1-3426-3434 Italy : KUBOTA EUROPE S.A.S Italy BranchVia Grandi, 2920068 Peschiera Borrome (MI) ItalyTelephone : (39)02-51650377 Germany : KUBOTA (DEUTSCHLAND) GmbHSenefelder Str. 3-563110 Rod.au /Nieder-Roden, GermanyTelephone : (49)6106-873-0 U.K. : KUBOTA (U.K.) LTD.Dormer Road, Thame, Oxfordshire, OX93UN, U.K. Telephone : (44)1844-214500 Spain : KUBOTA ESPAÑA S.A. Avenida Recomba No.5, Poli.no Industrial la La.una, Le.anes, 28914 (Madrid) SpainTelephone : (34)91-508-6442 Australia : KUBOTA TRACTOR AUSTRALIA PTY LTD. 25-29 Permas Way, Tru.anina, VIC 3029, Australia Telephone : (61)-3-9394-4400 Malaysia : SIME KUBOTA SDN. BHD. No.3 Jalan Sepadu 25/123 Taman Perindustrian Axis, Seksyen 25, 40400 Shah Alam, Selan.or Darul Ehsan MalaysiaTelephone : (60)3-736-1388 Philippines: KUBOTA PHILIPPINES, INC. 155 Panay Avenue, South Trian.le Homes, 1103 Quezon City, PhilippinesTelephone : (63)2-9201071 Taiwan : SHIN TAIWAN AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY CO., LTD. 16, Fen.pin.2nd Rd, Taliao Shian. Kaohsiun.83107, Taiwan R.O.C. Telephone : (886)7-702-2333 Indonesia : PT KUBOTA MACHINERY INDONESIA Tower A at Ei.htyEi.ht@Kasablanka Lantai 16 Jalan Raya Casablanka Kav. 88, Jakarta 12870 Indonesia Telephone : (62)-21-29568-720 Thailand : SIAM KUBOTA CORPORATION CO., LTD. 101/19-24 Moo 20, Navanakorn Industrial Estate, Tambon Khlon.nuen., Amphur Khlon.luan., Pathumthani 12120, THAILAND Telephone : (66)2-909-0300 Korea : KUBOTA KOREA CO., LTD. 106-24 Mon.san-Ri, Mankyun.-Up, Kimje-City, Chonrapuk-Do, KOREATelephone : (82)-63-544-5822 India : KUBOTA AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY INDIA PVT. LTD. Re.us, Level 2 Altius, Olympia Tech Park, No.1 SIDCO Industrial Estate, Guindy, Chennai 600032, TN, India Telephone : (91)-44-4299-4237 Vietnam : KUBOTA VIETNAM CO., LTD. Lot B-3A2-CN, My Phuoc 3 Industrial Park, Ben Cat District, Binh Duon. Province, Vietnam Telephone : (84)-650-3577-507 KUBOTA Corporation English (U.S.A.) Code No. TC550-1971-1 L 2 5 0 1 1AGAPBTAP0640 MODEL L2501 READ AND SAVE THIS MANUAL PRINTED IN JAPAN © KUBOTA Corporation 2014 ABBREVIATION LIST Abbreviations Definitions 2WD 2-Wheel Drive 4WD 4-Wheel Drive API American Petroleum Institute ASABE American Society of Agricultural and Biological Engineers, USA ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials, USA DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung, GERMANY DT Dual Traction [4WD] fpm Feet Per Minute GST Glide Shift Transmission Hi-Lo High Speed-Low Speed HST Hydrostatic Transmission m/s Meters Per Second PTO Power Take Off RH/LH Right-hand and left-hand sides are determined by facing in the direction of forward travel ROPS Roll-Over Protective Structures rpm Revolutions Per Minute r/s Revolutions Per Second SAE Society of Automotive Engineers, USA SMV Slow Moving Vehicle KUBOTA Corporation is ··· Since its inception in 1890, KUBOTA Corporation has grown to rank as one of the major firms in Japan. To achieve this status, the company has through the years diversified the range of its products and services to a remarkable extent. Nineteen plants and 16,000 employees produce over 1,000 different items, large and small. All these products and all the services which accompany them, however, are unified by one central commitment. KUBOTA makes products which, taken on a national scale, are basic necessities. Products which are indispensable. Products which are intended to help individuals and nations fulfill the potential inherent in their environment. KUBOTA is the Basic Necessities Giant. This potential includes water supply, food from the soil and from the sea, industrial development, architecture and construction, and transportation. Thousands of people depend on KUBOTA's know-how, technology, experience and customer service. You too can depend on KUBOTA. IMPORTANT The engine in this machine is not equipped by the manufacturer with a standard spark arrester. It is a violation of California Public Resource Code Section 4442 to use or operate this engine on or near any forest-covered, brush-covered land, or grass-covered land unless the exhaust system is equipped with a working spark arrester meeting state laws. Other states or federal areas may have similar laws. L2501 AS. H. 1-1. 8. K UNIVERSAL SYMBOLS As a guide to the operation of your tractor, various universal symbols have been utilized on the instruments and controls. The symbols are shown below with an indication of their meaning. Safety Alert Symbol Fuel-Level Engine-Rotational Speed Hourmeter/Elapsed Operating Hours Engine Coolant-Temperature Diesel Preheat/Glow Plugs (Low Temperature Start Aid) Battery Charging Condition Engine Oil-Pressure Turn Signal Engine-Stop Engine-Run Starter Control Power Take-Off Control-Off Position Power Take-Off Control-On Position Differential Lock Position Control-Raised Position Position Control-Lowered Position Draft Control-Shallow Position Draft Control-Deep Position 3-Point Lowering Speed Control OFF Remote Cylinder-Retract Remote Cylinder-Extend Steering Wheel-Tilt Control Hazard Warning Lights Master Lighting Switch Headlight-Low Beam Headlight-High Beam Audible Warning Device 4-Wheel Drive-On 4-Wheel Drive-Off Fast Slow Creep Read Operator's Manual Tractor-Forward Movement-Overhead View of Machine Tractor-Rearward Movement-Overhead View of Machine Engine Speed Control Brake System Clutch Parking Brake FOREWORD You are now the proud owner of a KUBOTA Tractor. This tractor is a product of KUBOTA quality engineering and manufacturing. It is made of fine materials and under a rigid quality control system. It will give you long, satisfactory service. To obtain the best use of your tractor, please read this manual carefully. It will help you become familiar with the operation of the tractor and contains many helpful hints about tractor maintenance. It is KUBOTA's policy to utilize as quickly as possible every advance in our research. The immediate use of new techniques in the manufacture of products may cause some small parts of this manual to be outdated. KUBOTA distributors and dealers will have the most up-to-date information. Please do not hesitate to consult with them. SAFETY FIRST This symbol, the industry's "Safety Alert Symbol", is used throughout this manual and on labels on the machine itself to warn of the possibility of personal injury. Read these instructions carefully. It is essential that you read the instructions and safety regulations before you attempt to assemble or use this unit. DANGER : Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. WARNING : Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. CAUTION : Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. IMPORTANT : Indicates that equipment or property damage could result if instructions are not followed. NOTE : Gives helpful information. CONTENTS SAFE OPERATION ............................................................................................. SERVICING OF TRACTOR......................................................................................... 1 SPECIFICATIONS....................................................................................................... 3 SPECIFICATION TABLE ......................................................................................... 3 TRAVELING SPEEDS ............................................................................................. 5 IMPLEMENT LIMITATIONS ........................................................................................ 6 INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS................................................................... 8 PRE-OPERATION CHECK ....................................................................................... 11 DAILY CHECK ....................................................................................................... 11 OPERATING THE ENGINE....................................................................................... 12 STARTING THE ENGINE ...................................................................................... 12 STOPPING THE ENGINE...................................................................................... 16 WARMING UP ....................................................................................................... 16 Warm-Up Transmission Oil in the Low Temperature Range..........................................16 JUMP STARTING .................................................................................................. 16 OPERATING THE TRACTOR................................................................................... 18 OPERATING NEW TRACTOR .............................................................................. 18 Do not Operate the Tractor at Full Speed for the First 50 Hours....................................18 Changing Lubricating Oil for New Tractors.....................................................................18 BOARDING AND LEAVING THE TRACTOR ........................................................ 18 OPERATING FOLDABLE ROPS (if equipped)...................................................... 18 To Fold the ROPS ..........................................................................................................18 To Raise the ROPS to Upright Position..........................................................................19 Adjustment of Foldable ROPS........................................................................................20 STARTING............................................................................................................. 20 Operator's Seat...............................................................................................................20 Seat Belt.........................................................................................................................21 Head Light / Turn Signal / Hazard Light Switch..............................................................21 Tractor Lights..................................................................................................................22 Brake Pedals (Right and Left).........................................................................................22 Clutch Pedal ...................................................................................................................23 Main Gear Shift Lever & Range Gear Shift Lever...........................................................24 Front Wheel Drive Lever.................................................................................................24 Hand Throttle Lever........................................................................................................25 Foot Throttle ...................................................................................................................25 Parking Brake.................................................................................................................25 Range Gear Shift Lever (L-M-H).....................................................................................26 Front Wheel Drive Lever.................................................................................................27 Hand Throttle Lever........................................................................................................27 Parking Brake.................................................................................................................27 Speed Control Pedal.......................................................................................................28 Cruise Control Lever.......................................................................................................28 STOPPING............................................................................................................. 30 CONTENTS Stopping..........................................................................................................................30 CHECK DURING DRIVING ................................................................................... 30 Immediately Stop the Engine if:......................................................................................30 Easy Checker(TM)..........................................................................................................30 Fuel Gauge.....................................................................................................................30 Coolant Temperature Gauge..........................................................................................31 Hourmeter/Tachometer...................................................................................................31 PARKING............................................................................................................... 32 Parking............................................................................................................................32 OPERATING TECHNIQUES ................................................................................. 32 Differential Lock..............................................................................................................32 Operating the Tractor on a Road....................................................................................33 Operating on Slopes and Rough Terrain........................................................................33 Transport the Tractor Safely...........................................................................................33 Directions for Use of Power Steering..............................................................................33 PTO ........................................................................................................................... 34 PTO OPERATION.................................................................................................. 34 PTO Gear Shift Lever.....................................................................................................34 Stationary PTO...............................................................................................................35 PTO Shaft Cover and Shaft Cap ....................................................................................35 3-POINT HITCH & DRAWBAR.................................................................................. 36 3-POINT HITCH..................................................................................................... 37 Selecting the holes of Lower Links.................................................................................37 Selecting the top link mounting holes.............................................................................37 Drawbar ..........................................................................................................................37 Lifting Rod (Right)...........................................................................................................37 Top Link..........................................................................................................................37 Check Chains .................................................................................................................38 Lower link holder.............................................................................................................38 DRAWBAR............................................................................................................. 38 Adjusting Drawbar Length ..............................................................................................38 HYDRAULIC UNIT..................................................................................................... 39 3-POINT HITCH CONTROL SYSTEM................................................................... 39 Position Control ..............................................................................................................39 Float Control...................................................................................................................39 3-point Hitch Lowering Speed.........................................................................................39 AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS .................................................................................... 40 Hydraulic Block Type Outlet ...........................................................................................40 Hydraulic Control Unit Use Reference Chart..................................................................41 TIRES, WHEELS AND BALLAST.............................................................................. 42 TIRES..................................................................................................................... 42 Inflation Pressure............................................................................................................42 Dual Tires .......................................................................................................................42 WHEEL ADJUSTMENT ......................................................................................... 42 Front Wheels ..................................................................................................................42 Rear Wheels...................................................................................................................43 BALLAST ............................................................................................................... 44 Front Ballast....................................................................................................................44 Rear Ballast....................................................................................................................45 CONTENTS Liquid Ballast in Rear Tires.............................................................................................45 MAINTENANCE......................................................................................................... 46 SERVICE INTERVALS .......................................................................................... 46 LUBRICANTS, FUEL AND COOLANT .................................................................. 48 PERIODIC SERVICE................................................................................................. 51 HOW TO OPEN THE HOOD ................................................................................. 51 Hood ...............................................................................................................................51 Side Cover......................................................................................................................51 DAILY CHECK ....................................................................................................... 52 Walk Around Inspection..................................................................................................52 Checking and Refueling..................................................................................................52 Checking Engine Oil Level..............................................................................................52 Checking Transmission Fluid Level................................................................................53 Checking Coolant Level..................................................................................................53 Cleaning Evacuator Valve ..............................................................................................54 Cleaning Grill, Radiator Screen and Oil Cooler..............................................................54 Checking Brake Pedals and Clutch Pedal......................................................................54 Checking Gauges, Meter and Easy Checker(TM)..........................................................54 Checking Head Light, Turn Signal / Hazard Light etc.....................................................54 Checking Seat Belt and ROPS.......................................................................................54 Checking and Cleaning of Electrical Wiring and Battery Cables....................................55 Checking Movable Parts.................................................................................................55 EVERY 50 HOURS................................................................................................ 55 Lubricating Grease Fittings.............................................................................................55 Checking Engine Start System.......................................................................................57 Checking Operator Presence Control.............................................................................58 Checking Wheel Bolt Torque..........................................................................................58 EVERY 100 HOURS.............................................................................................. 59 Cleaning Air Cleaner Element [Single Element Type]....................................................59 Cleaning Fuel Filter.........................................................................................................59 Adjusting Fan Belt Tension.............................................................................................60 Checking Fuel Line.........................................................................................................60 Adjusting Clutch Pedal....................................................................................................61 Adjusting Brake Pedal ....................................................................................................61 Checking Battery Condition............................................................................................62 EVERY 200 HOURS.............................................................................................. 63 Replacing Engine Oil Filter.............................................................................................63 Changing Engine Oil.......................................................................................................64 Replacing Transmission Oil Filter [HST Type]................................................................64 Checking Radiator Hose and Clamp ..............................................................................65 Checking Oil Cooler Line................................................................................................65 Checking Intake Air Line.................................................................................................66 Checking Power Steering Line .......................................................................................66 Adjusting Toe-in..............................................................................................................66 EVERY 400 HOURS.............................................................................................. 67 Changing Transmission Fluid / Replacing Hydraulic Oil Filter........................................67 Changing Front Axle Case Oil........................................................................................69 Replacing Fuel Filter Element.........................................................................................69 Lubricating Grease Fitting [2WD Model].........................................................................69 EVERY 600 HOURS.............................................................................................. 70 CONTENTS Adjusting Front Axle Pivot...............................................................................................70 EVERY 800 HOURS.............................................................................................. 70 Adjusting Engine Valve Clearance .................................................................................70 EVERY 1500 HOURS............................................................................................ 70 Checking Fuel Injection Nozzle (Injection Pressure)......................................................70 EVERY 3000 HOURS............................................................................................ 70 Checking Injection Pump................................................................................................70 EVERY 1 YEAR ..................................................................................................... 70 Replacing Air Cleaner Element.......................................................................................70 EVERY 2 YEARS................................................................................................... 70 Flushing Cooling System and Changing Coolant...........................................................70 Anti-Freeze .....................................................................................................................71 Replacing Radiator Hose (Water pipes).........................................................................72 Replacing Power Steering Hose.....................................................................................72 Replacing Fuel Hose ......................................................................................................72 Replacing Oil Cooler Line...............................................................................................72 Replacing Intake Air Line................................................................................................72 SERVICE AS REQUIRED...................................................................................... 72 Bleeding Fuel System.....................................................................................................72 Draining Clutch Housing Water ......................................................................................73 Replacing Fuse...............................................................................................................73 Replacing Light Bulb.......................................................................................................74 Replacing Head Lamp....................................................................................................74 STORAGE ................................................................................................................. 75 TRACTOR STORAGE ........................................................................................... 75 REMOVING THE TRACTOR FROM STORAGE................................................... 75 TROUBLESHOOTING............................................................................................... 76 ENGINE TROUBLESHOOTING ............................................................................ 76 OPTIONS................................................................................................................... 77 APPENDICES............................................................................................................ 78 INDEX .................................................................................................................... 78 SAFE OPERATION SAFE OPERATION Careful operation is your best insurance against an accident. Read and understand this manual carefully before operating the tractor. All operators, no matter how much experience they may have, should read this and other related manuals before operating the tractor or any implement attached to it. It is the owner's obligation to instruct all operators in safe operation. 1. BEFORE OPERATING THE TRACTOR 1. Know your equipment and its limitations. Read this entire manual before attempting to start and operate the tractor. 2. Pay special attention to the danger, warning and caution labels on the tractor. 3. Do not operate the tractor or any implement attached to it while under the influence of alcohol, medication, controlled substances or while fatigued. 4. Before allowing other people to use your tractor, explain how to operate and have them read this manual before operation. 5. Never wear loose, torn, or bulky clothing around tractor. It may catch on moving parts or controls, leading to the risk of an accident. Use additional safety items, e.g. hard hat, safety boots or shoes, eye and hearing protection, gloves, etc., as appropriate or required. 6. Do not allow passengers to ride on any part of the tractor at anytime. The operator must remain in the tractor seat during operation. 7. Check brakes, clutch, linkage pins and other mechanical parts for improper adjustment and wear. Replace worn or damaged parts promptly. Check the tightness of all nuts and bolts regularly. (For further details, see "MAINTENANCE" section.) 8. Keep your tractor clean. Dirt, grease, and trash build up may contribute to fires and lead to personal injury. 9. Use only implements meeting the specifications listed under "IMPLEMENT LIMITATIONS" in this manual or implements approved by KUBOTA. 10.Use proper weights on the front or rear of the tractor to reduce the risk of upsets. When using the front loader, put an implement or ballast on the 3-point hitch to improve stability. Follow the safe operating procedures specified in the implement or attachment manual. 11.The narrower the tread, the greater the risk of a tractor upset. For maximum stability, adjust the wheels to the widest practical tread width for your application. (See "TIRES, WHEELS AND BALLAST" section.) 12.Do not modify the tractor. Unauthorized modification may affect the function of the tractor, which may result in personal injury. C CAB, ROPS 1. KUBOTA recommends the use of a CAB or Roll Over Protective Structures (ROPS) and seat belt in almost all applications. This combination will reduce the risk of serious injury or death, should the tractor be upset. Check for overhead clearance which may interfere with a CAB or ROPS. 2. Set parking brake and stop engine. Remove any obstruction that may prevent raising or folding of the ROPS. Do not allow any bystanders. Always perform function from a stable position at the rear of the tractor. Hold the top of the ROPS securely when raising or folding. Make sure all pins are installed and locked. 3. If the CAB or ROPS is loosened or removed for any reason, make sure that all parts are reinstalled correctly before operating the tractor. 4. Never modify or repair any structural member of a CAB or ROPS because welding, bending, drilling, grinding, or cutting may weaken the structure. 5. If any structural member of the CAB or ROPS is damaged, replace the entire structure at your local KUBOTA Dealer. 6. If the tractor is equipped with a foldable ROPS it may be temporarily folded down only when absolutely necessary for areas with height constraints. (There is no operator protection provided by the ROPS in the folded position. For operator safety the ROPS should be placed in the upright and locked position and the seat belt fastened for all other operations.) 7. Always use the seat belt if the tractor has a CAB or ROPS. Do not use the seat belt if a foldable ROPS is down or there is no ROPS. Check the seat belt regularly and replace if frayed or damaged. Operator safety is a priority. Safe operation, specifically with respect to overturning hazards, entails understanding the equipment and environmental conditions at the time of use. Some prohibited uses which can affect overturning hazards include traveling and turning with implements and loads carried too high etc. This manual sets forth some of the obvious risks, but the list is not, and cannot be, exhaustive. It is the operator's responsibility to be alert for any equipment or environmental condition that could compromise safe operation. C Starting 1. Always sit in the operator's seat when starting engine or operating levers or controls. Adjust seat per instructions in the operating the tractor section. Never start engine while standing on the ground. 2. Before starting the engine, make sure that all levers (including auxiliary control levers) are in their neutral positions, that the parking brake is engaged, and that both the clutch and the Power Take-Off (PTO) are disengaged or "OFF". Fasten the seat belt if the tractor has a CAB or a foldable ROPS in the upright and locked position. 3. Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals or bypassing the safety start switch. Machine may start in gear and move if normal starting circuitry is bypassed. 4. Do not operate or idle engine in a non-ventilated area. Carbon monoxide gas is colorless, odorless, and deadly. 5. Check before each use that operator presence controls are functioning correctly. Test safety systems. (See "Checking Engine Start System" and "Checking Operator Presence Control" in "EVERY 50 HOURS" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) Do not operate unless they are functioning correctly. C Working 1. Pull only from the drawbar. Never hitch to axle housing or any other point except drawbar; such arrangements will increase the risk of serious personal injury or death due to a tractor upset. 2. For trailing PTO-driven implements, set the drawbar to the towing position. 3. Attach pulled or towed loads to the drawbar only. 4. Keep all shields and guards in place. Replace any that are missing or damaged. 5. Avoid sudden starts. To avoid upsets, slow down when turning, on uneven ground, and before stopping. 6. The tractor cannot turn with the differential locked and attempting to do so could be dangerous. 7. Do not operate near ditches, holes, embankments, or other ground surface features which may collapse under the tractor's weight. The risk of tractor upset is even higher when the ground is loose or wet. Tall grass can hide obstacles, walk the area first to be sure. 8. Watch where you are going at all times. Watch for and avoid obstacles. Be alert at row ends, near trees, and other obstructions. 9. When working in groups, always let the others know what you are going to do before you do it. 10.Never try to get on or off a moving tractor. 11.Always sit in the operator's seat when operating levers or controls. 12.Do not stand between tractor and implement or trailed vehicle unless parking brake is applied. C Safety for children Tragedy can occur if the operator is not alert to the presence of children. Children generally are attracted to machines and the work they do. SAFE OPERATION 1. Never assume that children will remain where you last saw them. 2. Keep children out of the work area and under the watchful eye of another responsible adult. 3. Be alert and shut your machine down if children enter the work area. 4. Never carry children on your machine. There is no safe place for them to ride. They may fall off and be run over or interfere with your control of the machine. 5. Never allow children to operate the machine even under adult supervision. 6. Never allow children to play on the machine or on the implement. 7. Use extra caution when backing up. Look behind and down to make sure area is clear before moving. C Operating on slopes Slopes are a major factor related to loss-of-control and tip-over accidents, which can result in severe injury or death. All slopes require extra caution. 1. To avoid upsets, always back up steep slopes. If you cannot back up the slope or if you feel uneasy on it, do not operate on it. Stay off slopes too steep for safe operation. 2. Driving forward out of a ditch, mired condition or up a steep slope increases the risk of a tractor to be upset backward. Always back out of these situations. Extra caution is required with 4-wheel drive models because their increased traction can give the operator false confidence in the tractor's ability to climb slopes. 3. Keep all movement on slopes slow and gradual. Do not make sudden changes in speed, direction or apply brake and make sudden motions of the steering wheel. 4. Avoid disengaging the clutch or changing gears speed when climbing or going down a slope. If on a slope disengaging the clutch or changing gears to neutral could cause loss of control. 5. Special attention should be made to the weight and location of implements and loads as such will affect the stability of the tractor. 6. To improve stability on slope, set widest wheel tread as shown in "TIRES, WHEELS AND BALLAST" section. Follow recommendations for proper ballasting. C Driving the tractor on the road 1. Lock the 2 brake pedals together to help assure straight-line stops. Uneven braking at road speeds could cause the tractor to tip over. [Manual Transmission Type] [HST Type] (1) Brake Pedal (LH) (A) Whenever travelling on the road (2) Brake Pedal (RH) (3) Brake Pedal Lock 2. Check the front wheel engagement. The braking characteristics are different between 2 and 4-wheel drive. Be aware of the difference and use carefully. 3. Always slow the tractor down before turning. Turning at high speed may tip the tractor over. 4. Make sure that the Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV) sign is clean and visible. Use hazard lights and turn signals as required. 5. Observe all local traffic and safety regulations. 6. Turn the headlights on. Dim them when meeting another vehicle. 7. Drive at speeds that allow you to maintain control at all times. 8. Do not apply the differential lock while traveling at road speeds. The tractor may run out of control. 9. Avoid sudden motions of the steering wheel as they can lead to a dangerous loss of stability. The risk is especially great when the tractor is traveling at road speeds. 10.Keep the ROPS in the "UP" position and wear the seat belt when driving the tractor on the road. Otherwise, you will not be protected in the event of a tractor roll-over. 11.Do not operate an implement while the tractor is on the road. Lock the 3-point hitch in the raised position. 12.When towing other equipment, use a safety chain and place an SMV emblem on it as well. 13.Set the implement lowering speed knob in the "LOCK" position to hold the implement in the raised position. 1. Disengage the PTO, lower all implements to the ground, place all control levers in their neutral positions, set the parking brake, stop the engine, remove the key from the ignition and lock the cab door (if equipped). 2. Make sure that the tractor has come to a complete stop before dismounting. 3. Avoid parking on steep slopes, if at all possible park on a firm and level surface; if not, park across a slope with chock the wheels. Failure to comply with this warning may allow the tractor to move and could cause injury or death. (1) Safety chain SAFE OPERATION 4. OPERATING THE PTO 1. Wait until all moving components have completely stopped before getting off the tractor, connecting, disconnecting, adjusting, cleaning, or servicing any PTO driven equipment. 2. Keep the PTO shaft cover in place at all times. Replace the PTO shaft cap when the shaft is not in use. (1) PTO Shaft cover (A) "NORMAL POSITION" (2) PTO Shaft cap (B) "RAISED POSITION" 3. Before installing or using PTO driven equipment, read the manufacturer's manual and review the safety labels attached to the equipment. 4. When operating stationary PTO driven equipment, always apply the tractor parking brake and place chocks behind and in front of the rear wheels. Stay clear of all rotating parts. Never step over rotating parts. 5. USING 3-POINT HITCH 1. Use the 3-point hitch only with equipment designed for 3-point hitch usage. 2. When using a 3-point hitch mounted implement, be sure to install the proper counterbalance weight on the front of the tractor. 6. SERVICING THE TRACTOR Before servicing the tractor, park it on a firm, flat and level surface, set the parking brake, lower all implements to the ground, place the gear shift lever in neutral, stop the engine and remove the key. 1. Allow the tractor time to cool off before working on or near the engine, muffler, radiator, etc. 2. Do not remove radiator cap while coolant is hot. When cool, slowly rotate cap to the first stop and allow sufficient time for excess pressure to escape before removing the cap completely. If the tractor has a coolant recovery tank, add coolant or water to the tank, not the radiator. (See "Checking Coolant Level" in "DAILY CHECK" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) 3. Always stop the engine before refueling. Avoid spills and overfilling. 4. Do not smoke when working around battery or when refueling. Keep all sparks and flames away from battery and fuel tank. The battery presents an explosive hazard, because it gives off hydrogen and oxygen especially when recharging. 5. Before "jump starting" a dead battery, read and follow all of the instructions. (See "JUMP STARTING" in "OPERATING THE ENGINE" section.) 6. Keep first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy at all times. 7. Disconnect the battery's ground cable before working on or near electric components. 8. To avoid the possibility of battery explosion, do not use or charge the refillable type battery if the fluid level is below the LOWER ( lower limit level ) mark. Check the fluid level regularly and add distilled water as required so that the fluid level is between the UPPER and LOWER levels. 9. To avoid sparks from an accidental short circuit, always disconnect the battery's ground cable (-) first and reconnect it last. 10.Do not attempt to mount a tire on a rim. This should be done by a qualified person with the proper equipment. 11.Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate tires above the recommended pressure shown in the operator's manual. 12.Securely support the tractor when either changing wheels or adjusting the wheel tread width. 13.Make sure that wheel bolts have been tightened to the specified torque. 14.Do not work under any hydraulically supported devices. They can settle, suddenly leak down, or be accidentally lowered. If it is necessary to work under tractor or any machine elements for servicing or adjustment, securely support them with stands or suitable blocking beforehand. 15.Escaping hydraulic fluid under pressure has sufficient force to penetrate skin, causing serious personal injury. Before disconnecting hydraulic lines, be sure to release all residual pressure. Before applying pressure to the hydraulic system, make sure that all connections are tight and that all lines, pipes, and hoses are free of damage. SAFE OPERATION 7. DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION LABELS SAFE OPERATION 8. CARE OF DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION LABELS 1. Keep danger, warning and caution labels clean and free from obstructing material. 2. Clean danger, warning and caution labels with soap and water, dry with a soft cloth. 3. Replace damaged or missing danger, warning and caution labels with new labels from your local KUBOTA Dealer. 4. If a component with danger, warning and caution label(s) affixed is replaced with new part, make sure new label(s) is (are) attached in the same location(s) as the replaced component. 5. Mount new danger, warning and caution labels by applying on a clean dry surface and pressing any bubbles to outside edge. SERVICING OF TRACTOR Your dealer is interested in your new tractor and has the desire to help you get the most value from it. After reading this manual thoroughly, you will find that you can do some of the regular maintenance yourself. However, when in need of parts or major service, be sure to see your KUBOTA Dealer. For service, contact the KUBOTA Dealership from which you purchased your tractor or your local KUBOTA Dealer. When in need of parts, be prepared to give your dealer the tractor, CAB/ROPS and engine serial numbers. Locate the serial numbers now and record them in the space provided. Type Serial No. Tractor CAB / ROPS Engine Date of Purchase Name of Dealer (To be filled in by purchaser) C Warranty This tractor is warranted under the KUBOTA Limited Express Warranty, a copy of which may be obtained from your selling dealer. No warranty shall, however, apply if the tractor has not been handled according to the instruction given in the Operator's Manual even it is within the warranty period. C Scrapping the tractor and its procedure To put the tractor out of service, correctly follow the local rules and regulations of the country or territory where you scrap it. If you have questions, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer. (1)ROPS identification plate (ROPS Serial No.) SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATION TABLE Model L2501 Manual Transmission HST 2WD 4WD 4WD PTO power* kW (HP) 15.3 (20.5) 14.2 (19.0) Engine Maker KUBOTA Model D1703-M-DI-E4 Type Direct injection, Vertical, Water-Cooled 4 cycle diesel Number of cylinders 3 Bore and stroke mm (in) 87 X 92.4 (3.4 x 3.6) Total displacement L (cu.in.) 1.647 (100.47) Engine gross power* kW (HP) 18.5 (24.8) Engine net power* kW (HP) 17.8 (23.9) Rated revolution rps (rpm) 36.7 (2200) Low idling revolution rps (rpm) 17.5 to 19.2 (1050 to 1150) Maximum torque N-m (ft-lbs.) 95.2 (70.2) Battery 12V. RC : 123 min, CCA : 490 A Capacities Fuel tank L (U.S.gals.) 38.0 (10.0) Engine crankcase (with filter) L (U.S.qts.) 5.7 (6.0) Engine coolant L (U.S.qts.) 6.0 (6.3) Transmission case L (U.S.gals.) 27.0 (7.1) 27.5 (7.3) 23.5 (6.2) Dimensions Overall length (without 3p) mm (in.) 2810 (110.6) 2700 (106.3) Overall width (min.tread) mm (in.) 1400 (55.1) Overall height (with ROPS) mm (in.) 2330 (91.7) Overall height (Top of steering wheel) mm (in.) 1475 (58.1) Wheel base mm (in.) 1610 (63.3) Min. ground clearance mm (in.) 345 (13.6) 340 (13.4) Tread Front mm (in.) 1050 (41.3) 1095 (43.1) Rear mm (in.) 1115 (43.8), 1195 (47.1), 1290 (50.8) Weight (with ROPS) kg (lbs.) 1100 (2425) 1180 (2601) 1190 (2623) SPECIFICATIONS Model L2501 Manual Transmission HST 2WD 4WD 4WD Traveling system Tires AG Front 5 -15 7.2 -16 AG Rear 11.2 - 24 Indust. (option) Front N / A 27 x 8.50 - 15 Rear N / A 15 - 19.5R4 Clutch Dry type Single stage Steering Integral type power steering Transmission Gear shift, 8 forward and 4 reverse Hydrostatic transmission, 3 range speed Brake Wet disk type Min. turning radius (with brake) m (feet) 2.4 (7.9) 2.5 (8.2) Hydraulic unit Hydraulic control system Position control Pump capacity (main) L / min (gal / min) 19.5 (5.15) Pump capacity (PS) L / min (gal / min) 11.8 (3.13) 3-point hitch Category 1 Max. lift force At lift points kg (lbs.) 870 (1918) 24 in. behind lift points kg (lbs.) 630 (1389) System pressure MPa (kgf / cm ) [psi] 15.2 (155) [2205] PTO Rear PTO PTO shaft size SAE 1-3 /8, 6-splines Type Transmission driven with overrunning Live-continuous running PTO / Engine speed rpm 540 / 1910 540 / 2105 NOTE: *Manufacturer's estimate The company reserves the right to change the specifications without notice. SPECIFICATIONS TRAVELING SPEEDS [Manual Transmission Type] (At rated engine rpm) Model L2501 Tire size (Rear) 11.2-24 Range gear shift lever Main gear shift lever km/h mph Forward Low 1 1.4 0.9 2 1.8 1.1 3 2.6 1.6 4 4.5 2.8 High 1 5.3 3.3 2 6.9 4.3 3 10.0 6.2 4 17.3 10.7 Reverse Reverse 1 1.9 1.2 2 2.5 1.6 3 3.6 2.2 4 6.2 3.9 The company reserves the right to change the specifications without notice. [HST Type] (At rated engine rpm) Model L2501 Tire size (Rear) 11.2-24 Range gear shift lever km/h mph Forward L 0 to 5.1 0 to 3.2 M 0 to 8.9 0 to 5.5 H 0 to 18.5 0 to 11.5 Reverse L 0 to 4.6 0 to 2.9 M 0 to 8.0 0 to 5.0 H 0 to 16.6 0 to 10.3 The company reserves the right to change the specifications without notice. IMPLEMENT LIMITATIONS The KUBOTA Tractor has been thoroughly tested for proper performance with implements sold or approved by KUBOTA. Use with implements which are not sold or approved by KUBOTA and which exceed the maximum specifications listed below, or which are otherwise unfit for use with the KUBOTA Tractor may result in malfunctions or failures of the tractor, damage to other property and injury to the operator or others. [Any malfunctions or failures of the tractor resulting from use with improper implements are not covered by the warranty.] Tread (max. width) with farm tires Lower link end max. lifting capacity W Front Rear 2WD 4WD L2501 1050 mm (41.3 in.) 1095 mm (43.1 in.) 1290 mm (50.8 in.) 870 kg (1918 lbs.) Actual figures Implement weight W and/or size Max. Drawbar Load W Trailer loading weight W Max. capacity L2501 As in the following list (Shown on the next page) 330 kg (730 lbs.) 1000 kg (2200 lbs.) Lower link end max. hydraulic lifting capacity ...........W Implement weight .................The implement's weight which can be put on the lower link : W Max. drawbar load ................W Trailer loading weight ............The max. loading weight for trailer (without trailer's weight) : W A Implement size may vary depending on soil operating conditions. A Implement size may vary depending on soil operating conditions. No. Implement Remarks L2501 1 Trailer Max. load capacity kg(lbs.) 1000 (2200) Max. drawbar load kg (lbs.) 330 (730) 2 Mower Rotary-Cutter Max. cutting width mm (in.) 1524 (60) Max. weight kg (lbs.) 350 (770) Flail Mower Max. cutting width mm (in.) 1270 (50) Max. weight kg (lbs.) 350 (770) Sickle Bar Max. cutting width mm (in.) 1829 (72) Max. weight kg (lbs.) 400 (880) 3 Sprayer Rear mounted Max. tank capacity L (gals.) 300 (80) Pull type Max. tank capacity L (gals.) 800 (210) 4 Rotary Tiller Max. tilling width mm (in.) 1370 (54) 5 Bottom Plow Max. size 12 in. x 2, 16 in. x 1 6 Disk harrow : Pull type Max. harrowing width mm (in.) 1524 (60) Max. weight kg (lbs.) 300 (660) 7 Chisel Plow Max. width mm (in.) 1829 (72) Max. weight kg (lbs.) 350 (770) 8 Broad Caster Max. tank capacity L (gals.) 200 (53) Max. weight kg (lbs.) 100 (220) 9 Manure Spreader Max. capacity kg (lbs.) 1000 (2200) 10 Cultivator Max. width mm (in.) 1524 (60) Number of rows 1 Max. weight kg (lbs.) 250 (550) 11 Front Blade Max. cutting width mm (in.) 1829 (72) Max. oil pressure MPa (psi) 15.9 (2311) Sub frame Necessary 12 Rear Blade Max. cutting width mm (in.) 1829 (72) Max. oil pressure MPa (psi) 15.9 (2311) 13 Front-end Loader Max lifting capacity kg (lbs.) 460 (1014) Max. oil pressure MPa (psi) 15.9 (2311) Sub frame Not necessary 14 Box Blade Max. cutting width mm (in.) 1321 (52) Max. weight kg (lbs.) 315 (694) 15 Backhoe Max. digging depth mm (in.) 2288 (90) Max. weight kg (lbs.) 420 (926) Sub frame Necessary 16 Snow Blade Max. width mm (in.) 1524 (60) Max. weight kg (lbs.) 300 (660) 17 Snow Blower Max. working width mm (in.) 1524 (60) Max. weight kg (lbs.) 250 (550) INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS B Instrument Panel, Switches and Hand Controls ILLUSTRATED CONTENTS (1) Electrical charge lamp.......................... 30 (2) Engine oil pressure lamp...................... 30 (3) Glow plug indicator.............................. 12 (4) Fuel gauge........................................... 30 (5) Hazard light switch............................... 21 (6) Turn signal switch................................ 21 (7) Head light switch.................................. 21 (8) Turn signal / Hazard light indicator....... 21 (9) Hourmeter / Tachometer...................... 31 (10) Coolant temperature gauge................. 31 (11) Key switch............................................ 12 INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS B Foot and Hand Controls C Manual Transmission Type ILLUSTRATED CONTENTS (1) Parking brake lever.............................. 32 (2) Main gear shift lever............................. 24 (3) Clutch pedal......................................... 23 (4) PTO gear shift lever............................. 34 (5) 3-Point hitch lowering speed knob....... 39 (6) Front wheel drive lever [4WD Type]..... 24 (7) Range gear shift lever (Shuttle shift lever)............................... 24 (8) Seat belt............................................... 21 (9) Operator's seat.................................... 20 (10) Hand throttle lever................................ 25 (11) Brake pedal.......................................... 22,25 (12) Foot throttle.......................................... 25 (13) Position control lever............................ 39 (14) Differential lock pedal........................... 32 (15) Cup holder .......................................... ­ (16) Tool box ............................................ ­ 10 INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONTROLS C HST Type ILLUSTRATED CONTENTS (1) Parking brake lever ............................. 32 (2) Clutch pedal ........................................ 23 (3) Front wheel drive lever ........................ 27 (4) Differential lock pedal .......................... 32 (5) Range gear shift lever ......................... 26 (6) Cruise control lever (if equipped) ......... 28 (7) Seat belt .............................................. 21 (8) Operator's seat ................................... 20 (9) Hand throttle lever ............................... 27 (10) Brake pedal ......................................... 22,27 (11) Speed control pedal ............................ 28 (12) Position control lever ........................... 39 (13) 3-Point hitch lowering speed knob ....... 39 (14) Cup holder .......................................... - (15) PTO gear shift lever ............................ 34 (16) Tool box ............................................ - PRE-OPERATION CHECK DAILY CHECK To prevent trouble from occurring, it is important to know the condition of the tractor well. Check it before starting. A Be sure to check and service the tractor on a level surface with the engine shut off and the parking brake "ON" and implement lowered to the ground. Check item - Walk around inspection - Check engine oil level - Check transmission oil level - Check coolant level - Clean grill and radiator screen - Clean oil cooler [HST model] - Check air cleaner evacuator valve (When used in a dusty place) - Check brake and clutch pedal - Check indicators, gauges and meter - Check lights - Check wire harness - Check seat belt and ROPS - Check movable parts -Refuel (See "DAILY CHECK" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) - Care of danger, warning and caution labels (See "DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION LABELS" in "SAFE OPERATION" section.) OPERATING THE ENGINE A Read "Safe Operation" in the front of this manual. A Read the danger, warning and caution labels located on the tractor. A To avoid the danger of exhaust fume poisoning, do not operate the engine in a closed building without proper ventilation. A Never start engine while standing on ground. Start engine only from operator's seat. A Make it a rule to set all shift levers to the "NEUTRAL" positions and to place PTO lever in "OFF" position before starting the engine. A Do not use starting fluid or ether. A To protect the battery and the starter, make sure that the starter is not continuously turned for more than 10 seconds. STARTING THE ENGINE 1. Make sure the parking brake is set. 1. To set the parking brake; (1) Interlock the brake pedals. (2) Depress the brake pedals. (3) Latch the brake pedals with the parking brake lever. 2. To release the parking brake, depress the brake pedals again. A To prevent damage to the parking brake lever, make sure that brake pedals are fully depressed before pushing the parking brake lever. 2. Place the shift levers in "NEUTRAL" position. [Manual Transmission Type] (1) Main gear shift lever (H) "HIGH" (2) Range gear shift lever (N) "NEUTRAL POSITION" (L) "LOW" (R) "REVERSE" 2. Make sure the cruise control lever is in "OFF" position. Place the Speed control Pedal in "NEUTRAL" position. Place the range gear shift lever in "NEUTRAL" position. [HST Type] (1) Cruise control lever (N) "NEUTRAL (if equipped) POSITION" (2) Speed control pedal "OFF POSITION" (3) Range gear shift lever A Depress the both brake pedals together, doing so the cruise control lever automatically returns to the off position. A When removing the foot from speed control pedal, the pedal automatically returns to the neutral position. 3. Place the PTO gear shift lever in "OFF" 4. Place the position control lever in position. "LOWEST" position. [Manual Transmission Type] [HST Type] (1) Hand Throttle lever "INCREASE" (2) Foot Throttle [except HST Type] "DECREASE" (1) PTO gear shift lever "ON" "OFF" (1) PTO gear shift lever "ON" "OFF" 6. Insert the key into the key switch and 7. Fully depress the clutch pedal, turn the turn it "ON". key to "PREHEAT" position and hold it for the preheating. For the appropriate preheating time, refer to the table below: Temperature Preheating Time Over 0 (32 ) 2 to 3 sec. 0 to -5 (32 to 23 ) 5 sec. -5 to -15 (23 to 5 ) 10 sec. "PREHEAT" "OFF" "ON" "START" C Check Warning lamps: When the key is turned "ON", lamps (1) (2) should come on. If trouble should occur at any location while the engine is running, the warning lamp corresponding to that location comes on. (1) Engine oil pressure (3) Glow plug indicator (2) Electrical charge A Daily checks with the warning lamps only are not sufficient. Never fail to conduct physical daily checks carefully by referring to Daily Check section. (See "DAILY CHECK" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) A Glow plug indicator (3) comes on while engine is being preheated. 8. Turn the key to "START" position and release when the engine starts. [Manual Transmission Type] A Because of the safety devices, the engine will not start except when the PTO gear shift lever is in the "OFF" position and the range gear shift lever is in the "NEUTRAL" position. [HST Type] A Because of the safety devices, the engine will not start except when the PTO gear shift lever is placed in the "OFF" position, speed control pedal is placed in the "NEUTRAL" position and clutch pedal is disengaged. 9. Check to see that engine oil pressure and electrical charge lamps are "OFF". If the lamp is still on, immediately stop the engine and determine the cause. 10. Release the clutch pedal. C Cold Weather Starting When the ambient temperature is below -5 (23 ) and the engine is very cold. (If the engine fails to start after 10 seconds, turn off the key for 30 seconds. Then repeat steps 7 and 8. To protect the battery and the starter, make sure that the starter is not continuously turned for more than 10 seconds.) STOPPING THE ENGINE 1. After slowing the engine to idle, turn the key to "OFF". 2. Remove the key. A If key does not stop the engine, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer. WARMING UP To avoid personal injury or death: A Be sure to set the parking brake during warm-up. A Be sure to set all shift levers to the "NEUTRAL" positions and to place PTO lever in "OFF" position during warm-up. For 5 minutes after engine start-up, allow engine to warm up without applying any load, this is to allow oil to reach every engine part. If load should be applied to the engine without this warm-up period, trouble such as seizure, breakage or premature wear may develop. BWarm-Up Transmission Oil in the Low Temperature Range Hydraulic oil serves as transmission fluid. In cold weather, the oil may be cold with increased viscosity. This can cause delayed oil circulation or abnormally low hydraulic pressure for some time after engine start-up. This in turn can result in trouble in the hydraulic system. To prevent the above, observe the following instructions: Warm up the engine at about 50% of rated rpm according to the table below: Ambient temperature Warm-up time requirement Above 0 (32 ) At least 10 minutes 0 to -10 (32 to 14 ) 10 to 20 minutes -10 to -20 (14 to -4 ) 20 to 30 minutes Below -20 (-4 ) More than 30 minutes A Do not operate the tractor under full load condition until it is sufficiently warmed up. JUMP STARTING To avoid personal injury or death: A Battery gases can explode. Keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames away from battery. A If tractor battery is frozen, do not jump start engine. A Do not connect the other end of the negative (-) jumper cable to the negative (-) terminal of the tractor battery. When jump starting the engine, follow the instructions below to safely start the engine. 1. Bring the helper vehicle with a battery of the same voltage as disabled tractor within easy cable reach. "THE VEHICLES MUST NOT TOUCH". 2. Engage the parking brakes of both vehicles and put the shift levers in neutral. Shut both engines off. 3. Wear eye protection and rubber gloves. 4. Attach the red clamp to the positive (red, (+) or pos.) terminal of the dead battery and clamp the other end of the same cable to the positive (red, (+) or pos.) terminal of the helper battery. 5. Clamp the other cable to the negative (black, (-) or neg.) terminal of the helper battery. 6. Clamp the other end to the engine block or frame of the disabled tractor as far from the dead battery as possible. 7. Start the helper vehicle and let its engine run for a few moments. Start the disabled tractor. 8. Disconnect the jumper cables in the exact reverse order of attachment. (Steps 6, 5 and 4). A This machine has a 12 volt negative (-) ground starting system. A Use only same voltage for jump starting. A Use of a higher voltage source on tractor's electrical system could result in severe damage to tractor's electrical system. Use only matching voltage source when "Jump starting" a low or dead battery condition. A Do not operate the tractor with the battery cable disconnected from the battery. A Do not operate the tractor without the battery mounted. A Do not operate the tractor with the battery dead. Charge the battery fully enough before operating the tractor. Otherwise the tractor might malfunction. OPERATING THE TRACTOR OPERATING NEW TRACTOR How a new tractor is handled and maintained determines the life of the tractor. A new tractor just off the factory production line has been, of course, tested, but the various parts are not accustomed to each other, so care should be taken to operate the tractor for the first 50 hours at a slower speed and avoid excessive work or operation until the various parts become "broken-in". The manner in which the tractor is handled during the "breaking-in" period greatly affects the life of your tractor. Therefore, to obtain the maximum performance and the longest life of the tractor, it is very important to properly break-in your tractor. In handling a new tractor, the following precautions should be observed. BDo not Operate the Tractor at Full Speed for the First 50 Hours A Do not start quickly nor apply the brakes suddenly. A In winter, operate the tractor after fully warming up the engine. A Do not run the engine at speeds faster than necessary. A On rough roads, slow down to suitable speeds. Do not operate the tractor at fast speed. The above precautions are not limited only to new tractors, but to all tractors. But it should be especially observed in the case of new tractors. BChanging Lubricating Oil for New Tractors The lubricating oil is especially important in the case of a new tractor. The various parts are not "broken-in" and are not accustomed to each other; small metal grit may develop during the operation of the tractor; and this may wear out or damage the parts. Therefore, care should be taken to change the lubricating oil a little earlier than would ordinarily be required. For further details of change interval hours. (See "MAINTENANCE" section.) BOARDING AND LEAVING THE TRACTOR 1. Never try to get on or off a moving tractor or jump off the tractor to exit. 2. Face the tractor when getting into or out of the tractor. Do not use the controls as hand holds to prevent inadvertent machine movements. 3. Always keep steps and floor clean to avoid slippery conditions. OPERATING FOLDABLE ROPS (ifequipped) A When raising or folding the ROPS, apply parking brake, stop the engine and remove the key. Always perform function from a stable position at the rear of tractor. A Fold the ROPS down only when absolutely necessary and fold it up and lock it again as soon as possible. A Before proceeding to fold ROPS, check for any possible interference with installed implements and attachments. If interference occurs, contact your KUBOTA Dealer. BTo Fold the ROPS 1. Remove both set bolts. 2. Fold the ROPS. BTo Raise the ROPS to Upright Position 1. Remove both hair pin cotters and set bolts. To avoid personal injury: A Hold the ROPS tightly with both hands and fold the ROPS slowly and carefully. 2. Raise ROPS to the upright position. 3. Align set bolt holes and insert both set bolts. Slightly tighten the set bolts and secure them with the hair pin cotters. To avoid personal injury: A Make sure that both set bolts are properly installed and secured with the hair pin cotters. To avoid personal injury: A Raise the ROPS slowly and carefully. 3. Align set bolt holes, insert both set bolts. Slightly tighten the set bolts and secure them with the hair pin cotters. To avoid personal injury: A Make sure that both set bolts are properly installed as soon as the ROPS is in the upright position and secured with the hair pin cotters. BAdjustment of Foldable ROPS A Adjust free fall of the ROPS upper frame regularly. A If you feel less friction in folding the ROPS, remove the cotter pin (1), tighten the nut (2) until you feel the right friction in the movement and then replace the cotter pin. STARTING 1. Adjusting the operator's position. A The seat and suspension should be adjusted to ensure that the controls are comfortably at hand for the operator, ensuring that the operator maintains a good posture and minimizes risks from whole body vibration. BOperator's Seat To avoid personal injury or death: A Make adjustments to the seat only while the tractor is stopped. A Make sure that the seat is completely secured after each adjustment. A Do not allow any person other than the operator to ride on the tractor. C Travel adjustment Pull up the travel adjust lever and slide the seat backward or forward, as required. The seat will lock in position when the lever is released. C Suspension adjustment Turn the suspension adjust handle to achieve the optimum suspension setting. A After adjusting the operator's seat, be sure to check to see that the seat is properly locked. A Position the suspension adjust handle at the horizontal position. BSeat Belt To avoid personal injury or death: A Always use the seat belt when any ROPS or CAB are installed. A Do not use the seat belt if a foldable ROPS is down or there is no ROPS. Adjust the seat belt for proper fit and connect the buckle. This seat belt is auto-locking retractable type. BHead Light / Turn Signal / Hazard Light Switch C Head Light Switch Turn the light switch clockwise, and the following lights are activated on the switch position. (A) OFF.... Head lights OFF. (B) .... Head lights dimmed, low beam. (C) .... Head lights ON, high beam. C Hazard Light Switch When hazard light switch is pushed, the hazard lights flash along with the indicator on the instrument panel. Press the hazard light switch again to turn off the light. C Turn Signal with Hazard Light 1. To indicate a right turn with the hazard lights already flashing (hazard on), turn the knob clockwise. 2. To indicate a left turn with the hazard lights already flashing, turn the knob counterclockwise. 3. When the left or right turn signal is activated in combination with the hazard lights, the indicated turning light will flash and the other will stay on. C Turn Signal without Hazard light 1. To indicate a right turn without hazard lights (hazard off), turn the knob clockwise. 2. To indicate a left turn without hazard lights, turn the knob counterclockwise. 3. When the left or right turn signal is activated without the hazard lights, the indicated turning light will flash and the other will be on. A Be sure to return switch to center position after turning. (1) Head light switch (A) "OFF" (2) Turn signal light switch (B) "ON (LOW)" (C)"ON (HIGH)" BTractor Lights (1) Head light (2) Turn signal / Hazard light (3) Rear turn signal / Hazard light (4) Tail light 3. Checking the brake pedal. BBrake Pedals (Right and Left) To avoid personal injury or death: A Be sure to interlock the right and left pedals. Applying only one rear wheel brake at high speeds could cause the tractor to swerve or roll-over. A Be sure brake pedals have equal adjustment when using locked together. Incorrect or unequal brake pedal adjustment can cause the tractor to swerve or roll-over. To avoid personal injury or death: A Do not make brake suddenly. An accident may occur as a result of a heavy towed load shifting forward or loss of control. A To avoid skidding and loss of steering control when driving on icy, wet, or loose surfaces, make sure the tractor is correctly ballasted, operated at reduced speed, operated with front wheel drive engaged (if equipped). A The braking characteristics are different between 2 and 4-wheel drive. Be aware of the difference and use carefully. 1. Before operating the tractor on the road or before applying the parking brake, be sure to interlock the right and left pedals as illustrated below. 2. Use individual brakes to assist in making sharp turns at slow speeds (Field Operation Only). Disengage the brake pedal lock and depress only one brake pedal. 3. Be sure brake pedals have equal adjustment when using locked together. (1) Brake pedal lock (A) "LOCK" (B)"RELEASE" 4. Raise the implement. (See "HYDRAULIC UNIT" section.) 5. Depress the clutch pedal. BClutch Pedal To avoid personal injury or death: A Sudden release of the clutch may cause the tractor to lunge in an unexpected manner. The clutch is disengaged when the clutch pedal is fully pressed down. To help prevent premature clutch wear: A The clutch pedal must be quickly disengaged and be slowly engaged. A Avoid operating the tractor with your foot resting on the clutch pedal. A Select proper gear and engine speed depending on the type of job. 6. Selecting the Travel Speed. [Manual Transmission Type] (1) Main gear shift lever (L) "LOW" (2) Range gear shift lever (N) "NEUTRAL" (Shuttle shift lever) (H) "HIGH" (3) Front wheel drive lever (R) "REVERSE" BMain Gear Shift Lever & Range Gear Shift Lever The main gear shift lever pattern is in the form of a "H". The range gear shift lever moves in the form of a " " in 3 stages, "HIGH", "LOW" and "REVERSE". By combination and use of the main gear shift lever and the range gear shift lever, 8 forward speeds and 4 reverse speeds are obtained. A To change speeds, press the clutch pedal completely down and stop the tractor before attempting to proceed with speed change. A When you stand up from the seat with the range gear shift lever at "FORWARD" or "REVERSE", the engine will stop regardless of whether the machine is moving or not. This is because the tractor is equipped with Operator Presence Control system (OPC). BFront Wheel Drive Lever [4WD] To avoid personal injury or death: A Do not engage the front wheel drive when traveling at road speed. A When driving on icy, wet, or loose surfaces, make sure the tractor is correctly ballasted to avoid skidding and loss of steering control. Operate at reduced speed and engage front wheel drive. A An accident may occur if the tractor is suddenly braked, such as by heavy towed loads shifting forward or loss of control. A The braking characteristics are different between 2 and 4-wheel drive. Be aware of the difference and use carefully. Use the lever to engage the front wheels with the tractor stopped. Shift the lever to "ON" to engage the front wheel drive. A Depress the clutch pedal before engaging the front wheel drive lever. A If the front wheel drive lever is difficult to set to OFF, stop the tractor, turn the steering wheel and move the lever. A Tires will wear quickly if front wheel drive is engaged on paved roads. C Front wheel drive is effective for the following jobs: 1. When greater pulling force is needed, such as working in a wet field, when pulling a trailer, or when working with a front-end loader. 2. When working in sandy soil. 3. When working on a hard soil where a rotary tiller might push the tractor forward. 4. For increased braking at reduced speed. 7. Accelerate the engine. BHand Throttle Lever Pulling the throttle lever back increases engine speed, and pushing it forward decreases engine speed. BFoot Throttle Use the foot throttle when traveling on the road. Press down on it for higher speed. The foot throttle is interlocked with the hand throttle lever; when using the foot throttle, (1) Hand throttle lever "INCREASE" (2) Foot throttle "DECREASE" 8. Unlock the parking brake and slowly release the clutch. BParking Brake To release the parking brake, depress the brake pedals again. HST (1)Brake pedals 6. Selecting the Travel Speed. [HST Type] (1) Front wheel drive lever (3) Cruise control lever (if equipped) (2) Range gear shift lever (4) Speed control pedal BRange Gear Shift Lever (L-M-H) The range gear shift can only be shifted when the tractor is completely stopped and the speed control pedal is in the neutral position. IMPORTANT: To avoid transmission and shift linkage damage when shifting: A Completely stop the tractor using the brake pedals. A Do not force the range gear shift lever. A If it is difficult to shift the lever into L, M, or H from neutral position: On slopes be sure to set the parking brake before starting the procedure. (1) Slightly depress the speed control pedal to rotate the gears inside of the transmission. (2) Release the speed control pedal to the neutral position. (3) Depress the clutch pedal, wait for a moment and then shift the lever. BFront Wheel Drive Lever To avoid personal injury or death: A Do not engage the front wheel drive when traveling at road speed. A When driving on icy, wet or loose surfaces, make sure the tractor is correctly ballasted to avoid skidding and loss of steering control. Operate at reduced speed and engage front wheel drive. A An accident may occur if the tractor is suddenly braked, such as by heavy towed loads shifting forward or loss of control. A The braking characteristics are different between 2 and 4-wheel drive. Be aware of the difference and use carefully. Use the lever to engage the front wheels with the tractor stopped. Shift the lever to "ON" to engage the front wheel drive. (1) Front wheel drive lever (A) "ON" (B)"OFF" A Depress the clutch pedal before engaging the front wheel drive lever. A If the front wheel drive lever is difficult to set to OFF, stop the tractor, turn the steering wheel and move the lever. A Tires will wear quickly if front wheel drive is engaged on paved roads. C Front wheel drive is effective for the following jobs: 1. When greater pulling force is needed, such as working in a wet field, when pulling a trailer, or when working with a front-end loader. 2. When working in sandy soil. 3. When working on a hard soil where a rotary tiller might push the tractor forward. 4. For increased braking at reduced speed. 7. Accelerate the engine. BHand Throttle Lever Pulling the throttle lever back increases engine speed, and pushing it forward decreases engine speed. BParking Brake To release the parking brake, depress the brake pedals again. MT 9. Depress the Speed Control Pedal. [HST Type] BSpeed Control Pedal To avoid personal injury or death: A Do not operate if tractor moves on level ground with foot off of Speed Control Pedal. A Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer. Forward Pedal Depress the speed control pedal with the toe of your right foot to move forward. Reverse Pedal Depress the speed control pedal with the heel of your right foot to move backward. (1) Speed control Pedal (A) "FORWARD" (2) Stopper bolt (B) "REVERSE" A To prevent serious damage to the HST, do not adjust the stopper bolts. A When you stand up from the seat with the speed control pedal stepped on or the cruise control lever engaged (ON), the engine will stop regardless of whether the tractor is moving or not. This is because the tractor is equipped with Operator Presence Control system (OPC). BCruise Control Lever [if equipped] To avoid personal injury or death: A Pull the cruise control lever completely to the rear before starting the engine. A Do not use the cruise control when driving on the road. A Be sure to connect both the left and the right brakes to release the cruise control. The speed cruise control won't be released with single brake activation. Cruise control is designed for tractor operating efficiency and operator comfort, This device will provide a constant forward operating speed by mechanically holding the cruise control lever at the selected position. C To engage Cruise Control Device 1. The proper forward speed will be maintained if you apply the cruise control lever at any position. 2. To operate faster than the set speed, depress the speed control pedal further down in this condition. The set speed will be resumed if you release the pedal. C To disengage Cruise Control Device A Move the lever all the way back and then to "OFF" position to release the cruise control. A Depress both brake pedals. A Cruise control will be disengaged automatically when both brake pedals are depressed. A The cruise control device does not disengage when the individual right or left brake is applied. A Cruise control device will not operate in reverse. A Preferably set the cruise control lever, while holding down the speed control pedal. This makes the setting smoother. A When releasing the cruise mode, be sure to return the cruise control lever fully backward. (1) Cruise control lever (A) "INCREASE" (B) "DECREASE" (C) "OFF" A When you stand up from the seat with the speed control pedal stepped on or the cruise control lever engaged (ON), the engine will stop regardless of whether the tractor is moving or not. This is because the tractor is equipped with Operator Presence Control system (OPC). MT STOPPING BStopping 1. Slow down the engine. 2. Step on the clutch and brake pedal. 3. After the tractor has stopped, disengage the PTO, lower the implement to the ground, shift the transmission to neutral, release the clutch pedal, and set the parking brake. CHECK DURING DRIVING BImmediately Stop the Engine if: A The engine suddenly slows down or accelerates. A Unusual noises are suddenly heard. A Exhaust fumes suddenly become very dark. BEasy Checker(TM) If the indicators in the Easy Checker(TM) come on during operation, immediately stop the engine, and find the cause as shown below. Never operate the tractor while Easy Checker(TM) lamp is on. Engine oil pressure If the oil pressure in the engine goes below the prescribed level, the indicator in the Easy Checker(TM) will come on. If this should happen during operation, and it does not go off when the engine is accelerated to more than 1000 rpm, check level of engine oil. (See "Checking Engine Oil Level" in "DAILY CHECK" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) Electrical charge If the alternator is not charging the battery, the indicator in the Easy Checker(TM) will come on. If this should happen during operation, check the electrical charging system or consult your local KUBOTA Dealer. A For checking and servicing of your tractor, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for instructions. BFuel Gauge When the key switch is on, the fuel gauge indicates the fuel level. Be careful not to empty the fuel tank. Otherwise air may enter the fuel system. Should this happen, the system should be bled. (See "Bleeding Fuel System" in "SERVICE AS REQUIRED" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) BCoolant Temperature Gauge To avoid personal injury or death: A Do not remove radiator cap until coolant temperature is well below its boiling point. Then loosen cap slightly to the stop to relieve any pressure before removing cap completely. 1. With the key switch at "ON", this gauge indicates the temperature of the coolant. "C" for "cold" and "H" for "hot". 2. If the indicator reaches the red zone position, engine coolant is overheated. Check the tractor by referring to "TROUBLESHOOTING" section. BHourmeter/Tachometer This meter gives readings for engine speed, PTO shaft speed and the hours the tractor has been operated. 1. The tachometer indicates the engine speed and the 540 PTO shaft speed location on the dial. 2. The hourmeter indicates in 5 digits the hours the tractor has been used; the last digit indicates 1/10 of an hour. (1) Engine revolution (A) PTO : 540rpm (2) Hours used PARKING BParking To avoid personal injury or death: BEFORE DISMOUNTING TRACTOR A ALWAYS SET PARKING BRAKE AND LOWER ALL IMPLEMENTS TO THE GROUND. Leaving transmission in gear with the engine stopped will not prevent tractor with HST transmission from rolling. A STOP THE ENGINE AND REMOVE THE KEY. 1. When parking, be sure to set the parking brake. To set the parking brake; (1) Interlock the brake pedals. (2) Depress the brake pedals. (3) Latch the brake pedals with the parking brake lever. A To prevent damage to the parking brake lever, make sure that brake pedals are fully depressed before pushing the parking brake lever. 2. Before getting off the tractor, disengage the PTO, lower all implements to the ground, place all control levers in their neutral positions, set the parking brake, stop the engine and remove the key. 3. If it is necessary to park on an incline, be sure to chock the wheels to prevent accidental rolling of the machine. OPERATING TECHNIQUES BDifferential Lock To avoid personal injury or death due to loss of steering control: A Do not operate the tractor at high speed with differential lock engaged. A Do not attempt to turn with the differential lock engaged. A Be sure to release the differential lock before making a turn in field conditions. If one of the rear wheels should slip, step on the differential lock pedal. Both wheels will turn together, then reduce slippage. Differential lock is maintained only while the pedal is depressed. [HST Type] A When using the differential lock, always slow the engine down. A To prevent damage to power train, do not engage differential lock when one wheel is spinning and the other is completely stopped. A If the differential lock cannot be released, step lightly on the brake pedals alternately. BOperating the Tractor on a Road To avoid personal injury or death: A To help assure straight line stops when driving at transport speeds, lock the brake pedals together. Uneven braking at road speeds could cause the tractor to roll-over. A When traveling on road with 3-point hitch mounted implement attached, be sure to have sufficient front weight on the tractor to maintain steering ability. Be sure SMV emblem and warning lamps are clean and visible. If towed or rear-mounted equipment obstructs these safety devices, install SMV emblem and warning lamps on equipment. Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for further details. BOperating on Slopes and Rough Terrain To avoid personal injury or death: A Always back up when going up a steep slope. Driving forward could cause the tractor to tip over backward. Stay off hills and slopes too steep for safe operation. A Avoid changing gears when climbing or descending a slope. A If operating on a slope, never disengage the clutch or shift levers to neutral. Doing so could cause loss of control. A Do not drive the tractor close to the edges of ditches or banks which may collapse under the weight of the tractor. Especially when the ground is loose or wet. 1. Be sure wheel tread is adjusted to provide maximum stability. (See "WHEEL ADJUSTMENT" in "TIRES, WHEELS AND BALLAST" section.) 2. Slow down for slopes, rough ground, or sharp turns, especially when transporting heavy, rear mounted equipment. 3. Before descending a slope, shift to a gear low enough to control speed without using brakes. BTransport the Tractor Safely 1. The tractor, if damaged, must be carried on a truck. Secure the tractor tightly with ropes. 2. Follow the instruction below when towing the tractor: Otherwise, the tractor’s powertrain may get damaged. A Set the all shift levers to "NEUTRAL" position. A If possible, start engine and select 2WD, if creep speed is fitted ensure that it is disengaged. A Tow the tractor using its front hitch or drawbar. A Never tow faster than "10 km/h (6.2 mph)". BDirections for Use of Power Steering 1. Power steering is activated only while the engine is running. Slow engine speeds make the steering a little heavier. While the engine is stopped, the tractor functions in the same manner as tractors without power steering. 2. When the steering wheel is turned all the way to the stop, the relief valve is activated. Do not hold the steering wheel in this position for a long period of time. 3. Avoid turning the steering wheel while the tractor is stopped, or tires may wear out sooner. 4. The power steering mechanism makes the steering easier. Be careful when driving on a road at high speeds. PTO PTO OPERATION To avoid personal injury or death: A Disengage PTO, stop engine, and allow all rotating components to come to a complete stop before connecting, disconnecting, adjusting, or cleaning any PTO driven equipment. BPTO Gear Shift Lever 1. The tractor has a 540 rpm speed position. 2. PTO shifting needs clutch operation. Press the clutch pedal down completely to stop the tractor movement and any PTO driven equipment movement before shifting the PTO gear shift lever. [Manual Transmission Type] [HST Type] A To avoid shock loads to the PTO, reduce engine speed when engaging the PTO, then open the throttle to the recommended speed: A To avoid damage of transmission, before shifting the PTO gear shift lever, fully disengage the main clutch. A There is a PTO-1 (540 rpm) indicated mark on the tachometer board. A Tractor engine will not start if PTO gear shift lever is in the engaged "ON" position. (1)PTO gear shift lever "ON" "OFF" BStationary PTO To park the tractor and use the PTO system (for chipper or pump, for example), start the PTO system in the following steps. 1. Apply the parking brakes and place blocks at the tires. 2. Make sure the shift levers are at NEUTRAL, and start the engine. 3. Set the PTO gear shift lever to engage "ON". 4. Set the engine speed to provide recommended PTO speed. 5. Dismount the seat and tilt up quickly (engine will stop if there is a delay in tilting up the seat). [Manual Transmission Type] (1) Seat "ON" (2) PTO gear shift lever "OFF" A If the PTO system is engaged and you stand up from the seat or the seat is not tilted forward, the engine stops automatically after standing up. BPTO Shaft Cover and Shaft Cap Keep the PTO shaft cover in place at all times. Replace the PTO shaft cap when the shaft is not in use. When connecting or disconnecting the joint to PTO shaft, raise up the PTO shaft cover. (1) PTO shaft cover (A) "NORMAL POSITION" (2) PTO shaft cap (B) "RAISED POSITION" A The universal joint of the PTO drive shaft is technically limited in its moving angle. Refer to the PTO Drive Shaft Instructions for proper use. 3-POINT HITCH & DRAWBAR (1) Top link (2) Lifting rod (Left) (3) Check chains (4) Turn buckle (5) Lower link (6) Lifting rod (Right) (7) Lower link holder (8) Drawbar 3-POINT HITCH 1. Make preparations for attaching implement. BSelecting the holes of Lower Links There are 2 holes in the lower links. For most operations the lifting rods should be attached to the (B) hole. (1) Lower link holes: (A), (B) (2) Lifting rod A The lifting rods may be attached to (A) for greater lifting force. BSelecting the top link mounting holes Select the proper set of holes by referring to the "Hydraulic Control Unit Use Reference Chart" in "HYDRAULIC UNIT" section. 2. Attaching and detaching implements To avoid personal injury or death: A Be sure to stop the engine. A Do not stand between tractor and implement unless parking brake is applied. A Before attaching or detaching implement, locate the tractor and implement on a firm level surface. A Whenever an implement or other attachment is connected to the tractor 3-point hitch, check full range of operation for interference, binding or PTO separation. BLifting Rod (Right) Level a 3-point mounted implement from side to side by turning the adjusting handle to shorten or lengthen the adjustable lifting rod with the implement on the ground. After adjustment, tighten the lock nut securely. BTop Link 1. Adjust the angle of the implement to the desired position by shortening or lengthening the top link. After adjustment, tighten the lock nut securely. 2. The proper length of the top link varies according to the type of implement being used. BDrawbar Remove the drawbar if a close mounted implement is attached. BCheck Chains Adjust the turnbuckle to control horizontal sway of the implement. See "Hydraulic Control Unit Use Reference Chart" in "AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS" in "HYDRAULIC UNIT" section. After adjustment, retighten the lock nut. BLower link holder When operating the tractor without a 3-point hitch implement, it is necessary to lock the lower links to prevent them from hitting the tractor rear wheels. DRAWBAR To avoid personal injury or death: A Never pull from the top link, the rear axle or any point above the drawbar. Doing so could cause the tractor to tip over rearward causing personal injury or death. BAdjusting Drawbar Length When towing an implement, recommend use of (B) hole in drawbar. The drawbar load is referred to "IMPLEMENT LIMITATIONS" section. (1) PTO shaft Holes : (A),(B) (2) Drawbar (3) Pivot pin HYDRAULIC UNIT A Do not operate until the engine is warmed up. If operation is attempted when the engine is still cold, the hydraulic system may be damaged. A If noises are heard when implement is lifting after the hydraulic control lever has been activated, the hydraulic mechanism is not adjusted properly. Unless corrected, the unit will be damaged. Contact your KUBOTA Dealer for adjustment. 3-POINT HITCH CONTROL SYSTEM To avoid personal injury or death: A Before using the 3-point hitch controls, ensure that no person or object is in the area of the implement or 3-point hitch. Do not stand on or near the implement or between the implement and tractor when operating the 3-point hitch controls. BPosition Control This will control the working depth of 3-point hitch mounted implement regardless of the amount of pull required. BFloat Control Place the position control lever in the float position to make the lower links move freely along with the ground conditions. B3-point Hitch Lowering Speed To avoid personal injury or death: A Fast lowering speed may cause damage or injury. Lowering speed of implement should be adjusted to 2 or more seconds. The lowering speed of the 3-point hitch can be controlled by adjusting the 3-point hitch lowering speed knob. AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS BHydraulic Block Type Outlet Hydraulic block type outlet is useful when adding hydraulically operated implement such as: front end loader, front blade, etc. When implement is attached 1. Remove the block cover. 2. Route the implement inlet, outlet, and return hoses as shown in the illustration. (1)Block cover (A) From gear pump (B) To implement Max flow 19.5L/min (5.15 gals./min) Max pressure 15.2 Mpa (155 kgf/cm , 2205 psi) (C) From implement (Outlet) (D) From implement (Tank port) BHydraulic Control Unit Use Reference Chart In order to handle the hydraulics properly, the operator must be familiar with the following. Though this information may not be applicable to all types of implements and soil conditions, it is useful for general conditions. Implement Soil condition Top link mounting holes Gauge wheel (1) Check chains Remarks Moldboard plow Light soil Medium soil Heavy soil 1 or 2 2 or 3 3 YES/NO Loose Adjust the check chains so that the implement can move 5 to 6 cm (2.0 to 2.4 in.) laterally. Check chains should be tight enough to prevent excessive implement movement when implement is in raised position. Disc plow --­ 2 or 3 Harrow (spike, springtooth, disc type) --­ 2 or 3 Sub-soiler ... Weeder, ridger... --­ 3 YES Tighten Earthmover, digger, scraper, manure fork, rear carrier......... YES/NO With implements with gauge wheels, lower the position control lever all the way. Mower (mid­and rear-mount type) NO TIRES, WHEELS AND BALLAST To avoid personal injury or death: A Do not attempt to mount a tire on a rim. This should be done by a qualified person with the proper equipment. A Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate tires above the recommended pressure shown in the operator's manual. A Do not use tires other than those approved by KUBOTA. BInflation Pressure Though the tire pressure is factory-set to the prescribed level, it naturally drops slowly in the course of time. Thus, check it everyday and inflate as necessary. A Maintain the maximum pressure in front tires, if using a front loader or when equipped with a full load of front weights. Tire sizes Inflation Pressure Rear 11.2-24, 4PR 100 kPa (1.0 kgf/cm , 14 psi) 13.6-16, 4PR 100 kPa (1.0 kgf/cm , 14 psi) 15-19.5, 6PR 210 kPa (2.1 kgf/cm , 30 psi) 5.00-15, 4PR 220 kPa (2.2 kgf/cm , 32 psi) 7.2-16, 6PR 180 kPa (1.8 kgf/cm , 26 psi) Front 23 x 8.50-12, 4PR 160 kPa (1.6 kgf/cm , 23 psi) 25 x 8.50-14, 6PR 160 kPa (1.6 kgf/cm , 23 psi) 27 x 8.50-15, 6PR 210 kPa (2.1 kgf/cm , 30 psi) BDual Tires Dual tires are not approved. To avoid personal injury or death: A When working on slopes or when working with trailer, set the wheel tread as wide as practical for maximum stability. A Support tractor securely on stands before removing a wheel. A Do not work under any hydraulically supported devices. They can settle, suddenly leak down, or be accidentally lowered. If necessary to work under tractor or any machine elements for servicing or adjustment, securely support them with stands or suitable blocking beforehand. A Never operate tractor with a loose rim, wheel, or axle. BFront Wheels Front tread can not be adjusted. A Do not turn front discs to obtain wider tread. A When re-fitting or adjusting a wheel, tighten the bolts to the following torques then recheck after driving the tractor 200 m (200 yards) and 10 times of shuttle movement by 5 m (5 yards), and thereafter according to service interval. (See "MAINTENANCE" section.) C 2WD Front Wheel C 4WD Front Wheel Tire 7.2-16 Farm 25 x 8.5-14 Turf 27 x 8.5-15 IND Tread 1095mm (43.1in.) 1105mm (43.5in.) 1115mm (43.9in.) A IND...for Industrial To avoid personal injury or death: A Before jacking up the tractor, park it on a firm and level ground and chock the rear wheels. A Fix the front axle to keep it from swinging. A Select jacks that withstand the machine weight and set them up as shown below. BRear Wheels Rear tread width can be adjusted with the tires listed below. To change the tread width 1. Remove the wheel rim and / or disk mounting bolts. 2. Change the position of the rim and / or disk (right and left) to the desired position, and tighten the bolts. A Always attach wheels as shown in the drawings. A If not attached as illustrated, transmission parts may be damaged. A When re-fitting or adjusting a wheel, tighten the bolts to the following torques then recheck after driving the tractor 200 m (200 yards) and 10 times of shuttle movement by 5 m (5 yards), and thereafter according to service interval. (See "MAINTENANCE" section.) 15-19.5 Industry 13.6-16 Turf 11.2-24 Farm 1115mm (43.8in.) 1195mm (47.1in.) 1290mm (50.8in.) (1) Jack point BALLAST To avoid personal injury or death: A Additional ballast will be needed for transporting heavy implements. When the implement is raised, drive slowly over rough ground, regardless of how much ballast is used. A Do not fill the front wheels with liquid to maintain steering control. BFront Ballast Add weights if needed for stability (2WD, 4WD models) and improve traction (4WD model). Heavy pulling and heavy rear mounted implements tend to lift front wheels. Add enough ballast to maintain steering control and prevent tip over. Remove weight when no longer needed. C Front End Weights (option) The front end weights can be attached to the bumper. See your implement operator's manual for required number of weights or consult your local KUBOTA Dealer to use. A Do not overload tires. A Add no more weight than indicated in chart. A The front end weights can be attached to the bumper (option on 4WD models - North America only). BRear Ballast Add weight to rear wheels if needed to improve traction or for stability. The amount of rear ballast should be matched to job and the ballast should be removed when it is not needed. The weight should be added to the tractor in the form of liquid ballast, rear wheel weights or a combination of both. C Rear Wheel Weights (option) The rear wheel weights can be attached to the rear wheel. See your implement operator's manual for required number of weights or consult your local KUBOTA Dealer to use. A Do not overload tires. A Add no more weight than indicated in chart. BLiquid Ballast in Rear Tires Water and calcium chloride solution provides safe economical ballast. Used properly, it will not damage tires, tubes or rims. The addition of calcium chloride is recommended to prevent the water from freezing. Use of this method of weighting the wheels has the full approval of the tire companies. See your tire dealer for this service. Liquid weight per tire (75 Percent filled) Tire sizes 11.2 - 24 15 - 19.5 Slush free at -10 (14 ) Solid at -30 (-22 ) [Approx. 1 kg (2 lbs.) CaCl per 4 L (1 gal) of water] 105 kg (230 lbs.) 140 kg (309 lbs.) Slush free at -24 (-11 ) Solid at -47 (-52 ) [Approx. 1.5 kg (3.5 lbs.) CaCl per 4 L (1 gal) of water] 110 kg (240 lbs.) 150 kg (331 lbs.) Slush free at -47 (-52 ) Solid at -52 (-62 ) [Approx. 2.25 kg (5 lbs.) CaCl per 4 L (1 gal) of water] 115 kg (253 lbs.) 160 kg (353 lbs.) A Do not fill tires with water or solution more than 75% of full capacity (to the valve stem level at 12 o'clock position). (1) Air (A) Correct-75% Air compresses like a cushion (2) Water (B) Incorrect-100% Full Water can not be compressed MAINTENANCE SERVICE INTERVALS No. Items Indication on hour meter Interval Ref. page 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 1 Greasing - every 50 Hr 55 2 Engine start system Check every 50 Hr 57 3 Wheel bolt torque Check every 50 Hr 58 4 Battery condition Check every 100 Hr 62 *5 5 Fan belt Adjust every 100 Hr 60 6 Clutch Adjust every 100 Hr 61 7 Brake Adjust every 100 Hr 61 8 Air cleaner element Clean every 100 Hr 59 *1 @ Replace every 1 year 70 *2 9 Fuel filter element Clean every 100 Hr 59 @ Replace every 400 Hr 69 10 Fuel line Check every 100 Hr 60 @ Replace every 2 year 72 *4 11 Engine oil Change every 200 Hr 64 12 Engine oil filter Replace every 200 Hr 63 13 Transmission oil filter [HST] Replace every 200 Hr 64 14 Toe-in Adjust every 200 Hr 66 15 Radiator hose and clamp Check every 200 Hr 65 Replace every 2 year 72 16 Power steering oil line Check every 200 Hr 66 Replace every 2 year 72 *4 17 Intake air line Check every 200 Hr 66 @ Replace every 2 year 72 *4 No. Items Indication on hour meter Interval Ref. page 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 18 Oil cooler line [HST] Check every 200 Hr 65 Replace every 2 year 72 *4 19 Hydraulic oil filter Replace every 400 Hr 67 20 Transmission fluid Change every 400 Hr 67 21 Front axle case oil (4WD) Change every 400 Hr 69 22 Greasing (2WD front wheel hub) - every 400 Hr 69 23 Front axle pivot Adjust every 600 Hr 70 24 Engine valve clearance Adjust every 800 Hr 70 *4 25 Fuel injection nozzle Injection pressure Check every 1500 Hr 70 *4 @ 26 Injection pump Check every 3000 Hr 70 *4 @ 27 Cooling system Flush every 2 year 70 28 Coolant Change every 2 year 70 29 Fuel system Bleed Service as required 72 30 Clutch housing water Drain 73 31 Fuse Replace 73 32 Light bulb Replace 74 A The jobs indicated by mustbe done after the first 50 hours of operation. *1 Air cleaner should be cleaned more often in dusty conditions than in normal conditions. *2 Every year or every 6 times of cleaning. *3 Replace only if necessary. *4 Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. *5 When the battery is used for less than 100 hours per year, check the battery condition by reading the indicator annually. A The items listed above (@ marked) are registered as emission related critical parts by KUBOTA in the U.S.EPA nonroad emission regulation. As the engine owner, you are responsible for the performance of the required maintenance on the engine according to the above instruction. Please see Warranty Statement in detail. LUBRICANTS, FUEL AND COOLANT No. Locations Capacities Lubricants L2501 1 Fuel 38.0 L (10.0 U.S.gals.) No. 2-D diesel fuel No. 1-D diesel fuel if temperature is below -10 (14 ) 2 Coolant 6.0 L (6.3 U.S.qts.) Fresh clean soft water with anti-freeze 3 Engine crankcase (with filter) 5.7 L (6.0 U.S.qts.) Engine oil : Refer to next page Above 25 (77 ) SAE30, SAE10W-30 or 15W-40 -10 to 25 (14 to 77 ) SAE20, SAE10W-30 or 15W-40 Below -10 (14 ) SAE10W-30 4 Transmission case Manual Transmission, 2WD 27.0 L (7.1 U.S. gals.) KUBOTA SUPER UDT-2 fluid Manual Transmission, 4WD 27.5 L (7.3 U.S. gals.) HST, 4WD 23.5 L (6.2 U.S. gals.) 5 Front axle case [4WD] 4.5 L (4.8 U.S.qts.) KUBOTA SUPER UDT-2 fluid or SAE 80 -SAE 90 gear oil 6 Greasing No. of greasing points Capacity Type of grease Front wheel hub 2 [2WD only] A small amount Bearing grease Knuckle shaft 2 [2WD only] Until grease overflows. Multipurpose Grease NLGI-2 OR NLGI-1 (GC-LB) Front axle support 2 [4WD only] Clutch pedal 1 Brake pedal 1 Pedal shaft 1 Battery terminals 2 Lift rod 1 Tie rod end 4 [4WD only] The product name of KUBOTA genuine UDT fluid may be different from that in the Operator’s Manual depending on countries or territories. Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for further details. For North American market A Oil used in the engine should have an American Petroleum Institute (API) service classification and Proper SAE Engine Oil according to the ambient temperatures as shown above: A Refer to the following table for the suitable API classification engine oil according to the engine type (with internal EGR, external EGR or non-EGR) and the fuel. Fuel used Engine oil classification (API classification) Oil class of engines except external EGR Oil class of engines with external EGR Ultra Low Sulfur Fuel [<0.0015% (15 ppm)] CF, CF-4, CG-4, CH-4 or CI-4 CF or CI-4 (Class CF-4, CG-4 and CH-4 engine oils cannot be used on EGR type engines) EGR: Exhaust Gas Re-circulation A The CJ-4 engine oil is intended for DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) type engines, and cannot be used on this tractor. except external EGR with external EGR Models L2501 --­ C Fuel: A Cetane number of 45 is minimum. Cetane number greater than 50 is preferred, especially for temperatures below -20 (-4 )or elevations above 1500 m (5000 ft). A Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 are recommended. A No.2-D is a distillate fuel of lower volatility for engines in industrial and heavy mobile service. (SAE J313 JUN87) C Transmission Oil: *KUBOTA Super UDT-2: For an enhanced ownership experience, we highly recommend Super UDT-2 to be used instead of standard hydraulic/transmission fluid. Super UDT-2 is a proprietary KUBOTA formulation that deliveries superior performance and protection in all operating conditions. Regular UDT is also permitted for use in this machine. A Indicated capacities of water and oil are manufacturer's estimate. For other than North American market A Oil used in the engine should have an American Petroleum Institute (API) service classification and Proper SAE Engine Oil according to the ambient temperatures as shown above: A With the emission control now in effect, the CF-4 and CG-4 lubricating oils have been developed for use of a low-sulfur fuel on on-road vehicle engines. When an off-road vehicle engine runs on a high-sulfur fuel, it is advisable to employ the "CF or better" lubricating oil with a high Total Base Number (TBN of 10 minimum). A Refer to the following table for the suitable API classification engine oil according to the engine type (with internal EGR, external EGR or non-EGR) and the fuel (low-sulfur or high-sulfur fuel). Fuel used Engine oil classification (API classification) Oil class of engines except external EGR Oil class of engines with external EGR High Sulfur Fuel [ 0.05% (500 ppm)] CF (If the "CF-4, CG-4, CH-4 or CI-4" lubricating oil is used with a high-sulfur fuel, change the lubricating oil at shorter intervals. (approximately half)) --­ Low Sulfur Fuel [<0.05% (500 ppm)] or Ultra Low Sulfur Fuel [<0.0015% (15 ppm)] CF, CF-4, CG-4, CH-4 or CI-4 CF or CI-4 (Class CF-4, CG-4 and CH-4 engine oils cannot be used on EGR type engines) EGR: Exhaust Gas Re-circulation A The CJ-4 engine oil is intended for DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) type engines, and cannot be used on this tractor. except external EGR with external EGR Models L2501 --­ C Fuel: A Cetane number of 45 is minimum. Cetane number greater than 50 is preferred, especially for temperatures below -20 or elevations above 1500 m. A If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5% (5000 ppm) sulfur content is used, reduce the service interval for engine oil and filter by 50%. A NEVER use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.05% (500 ppm) for EXTERNAL EGR type engine. A DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 1.0% (10000 ppm). A Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 are recommended. A No.2-D is a distillate fuel of lower volatility for engines in industrial and heavy mobile service. (SAE J313 JUN87) C Transmission Oil: The oil used to lubricate the transmission is also used as hydraulic fluid. To insure proper operation of the hydraulic system and to complete lubrication of the transmission, it is important that a multi-grade transmission fluid is used in this system. We recommend the use of KUBOTA UDT or SUPER UDT fluid for optimum protection and performance. (Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for further detail.) Do not mix different brands together. A Indicated capacities of water and oil are manufacturer's estimate. PERIODIC SERVICE To avoid personal injury or death: A Do not work under any hydraulically supported devices. They can settle, suddenly leak down, or be accidentally lowered. If necessary to work under tractor or any machine elements for servicing or adjustment, securely support them with stands or suitable blocking beforehand. HOW TO OPEN THE HOOD To avoid personal injury or death from contact with moving parts; A Never open the hood or engine side cover while the engine is running. A Do not touch muffler or exhaust pipes while they are hot; Severe burns could result. A Hold the hood with other hand while unlocking release lever. BHood To open the hood, hold the hood and pull the release lever and open the hood. (1) Release lever (2) Hood A To close the hood, push the hood into position using both hands. BSide Cover 1. Remove the bolts at the both sides and detach the side cover. 2. To attach the side cover, insert the bottom pin of side cover first, and then tighten the bolts. (1) Side cover (2) Bolt DAILY CHECK For your own safety and maximum service life of the machine, make a thorough daily inspection before operating the machine to start the engine. To avoid personal injury or death: A Be sure to check and service the tractor on a level surface with the engine shut off and the parking brake "ON" and implement lowered to the ground. BWalk Around Inspection Look around and under the tractor for such items as loose bolts, trash build-up, oil or coolant leaks, broken or worn parts. BChecking and Refueling To avoid personal injury or death: A Do not smoke while refueling. A Be sure to stop the engine before refueling. 1. Turn the key switch to "ON", check the amount of fuel by fuel gauge. 2. Fill fuel tank when fuel gauge shows 1/4 or less fuel in tank. A Do not permit dirt or trash to get into the fuel system. A Be careful not to let the fuel tank become empty, otherwise air will enter the fuel system, necessitating bleeding before next engine start. A Be careful not to spill during refueling. If a spill should occur, wipe it off at once, or it may cause a fire. A To prevent condensation (water) accumulation in the fuel tank, fill the tank before parking overnight. BChecking Engine Oil Level To avoid personal injury or death: A Be sure to stop the engine before checking the oil level. 1. Park the machine on a flat surface. 2. Check engine oil before starting the engine or 5 minutes or more after the engine has stopped. 3. To check the oil level, draw out the dipstick, wipe it clean, replace it, and draw it out again. Check to see that the oil level lies between the 2 notches. If the level is too low, add new oil to the prescribed level at the oil inlet. (See "LUBRICANTS" in "MAINTENANCE" section.) (1) Oil inlet (A) Oil level is acceptable within this range. (2) Dipstick A When using an oil of different maker or viscosity from the previous one, remove all of the old oil. Never mix two different types of oil. A If oil level is low, do not run engine. BChecking Transmission Fluid Level 1. Park the machine on a flat surface, lower the implement and shut off engine. 2. View the fluid level through the fluid level gauge. If the level is too low, add new oil to the prescribed level at the oil inlet. (See "LUBRICANTS" in "MAINTENANCE" section.) [Manual Transmission Type] [HST Type] A If oil level is low, do not run engine. BChecking Coolant Level To avoid personal injury or death: A Do not remove radiator cap while coolant is hot. When cool, slowly rotate cap to the first stop and allow sufficient time for excess pressure to escape before removing the cap completely. 1. Check to see that the coolant level is between the "FULL" and "LOW" marks of recovery tank. 2. When the coolant level drops due to evaporation, add soft water only up to the full level. In case of leakage, add anti-freeze and soft water in the specified mixing ratio up to the full level. (See "Flushing Cooling System and Changing Coolant" in "EVERY 2 YEARS" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) 3. When the coolant level is lower than "LOW" mark of recovery tank, remove the radiator cap and check to see that the coolant level is just below the port. If level is low, add coolant. A If the radiator cap has to be removed, follow the caution above and securely retighten the cap. A Use clean, fresh soft water and anti-freeze to fill the radiator. A If coolant should leak, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer. BCleaning Evacuator Valve Open the evacuator valve to get rid of large particles of dust and dirt. BCleaning Grill, Radiator Screen and Oil Cooler To avoid personal injury or death: A Be sure to stop the engine before removing the screen. 1. Check front grill and side screens to be sure they are clean of debris. 2. Detach the screen with the fixed spring being held up and remove all foreign materials and clean the front of radiator completely. (1) Radiator screen (A) "HOLD UP" (2) Fixed spring (B) "DETACH" [HST Type] A Grill and screen must be clean from debris to prevent engine from overheating and to allow good air intake for the air cleaner. BChecking Brake Pedals and Clutch Pedal To avoid personal injury or death: A Be sure brake pedals have equal adjustment when using locked together. Incorrect or unequal brake pedal adjustment can cause the tractor to swerve or roll-over. 1. Inspect the brake and clutch pedals for free travel, and smooth operation. 2. Adjust if incorrect measurement is found: (See "Adjusting Clutch Pedal" and "Adjusting Brake Pedal" in "EVERY 100 HOURS" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) BChecking Gauges, Meter and Easy Checker(TM) 1. Inspect the instrument panel for broken gauge(s), meter(s) and Easy Checker(TM) lamps. 2. Replace if broken. BChecking Head Light, Turn Signal / Hazard Light etc. 1. Inspect the lights for broken bulbs and lenses. 2. Replace if broken. BChecking Seat Belt and ROPS 1. Always check condition of seat belt and ROPS attaching hardware before operating tractor. 2. Replace if damaged. BChecking and Cleaning of Electrical Wiring and Battery Cables To avoid personal injury or death: A A loosened terminal or connector, or damaged wire may affect the performance of electrical components or cause short circuits. Leakage of electricity could result in a fire hazard, a dead battery or damage to electrical components. A Replace damaged wires or connections promptly. A If a fuse blows soon after replacement, DO NOT USE A LARGER THAN RECOMMENDED FUSE OR BYPASS THE FUSE SYSTEM. A Many wiring connections are protected by waterproof plugs, plug and unplug these connections carefully and make sure they are sealed correctly after assembly. A Accumulation of dust, chaff and spilled fuel deposits around the battery, electrical wiring, engine or exhaust system are fire hazards. CLEAN THESE AREAS BEFORE STARTING WORK. To avoid premature electrical malfunctions DO NOT APPLY high pressure water directly to battery, wiring, connectors, electrical components or instrument panel. Inspect the following regularly: 1. Check wiring for chafed or cracked insulation. 2. Check wiring harness clamps. Replace if necessary. 3. Check connectors and terminals for looseness, contamination or overheated (discolored) connections. 4. Check instrument panel for correct operation of switches and gauges. Consult your KUBOTA Dealer regarding maintenance, diagnosis and repair. BChecking Movable Parts If any of the movable parts, such as levers and pedals, is not smoothly moved because of rust or sticky material, do not attempt to force it into motion. In the above case, remove the rust or the sticky material, and apply oil or grease on the relevant spot. Otherwise, the machine may get damaged. EVERY 50 HOURS BLubricating Grease Fittings Apply a small amount of multipurpose grease to the following points every 50 hours: If you operated the machine in extremely wet and muddy conditions, lubricate grease fittings more often. When apply grease to forward front axle support, remove the breather plug and apply grease until grease overflows from breather plug port. After greasing reinstall the breather plug. (1)Grease fitting (Pedal shaft) (1) Battery terminals (1) Grease fitting (Lifting rod) [RH] (1) Grease fitting (Tie-rod ends) BChecking Engine Start System To avoid personal injury or death: A Do not allow anyone near the tractor while testing. A If the tractor does not pass the test, do not operate the tractor. C Preparation before testing. 1. Place all control levers in the "NEUTRAL" position. 2. Set the parking brake and stop the engine. [Manual Transmission Type] C Test : Switch for the range gear shift lever. 1. Sit on the operator's seat. 2. Shift the range gear shift lever to "L", "H" or "R" position. 3. Depress the clutch pedal fully. 4. Disengage the PTO gear shift lever. 5. Turn the key to "START" position. 6. The engine must not crank. 7. If it cranks, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. C Test : Switch for the PTO gear shift lever. 1. Sit on the operator's seat. 2. Engage the PTO gear shift lever. 3. Depress the clutch pedal fully. 4. Shift the range gear shift lever to the neutral position. 5. Turn the key to "START" position. 6. The engine must not crank. 7. If it cranks, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. [HST Type] C Test: Switch for the speed control pedal. 1. Sit on the operator's seat. 2. Depress the speed control pedal to the desired direction. 3. Depress the clutch pedal fully. 4. Disengage the PTO gear shift lever. 5. Turn the key to "START" position. 6. The engine must not crank. 7. If it cranks, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. C Test : Switch for the PTO gear shift lever. 1. Sit on the operator's seat. 2. Engage the PTO gear shift lever. 3. Depress the clutch pedal fully. 4. Place the speed control pedal in neutral position. 5. Turn the key to "START" position. 6. The engine must not crank. 7. If it cranks, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. C Test : Switch for the clutch pedal. 1. Sit on the operator's seat. 2. Disengage the PTO gear shift lever. 3. Place the speed control pedal in neutral position. 4. Release the clutch pedal. 5. Turn the key to "START" position. 6. The engine must not crank. 7. If it cranks, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service BChecking Operator Presence Control To avoid personal injury or death: A Do not allow anyone near the tractor while testing. A If the tractor does not pass the test, do not operate the tractor. C Preparation before testing. 1. Place all control levers in the "NEUTRAL" position. 2. Set the parking brake and stop the engine. C Test : Switch for the operator's seat 1. Sit on the operator's seat. 2. Start the engine. 3. Engage the PTO gear shift lever. 4. Stand up. (Do not get off the machine.) 5. The engine must shut off after approximately 1 second. 6. If it does not stop, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BChecking Wheel Bolt Torque To avoid personal injury or death: A Never operate tractor with a loose rim, wheel, or axle. A Any time bolts and nuts are loosened, retighten to specified torque. A Check all bolts and nuts frequently and keep them tight. Check wheel bolts and nuts regularly especially when new. If they are loose, tighten them as follows. (1) PTO gear shift lever EVERY 100 HOURS BCleaning Air Cleaner Element [Single Element Type] 1. Remove the element. 2. Clean the element: (1) When dry dust adheres to the element, blow compressed air from the inside, turning the element. Pressure of compressed air must be under 205 kPa (2.1 kgf/cm , 30 psi). (2) When carbon or oil adheres to the element, soak the element in detergent for 15 minutes then wash it several times in water, rinse with clean water and dry it naturally. After element is fully dried, inspect inside of the element with a light and check if it is damaged or not. (referring to the instructions on the label attached to the case.) 3. Replace air cleaner element: Once yearly or after every sixth cleaning, whichever comes first. A Check to see if the evacuator valve is blocked with dust. A The air cleaner uses a dry element, never apply oil. A Do not run the engine with filter element removed. A Be sure to refit the cover with the arrow (on the rear) upright. If the cover is improperly fitted, dust passed by the baffle and directly adheres to the element. C Evacuator Valve Open the evacuator valve once a week under ordinary conditions - or daily when used in a dusty place - to get rid of large particles of dust and dirt. BCleaning Fuel Filter This job should not be done in the field, but in a clean place. 1. Loosen and remove the filter bowl, and rinse the inside with kerosene. 2. Take out the element and dip it in the kerosene to rinse. 3. After cleaning, reassemble the fuel filter, keeping out dust and dirt. 4. Bleed the fuel system. (See "SERVICE AS REQUIRED" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) A When the fuel filter bowl has been removed, fuel stops flowing from the fuel tank. If the fuel tank is almost full, however, the fuel will flow back from the fuel return pipe to the fuel filter. Before checking, make sure the fuel tank is less than half-full. A If dust, dirt or water enters the fuel system, the fuel pump and injection nozzles are subject to premature wear. To prevent this, be sure to clean the fuel filter bowl and element periodically. BAdjusting Fan Belt Tension To avoid personal injury or death: A Be sure to stop the engine before checking belt tension. 1. Stop the engine and remove the key. 2. Apply moderate thumb pressure to belt between pulleys. 3. If tension is incorrect, loosen the alternator mounting bolts and, using a lever placed between the alternator and the engine block, pull the alternator out until the deflection of the belt falls within acceptable limits. 4. Replace fan belt if it is damaged. BChecking Fuel Line 1. Check to see that all lines and hose clamps are tight and not damaged. 2. If hoses and clamps are found worn or damaged, replace or repair them at once. A If the fuel line is removed, be sure to properly bleed the fuel system. (See "Bleeding Fuel System" in "SERVICE AS REQUIRED" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) BAdjusting Clutch Pedal 1. Stop the engine and remove the key. 2. Slightly depress the clutch pedal and measure free travel at the top of pedal stroke. 3. If adjustment is needed, loosen the lock nut and turn the clutch rod to adjust the rod length within acceptable limits. 4. Retighten the lock nut. BAdjusting Brake Pedal To avoid personal injury or death: A Stop the engine and chock the wheels before checking brake pedal. 15 to 20 mm (0.6 to 0.8 in.) on Proper brake pedal the pedal free travel Keep the free travel in the right and left brake pedals equal. 1. Release the parking brake. 2. Slightly depress the brake pedals and measure free travel at top of pedal stroke. 3. If adjustment is needed, loosen the lock nut and turn the brake rod to adjust the rod length within acceptable limits. 4. Retighten the lock nut. (1) Lock nut (2) Brake rod BChecking Battery Condition To avoid the possibility of battery explosion: For the refillable type battery, follow the instructions below. A Do not use or charge the refillable type battery if the fluid level is below the LOWER (lower limit level) mark. Otherwise, the battery component parts may prematurely deteriorate, which may shorten the battery's service life or cause an explosion. Check the fluid level regularly and add distilled water as required so that the fluid level is between the UPPER and LOWER levels. To avoid personal injury or death: A Never remove the battery cap while the engine is running. A Keep electrolyte away from eyes, hands and clothes. If you are spattered with it, wash it away completely with water immediately and get medical attention. A Keep open sparks and flames away from the battery at all times. Hydrogen gas mixed with oxygen becomes very explosive. A Wear eye protection and rubber gloves when working around battery. The factory-installed battery is of non-refillable type. If the indicator turns white, do not charge the battery but replace it with new one. Mishandling the battery shortens the service life and adds to maintenance costs. The original battery is maintenance free, but needs some servicing. If the battery is weak, the engine will be difficult to start and the lights will be dim. It is important to check the battery periodically. C How to read the indicator Check the battery condition by reading the indicator. State of indicator display Green Specific gravity of electrolyte and quality of electrolyte are both in good condition. Black Needs charging battery. White Needs replacing battery. C Battery Cable Connections 1. Be sure to wire the battery cable as shown in the figure. 2. Fix the positive cable in the cord band. 3. Tighten the terminal until the stopper comes in contact. (1) Negative cable (4) Terminal (2) Positive cable (5) Stopper (3) Cord band C Battery Charging To avoid personal injury or death: A When the battery is being activated, hydrogen and oxygen gases in the battery are extremely explosive. Keep open sparks and flames away from the battery at all times, especially when charging the battery. A When charging the battery, ensure the vent caps are securely in place. (if equipped) A When disconnecting the cable from the battery, start with the negative terminal first. When connecting the cable to the battery, start with the positive terminal first. A Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer. 1. To slow charge the battery, connect the battery positive terminal to the charger positive terminal and the negative to the negative, then recharge in the standard fashion. 2. A boost charge is only for emergencies. It will partially charge the battery at a high rate and in a short time. When using a boost-charged battery, it is necessary to recharge the battery as early as possible. Failure to do this will shorten the battery's service life. 3. The battery is charged if the indicator display turns green from black. 4. When exchanging an old battery for a new one, use battery of equal specification shown in table 1. Table 1 Battery TYPE volts (V) Reserve capacity (min) CCA (SAE) (A) Normal Charging Rate (A) 75D26R 12 123 490 6.5 C Direction for Storage 1. When storing the tractor for long periods of time, remove the battery from tractor, adjust the electrolyte to the proper level and store in a dry place out of direct sunlight. 2. The battery self-discharges while it is stored. Recharge it once every 3 months in hot seasons and once every 6 months in cold seasons. EVERY 200 HOURS BReplacing Engine Oil Filter To avoid personal injury or death: A Be sure to stop the engine before changing the oil filter cartridge. A Allow engine to cool down sufficiently, oil can be hot and can burn. 1. Remove the oil filter. 2. Put a film of clean engine oil on the rubber seal of the new filter. 3. Tighten the filter quickly until it contacts the mounting surface. Tighten filter by hand an additional 1/2 turn only. 4. After the new filter has been replaced, the engine oil normally decreases a little. Make sure that the engine oil does not leak through the seal and be sure to check the oil level on the dipstick. Then, replenish the engine oil up to the prescribed level. A To prevent serious damage to the engine, use only a KUBOTA genuine filter. CCA : Cold Cranking Ampere BChanging Engine Oil BReplacing Transmission Oil Filter [HST Type] To avoid personal injury or death: A Be sure to stop the engine before changing the oil filter cartridge. A Allow engine to cool down sufficiently, oil can be hot and can burn. 1. Place the oil pan underneath the transmission oil filter and remove the filter. Do not remove the hydraulic oil filter. Otherwise, the oil comes out. (1) Transmission oil filter [HST Type] 2. Put a film of clean transmission oil on the rubber seal of the new filter. 3. Quickly tighten the filter until it contacts the mounting surface, then, with a filter wrench, tighten it an additional 1 turn only. 4. After the new filter has been replaced, fill with the transmission oil up to the upper line of the gauge. To avoid personal injury or death: A Be sure to stop the engine before changing the oil. A Allow engine to cool down sufficiently, oil can be hot and can burn. 1. To drain the used oil, remove the drain plug at the bottom of the engine and drain the oil completely into the oil pan. All the used oil can be drained out easily when the engine is still warm. 2. After draining reinstall the drain plug. 3. Fill with the new oil up to the upper notch on the dipstick. (See "LUBRICANTS" in "MAINTENANCE" section.) (1) Oil inlet (A) Oil level is acceptable within this range (2) Dipstick (1)Gauge (A) Oil level is acceptable within this range. (1) Drain plug (1) Oil inlet 5. After running the engine for a few minutes, stop the engine and check the oil level again, add oil to the prescribed level. 6. Make sure that the transmission fluid doesn't leak past the seal on the filter. A To prevent serious damage to the hydraulic system, use only a KUBOTA genuine filter. A Do not operate the tractor immediately after changing the transmission fluid. Run the engine at medium speed for a few minutes to prevent damage to the transmission. BChecking Radiator Hose and Clamp Check to see if radiator hoses are properly fixed every 200 hours of operation or 6 months, whichever comes first. 1. If hose clamps are loose or water leaks, tighten bands securely. 2. Replace hoses and tighten hose clamps securely, if radiator hoses are swollen, hardened or cracked. Replace hoses and hose clamps every 2 years or earlier if checked and found that hoses are swollen, hardened or cracked. C Precaution at Overheating Take the following actions in the event the coolant temperature is nearly or more than the boiling point, what is called "Overheating" 1. Park the tractor in a safe place and keep the engine unloaded idling. 2. Don't stop the engine suddenly, but stop it after about 5 minutes of unloaded idling. 3. Keep yourself well away from the machine for further 10 minutes or while the steam blows out. 4. Check that there are no dangers such as burns. Get rid of the causes of overheating according to the manual, see "TROUBLESHOOTING" section, and then, start again the engine. BChecking Oil Cooler Line [HST Type] 1. Check to see that all lines and hose clamps are tight and not damaged. 2. If hoses and clamps are found worn or damaged, replace or repair them at once. (1) Radiator hoses (2) Clamp bands BChecking Intake Air Line 1. Check to see that hoses and hose clamps are tight and not damaged. 2. If hoses and clamps are found worn or damaged, replace or repair them at once. (1) Hose (2) Hose clamps BChecking Power Steering Line [Manual Transmission Type] 1. Check to see that all lines and hose clamps are tight and not damaged. 2. If hoses and clamps are found worn or damaged, replace or repair them at once. (1)Power steering pressure hoses BAdjusting Toe-in 1. Park tractor on a flat place. 2. Turn steering wheel so front wheels are in the straight ahead position. 3. Lower the implement, lock the park brake and stop the engine. 4. Measure distance between tire beads at front of tire, at hub height. 5. Measure distance between tire beads at rear of tire, at hub height. 6. Front distance should be shorter than rear distance. If not, adjust tie rod length. EVERY 400 HOURS BChanging Transmission Fluid / Replacing Hydraulic Oil Filter C Cleaning Magnetic Filter To avoid personal injury or death: A Be sure to stop the engine before changing the oil filter cartridge. A Allow engine to cool down sufficiently, oil can be hot and can burn. 1. Remove the drain plugs at the bottom of the transmission case and drain the oil completely into the oil pan. 2. After draining reinstall the drain plugs. C Adjusting procedure 1. Loosen the lock nut and turn the turnbuckle to adjust the rod length until the proper toe-in measurement is obtained. 2. Retighten the lock nuts. (1) Lock nuts (2) Turnbuckle (3) Tie rod (1) Drain plugs 3. Remove the oil filter. 4. Wipe off metal filings from the magnetic filter with a clean rag. 5. Put a film of clean transmission oil on the rubber seal of the new filter. 6. Quickly tighten the filter until it contacts the mounting surface, then tighten it by hand an additional 1/2 turn only. 7. After the new filter has been replaced, fill with oil up to the upper line of the gauge. 8. After running the engine for a few minutes, stop the engine and check the oil level again, add oil to the prescribed level. 9. Make sure that the transmission fluid doesn't leak past the seal on the filter. Oil capacity Manual Transmission 2WD 27.0 L (7.1 U.S.gals.) 4WD 27.5 L (7.3 U.S.gals.) HST 4WD 23.5 L (6.2 U.S.gals.) A To prevent serious damage to the hydraulic system, use only a KUBOTA genuine filter. A Do not operate the tractor immediately after changing the transmission fluid. Run the engine at medium speed for a few minutes to prevent damage to the transmission. BChanging Front Axle Case Oil [4WD] 1. To drain the used oil, remove the right and left drain plugs and filling plug at the front axle case and let out the oil completely into the oil pan. 2. After draining, reinstall the drain plugs. 3. Gently pour new oil through the filling port. Required oil quantities are written in the table below. Make sure to pour the specified amounts. If oil overflows before pouring any of the specified amounts, wait a couple of minutes and try again. (See "LUBRICANTS" in "MAINTENANCE" section.) 4. After filling, reinstall the filling plug. 5. Run the vehicle a few minutes in order for the oil to flow through the front axle case. 6. Remove the oil level check plug and check to see if the oil flows out of its port. If not, add the oil through the filling port until it flows out of the oil level check port. 7. Reinstall and tighten the oil level check plug and filling plug. BReplacing Fuel Filter Element (See "Cleaning Fuel Filter" in "EVERY 100 HOURS" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) BLubricating Grease Fitting [2WD Model] Detach the cover, and apply bearing grease. EVERY 600 HOURS BAdjusting Front Axle Pivot If the front axle pivot pin adjustment is not correct, front wheel vibration can occur causing vibration in the steering wheel. C Adjusting procedure Loosen the lock nut, screw-in the adjusting screw until seated, then tighten the screw with an additional 1/6 turn. Re-tighten the lock nut. EVERY 800 HOURS BAdjusting Engine Valve Clearance Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. EVERY 1500 HOURS BChecking Fuel Injection Nozzle (Injection Pressure) Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. EVERY 3000 HOURS BChecking Injection Pump Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. EVERY 1 YEAR BReplacing Air Cleaner Element (See "Cleaning Air Cleaner Element" in "EVERY 100 HOURS" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) EVERY 2 YEARS BFlushing Cooling System and Changing Coolant To avoid personal injury or death: A Do not remove radiator cap while coolant is hot. When cool, slowly rotate cap to the first stop and allow sufficient time for excess pressure to escape before removing the cap completely. 1. Stop the engine, remove the key and let it cool down. 2. To drain the coolant, open the radiator drain plug and remove radiator cap. The radiator cap must be removed to completely drain the coolant. 3. After all coolant is drained, reinstall the drain plug. 4. Fill with clean soft water and cooling system cleaner. 5. Follow directions of the cleaner instruction. 6. After flushing, fill with clean soft water and anti-freeze until the coolant level is just below the radiator cap. Install the radiator cap securely. 7. Fill with coolant up to the "FULL" mark of recovery tank. 8. Start and operate the engine for few minutes. 9. Stop the engine, remove the key and let cool. 10.Check coolant level of recovery tank and add coolant if necessary. 11.Properly dispose of used coolant. Coolant capacity Radiator 6.0 L (6.3 U.S.qts.) Recovery tank 0.6 L (0.6 U.S.qts.) (1) Radiator cap (A) "FULL" (2) Recovery tank (B) "LOW" A Do not start engine without coolant. A Use clean, fresh soft water and anti-freeze to fill the radiator and recovery tank. A When mixing the anti-freeze with water, the anti-freeze mixing ratio is 50 %. A Securely tighten radiator cap. If the cap is loose or improperly fitted, water may leak out and the engine could overheat. BAnti-Freeze To avoid personal injury or death: A When using antifreeze, put on some protection such as rubber gloves (Antifreeze contains poison.). A If it is swallowed, seek immediate medical help. Do NOT make a person throw up unless told to do so by poison control or a health care professional. Use standard first aid and CPR for signs of shock or cardiac arrest. Call your local Poison Control Center or your local emergency number for further assistance. A When antifreeze comes in contact with the skin or clothing, wash it off immediately. A Do not mix different types of Antifreeze. The mixture can produce chemical reaction causing harmful substances. A Antifreeze is extremely flammable and explosive under certain conditions. Keep fire and children away from antifreeze. A When draining fluids from the engine, place some container underneath the engine body. A Do not pour waste onto the grounds, down a drain, or into any water source. A Also, observe the relevant environmental protection regulations when disposing of antifreeze. Always use a 50/50 mix of long-life coolant and clean soft water in KUBOTA engines. Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer concerning coolant for extreme conditions. 1. Long-life coolant (hereafter LLC) comes in several types. Use ethylene glycol (EG) type for this engine. 2. Before employing LLC-mixed cooling water, fill the radiator with fresh water and empty it again. Repeat this procedure 2 or 3 times to clean up the inside. 3. Mixing the LLC Premix 50% LLC with 50% clean soft water. When mixing, stir it up well, and then fill into the radiator. 4. The procedure for the mixing of water and antifreeze differs according to the make of the antifreeze and the ambient temperature. Refer to SAE J1034 standard, more specifically also to SAE J814c. Vol % Anti-freeze Freezing Point Boiling Point* 50 -37 -34 108 226 D At 1.013 x 10 Pa (760mmHg) pressure (atmospheric). A higher boiling point is obtained by using a radiator pressure cap which permits the development of pressure within the cooling system. 5. Adding the LLC (1) Add only water if the mixture reduces in amount by evaporation. (2) If there is a mixture leak, add the LLC of the same manufacturer and type in the same mixture percentage. D Never add any long-life coolant of different manufacturer. (Different brands may have different additive components, and the engine may fail to perform as specified.) 6. When the LLC is mixed, do not employ any radiator cleaning agent. The LLC contains anticorrosive agent. If mixed with the cleaning agent, sludge may build up, adversely affecting the engine parts. 7. Kubota's genuine long-life coolant has a service life of 2 years. Be sure to change the coolant every 2 years. A The above data represent industry standards that necessitate a minimum glycol content in the concentrated antifreeze. BReplacing Radiator Hose (Water pipes) Replace the hoses and clamps. (See "Checking Radiator Hose and Clamp" in "EVERY 200 HOURS" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) BReplacing Power Steering Hose Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BReplacing Fuel Hose Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BReplacing Oil Cooler Line [HST Type] Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. BReplacing Intake Air Line Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for this service. SERVICE AS REQUIRED BBleeding Fuel System Air must be removed: 1. When the fuel filter or lines are removed. 2. When the tank is completely empty. 3. After the tractor has not been used for a long period of time. C Bleeding procedure is as follows: 1. Fill the fuel tank with fuel. 2. Open the air vent cock on the fuel injection pump. 3. Start the engine and run for about 30 seconds, and then stop the engine. 4. Close the air vent cock. A Always close the air vent cock except for bleeding fuel lines. Otherwise, engine runs irregularly or stalls frequently. BDraining Clutch Housing Water The tractor is equipped with split pin plug under the clutch housing. After operating in rain, snow or tractor has been washed, water may get into the clutch housing. Check it by pushing in the split pin. If water has entered into the clutch housing, remove the plug and drain the water, then install the plug again. BReplacing Fuse The tractor electrical system is protected from potential damage by fuses. A blown fuse indicates that there is an overload or short somewhere in the electrical system. If any of the fuses should blow, replace with a new one of the same capacity. A Before replacing a blown fuse, determine why the fuse blew and make any necessary repairs. Failure to follow this procedure may result in serious damage to the tractor electrical system. Refer to the "TROUBLESHOOTING" section of this manual or your local KUBOTA Dealer for specific information dealing with electrical problems. BReplacing Head Lamp FUSE No. CAPACITY(A) Protected circuit (1) 15 Hazard (2) 10 Work light (3) 10 Panel (4) 15 Head light (5) 5 Key stop (6) 5 Glow lamp (7) 5 Starter relay (8) 40 Main (9) 30 Key stop (10) 40 Key switch BReplacing Light Bulb Light Capacity Head light 25W / 25W Tail light 5W Turn signal / Hazard light (rear) 21W Turn signal / Hazard light (front) 23W Instrument panel light 1.7W To avoid personal injury: A Be careful not to drop the bulb, hit anything against the lamp, apply excess force, and get the lamp scratched. If broken, glass may cause injury. A Before replacing the lamp, be sure to turn off the light and wait until the bulb cools down, otherwise, you may get burned. C Removing Bulb 1. Remove the rubber boot. 2. Turn the socket counterclockwise while pressing and remove it. 3. Remove the bulb. C Attaching Bulb 1. Align (A) of the bulb with (B) of the lamp case and attach the bulb. 2. Align (C) of the socket with (D) of the lamp case and attach the socket. 3. Attach the rubber boot. (1) Rubber boot (A) "Align to (B)" (2) Socket (C) "Align to (D)" (3) Bulb (4) Lamp Case A Be sure to use a new bulb of the specified wattage. A Never touch the bulb surface (glass) with bare hands. Fingerprints, for example, may break the bulb. STORAGE A Do not clean the machine while the engine is running. A To avoid the danger of exhaust fume poisoning, do not operate the engine in a closed building without proper ventilation. A When storing, remove the key from the key switch to avoid unauthorized persons from operating the tractor and getting injured. TRACTOR STORAGE If you intend to store your tractor for an extended period of time, follow the procedures outlined below. These procedures will insure that the tractor is ready to operate with minimum preparation when it is removed from storage. 1. Check the bolts and nuts for looseness, and tighten if necessary. 2. Apply grease to tractor areas where bare metal will rust also to pivot areas. 3. Detach the weights from the tractor body. 4. Inflate the tires to a pressure a little higher than usual. 5. Change the engine oil and run the engine to circulate oil throughout the engine block and internal moving parts for about 5 minutes. 6. Keep the clutch disengaged. If the clutch is left engaged for a long period of time, the clutch plate may rust, making clutch disengagement impossible at the next operation. 7. With all implements lowered to the ground, coat any exposed hydraulic cylinder piston rods with grease. 8. Remove the battery from the tractor. Store the battery following the battery storage procedures. (See "Checking Battery Condition" in "EVERY 100 HOURS" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) 9. Keep the tractor in a dry place where the tractor is sheltered from the elements. Cover the tractor. 10.Store the tractor indoors in a dry area that is protected from sunlight and excessive heat. If the tractor must be stored outdoors, cover it with a waterproof tarpaulin. Jack the tractor up and place blocks under the front and rear axles so that all 4 tires are off the ground. Keep the tires out of direct sunlight and extreme heat. A When washing the tractor, be sure to stop the engine. Allow sufficient time for the engine to cool before washing. A Cover the tractor after the muffler and the engine have cooled down. REMOVING THE TRACTOR FROM STORAGE 1. Check the tire air pressure and inflate the tires if they are low. 2. Jack the tractor up and remove the support blocks from under the front and rear axles. 3. Install the battery. Before installing the battery, be sure it is fully charged. 4. Check the fan belt tension. 5. Check all fluid levels (engine oil, transmission/ hydraulic oil, engine coolant and any attached implements). 6. Start the engine. Observe all gauges. If all gauges are functioning properly and reading normal, move the tractor outside. Once outside, park the tractor and let the engine idle for at least 5 minutes. Shut the engine off and walk around tractor and make a visual inspection looking for evidence of oil or water leaks. 7. With the engine fully warmed up, release the parking brake and test the brakes for proper adjustment as you move forward. Adjust the brakes as necessary. TROUBLESHOOTING ENGINE TROUBLESHOOTING If something is wrong with the engine, refer to the table below for the cause and its corrective measure. Trouble Cause Countermeasure Engine is difficult to start or won't start. A No fuel flow. A Check the fuel tank and the fuel filter. Replace filter if necessary. A Air or water is in the fuel system. A Check to see if the fuel line coupler bolt and nut are tight. A Bleed the fuel system. (See "Bleeding Fuel System" in "SERVICE AS REQUIRED" in "PERIODIC SERVICE" section.) A In winter, oil viscosity increases, and engine revolution is slow. A Use oils of different viscosities, depending on ambient temperatures. A Use engine block heater. (Optional) A Battery becomes weak and the engine does not turn over quick enough. A Clean battery cables & terminals. A Charge the battery. A In cold weather, always remove the battery from the engine, charge and store it indoors. Install it on the tractor only when the tractor is going to be used. A Preheat (glow plug) system trouble. A Check to see if the preheat (glow plug) functions in cold weather. Insufficient engine power. A Insufficient or dirty fuel. A The air cleaner is clogged. A Check the fuel system. A Clean or replace the element. Engine stops suddenly. A Insufficient fuel. A Refuel. A Bleed the fuel system if necessary. Exhaust fumes are colored. Black A Fuel quality is poor. A Too much oil. A The air cleaner is clogged. A Change the fuel and fuel filter. A Check the proper amount of oil. A Clean or replace the element. Blue white A The inside of exhaust muffler is dumped with fuel. A Injection nozzle trouble. A Fuel quality is poor. A Heat the muffler by applying load to the engine. A Check the injection nozzle. A Change the fuel and fuel filter. Engine overheats A Engine overloaded. A Shift to lower gear or reduce load. A Low coolant level. A Fill cooling system to the correct level; check radiator and hoses for loose connections or leaks. A Loose or defective fan belt. A Adjust or replace fan belt. A Dirty radiator core or grille screens. A Remove all trash. A Coolant flow route corroded. A Flush cooling system. If you have any questions, consult your local KUBOTA Dealer. OPTIONS Consult your local KUBOTA Dealer for further details. A Engine Block Heater For extremely cold weather starting A Front end weights For front ballast A Front bumper A Rear Wheel Weights For rear ballast A Cruise Control A Sunshade A Front grill guard A Double Acting Remote Hydraulic Control Valve A Stabilizer kit (for lower link) A Swinging Drawbar A Clevis for Drawbar A Work Light High visibility for night work APPENDICES INDEX 3-point Hitch Lowering Speed ..........................39 Air Cleaner Element .........................................70 Air Cleaner Element [Single Element Type].....59 Anti-Freeze.......................................................71 Battery Condition..............................................62 Brake Pedal......................................................61 Brake Pedals (Right and Left) ..........................22 Brake Pedals and Clutch Pedal........................54 Check Chains...................................................38 Clutch Pedal.....................................................23 Clutch Pedal.....................................................61 Coolant Level ...................................................53 Coolant Temperature Gauge............................31 Cruise Control Lever ........................................28 Differential Lock................................................32 Directions for Use of Power Steering ...............33 Do not Operate the Tractor at Full Speed for the First 50 Hours ...............................................18 Draining Clutch Housing Water........................73 Drawbar............................................................37 Drawbar Length................................................38 Dual Tires.........................................................42 Easy Checker(TM) ...........................................30 Electrical Wiring and Battery Cables................55 Engine Oil.........................................................64 Engine Oil Filter................................................63 Engine Oil Level ...............................................52 Engine Start System.........................................57 Engine Valve Clearance...................................70 Evacuator Valve ...............................................54 Fan Belt Tension ..............................................60 Float Control.....................................................39 Flushing Cooling System and Coolant .............70 Foldable ROPS ................................................20 Foot Throttle.....................................................25 Front Axle Case Oil ..........................................69 Front Axle Pivot................................................70 Front Ballast .....................................................44 Front Wheel Drive Lever ..................................24 Front Wheel Drive Lever ..................................27 Front Wheels....................................................42 Fuel Filter .........................................................59 Fuel Filter Element ...........................................69 Fuel Gauge.......................................................30 Fuel Hose ........................................................ 72 Fuel Injection Nozzle (Injection Pressure) ....... 70 Fuel Line..........................................................60 Fuel System..................................................... 72 Fuse................................................................. 73 Gauges, Meter and Easy Checker(TM)...........54 Grill, Radiator Screen and Oil Cooler .............. 54 Hand Throttle Lever.........................................25 Hand Throttle Lever.........................................27 Head Lamp ...................................................... 74 Head Light / Turn Signal / Hazard Light Switch21 Head Light, Turn Signal / Hazard Light etc...... 54 Hood ................................................................ 51 Hourmeter/Tachometer ................................... 31 Hydraulic Block Type Outlet ............................ 40 Hydraulic ControlUnit Use Reference Chart...41 Immediately Stop the Engine if:.......................30 Inflation Pressure............................................. 42 Injection Pump.................................................70 Intake Air Line.................................................. 66 Intake Air Line.................................................. 72 Lifting Rod (Right)............................................ 37 Light Bulb......................................................... 74 Liquid Ballast in Rear Tires.............................. 45 Lower link holder ............................................. 38 Lubricating Grease Fitting [2WD Model].......... 69 Lubricating Grease Fittings.............................. 55 Lubricating Oil for New Tractors ...................... 18 Main Gear Shift Lever & Range Gear Shift Lever ..................................................................... 24 Movable Parts.................................................. 55 Oil Cooler Line.................................................65 Oil Cooler Line.................................................72 Operating on Slopes and Rough Terrain.........33 Operating the Tractor on a Road.....................33 Operator Presence Control.............................. 58 Operator's Seat................................................ 20 Parking ............................................................ 32 Parking Brake .................................................. 25 Parking Brake .................................................. 27 Position Control ............................................... 39 Power Steering Hose....................................... 72 Power Steering Line ........................................ 66 PTO Gear Shift Lever ...................................... 34 PTO Shaft Cover and Shaft Cap ..................... 35 Radiator Hose (Water pipes)............................72 Radiator Hose and Clamp................................65 Range Gear Shift Lever (L-M-H) ......................26 Rear Ballast......................................................45 Rear Wheels.....................................................43 Refueling ..........................................................52 Seat Belt...........................................................21 Seat Belt and ROPS.........................................54 Selecting the holes of Lower Links...................37 Selecting the top link mounting holes...............37 Side Cover........................................................51 Speed Control Pedal ........................................28 Stationary PTO.................................................35 Stopping ...........................................................30 To Fold the ROPS............................................18 To Raise the ROPS to Upright Position ...........19 Toe-in ...............................................................66 Top Link............................................................37 Tractor Lights ...................................................22 Transmission Fluid / Hydraulic Oil Filter...........67 Transmission Fluid Level..................................53 Transmission Oil Filter [HST Type] ..................64 Transport the Tractor Safely.............................33 Walk Around Inspection ...................................52 Warm-Up Transmission Oil in the Low Temperature Range .....................................16 Wheel Bolt Torque............................................58 #kubota #LSeries #OwnersManual